Method and apparatus for use with a radio distributed antenna system having a control channel reference signal

Information

  • Patent Grant
  • 11032819
  • Patent Number
    11,032,819
  • Date Filed
    Thursday, September 15, 2016
    7 years ago
  • Date Issued
    Tuesday, June 8, 2021
    2 years ago
  • Inventors
  • Original Assignees
  • Examiners
    • Wyllie; Christopher T
    Agents
    • Guntin & Gust, PLC
    • Tropper; Matthew
Abstract
Aspects of the subject disclosure may include, for example, a base station interface configured to receive a modulated signal in a first spectral segment directed to a mobile communication device, wherein the modulated signal conforms to a wireless signaling protocol. A transceiver is configured to: convert the modulated signal in the first spectral segment to the first modulated signal in a second spectral segment based on a signal processing of the modulated signal and without modifying the wireless signaling protocol of the modulated signal, wherein the second spectral segment is outside the first spectral segment; generate fault mitigation messaging in a control channel; and transmit the modulated signal in the second spectral segment and the control channel to another network device of the distributed antenna system.
Description
FIELD OF THE DISCLOSURE

The subject disclosure relates to a method and apparatus for managing utilization of wireless resources.


BACKGROUND

As smart phones and other portable devices increasingly become ubiquitous, and data usage increases, macrocell base station devices and existing wireless infrastructure in turn require higher bandwidth capability in order to address the increased demand. To provide additional mobile bandwidth, small cell deployment is being pursued, with microcells and picocells providing coverage for much smaller areas than traditional macrocells.


In addition, most homes and businesses have grown to rely on broadband data access for services such as voice, video and Internet browsing, etc. Broadband access networks include satellite, 4G or 5G wireless, power line communication, fiber, cable, and telephone networks.





BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

Reference will now be made to the accompanying drawings, which are not necessarily drawn to scale, and wherein:



FIG. 1 is a block diagram illustrating an example, non-limiting embodiment of a guided-wave communications system in accordance with various aspects described herein.



FIG. 2 is a block diagram illustrating an example, non-limiting embodiment of a transmission device in accordance with various aspects described herein.



FIG. 3 is a graphical diagram illustrating an example, non-limiting embodiment of an electromagnetic field distribution in accordance with various aspects described herein.



FIG. 4 is a graphical diagram illustrating an example, non-limiting embodiment of an electromagnetic field distribution in accordance with various aspects described herein.



FIG. 5A is a graphical diagram illustrating an example, non-limiting embodiment of a frequency response in accordance with various aspects described herein.



FIG. 5B is a graphical diagram illustrating example, non-limiting embodiments of a longitudinal cross-section of an insulated wire depicting fields of guided electromagnetic waves at various operating frequencies in accordance with various aspects described herein.



FIG. 6 is a graphical diagram illustrating an example, non-limiting embodiment of an electromagnetic field distribution in accordance with various aspects described herein.



FIG. 7 is a block diagram illustrating an example, non-limiting embodiment of an arc coupler in accordance with various aspects described herein.



FIG. 8 is a block diagram illustrating an example, non-limiting embodiment of an arc coupler in accordance with various aspects described herein.



FIG. 9A is a block diagram illustrating an example, non-limiting embodiment of a stub coupler in accordance with various aspects described herein.



FIG. 9B is a diagram illustrating an example, non-limiting embodiment of an electromagnetic distribution in accordance with various aspects described herein.



FIGS. 10A and 10B are block diagrams illustrating example, non-limiting embodiments of couplers and transceivers in accordance with various aspects described herein.



FIG. 11 is a block diagram illustrating an example, non-limiting embodiment of a dual stub coupler in accordance with various aspects described herein.



FIG. 12 is a block diagram illustrating an example, non-limiting embodiment of a repeater system in accordance with various aspects described herein.



FIG. 13 illustrates a block diagram illustrating an example, non-limiting embodiment of a bidirectional repeater in accordance with various aspects described herein.



FIG. 14 is a block diagram illustrating an example, non-limiting embodiment of a waveguide system in accordance with various aspects described herein.



FIG. 15 is a block diagram illustrating an example, non-limiting embodiment of a guided-wave communications system in accordance with various aspects described herein.



FIGS. 16A and 16B are block diagrams illustrating an example, non-limiting embodiment of a system for managing a communication system in accordance with various aspects described herein.



FIG. 17A illustrates a flow diagram of an example, non-limiting embodiment of a method for detecting and mitigating disturbances occurring in a communication network of the system of FIGS. 16A and 16B.



FIG. 17B illustrates a flow diagram of an example, non-limiting embodiment of a method for detecting and mitigating disturbances occurring in a communication network of the system of FIGS. 16A and 16B.



FIG. 18A is a block diagram illustrating an example, non-limiting embodiment of a communication system in accordance with various aspects described herein.



FIG. 18B is a block diagram illustrating an example, non-limiting embodiment of a portion of the communication system of FIG. 18A in accordance with various aspects described herein.



FIGS. 18C-18D are block diagrams illustrating example, non-limiting embodiments of a communication node of the communication system of FIG. 18A in accordance with various aspects described herein.



FIG. 19A is a graphical diagram illustrating an example, non-limiting embodiment of downlink and uplink communication techniques for enabling a base station to communicate with communication nodes in accordance with various aspects described herein.



FIG. 19B is a block diagram illustrating an example, non-limiting embodiment of a communication node in accordance with various aspects described herein.



FIG. 19C is a block diagram illustrating an example, non-limiting embodiment of a communication node in accordance with various aspects described herein.



FIG. 19D is a graphical diagram illustrating an example, non-limiting embodiment of a frequency spectrum in accordance with various aspects described herein.



FIG. 19E is a graphical diagram illustrating an example, non-limiting embodiment of a frequency spectrum in accordance with various aspects described herein.



FIG. 19F is a graphical diagram illustrating an example, non-limiting embodiment of a frequency spectrum in accordance with various aspects described herein.



FIG. 19G is a graphical diagram illustrating an example, non-limiting embodiment of a frequency spectrum in accordance with various aspects described herein.



FIG. 19H is a block diagram illustrating an example, non-limiting embodiment of a transmitter in accordance with various aspects described herein.



FIG. 19I is a block diagram illustrating an example, non-limiting embodiment of a receiver in accordance with various aspects described herein.



FIG. 20A illustrates a flow diagram of an example, non-limiting embodiment of a method in accordance with various aspects described herein.



FIG. 20B illustrates a diagram of an example, non-limiting embodiment of a communication system in accordance with various aspects described herein.



FIG. 20C illustrates a flow diagram of an example, non-limiting embodiment of a method in accordance with various aspects described herein.



FIG. 21 is a block diagram of an example, non-limiting embodiment of a computing environment in accordance with various aspects described herein.



FIG. 22 is a block diagram of an example, non-limiting embodiment of a mobile network platform in accordance with various aspects described herein.



FIG. 23 is a block diagram of an example, non-limiting embodiment of a communication device in accordance with various aspects described herein.





DETAILED DESCRIPTION

One or more embodiments are now described with reference to the drawings, wherein like reference numerals are used to refer to like elements throughout. In the following description, for purposes of explanation, numerous details are set forth in order to provide a thorough understanding of the various embodiments. It is evident, however, that the various embodiments can be practiced without these details (and without applying to any particular networked environment or standard).


In an embodiment, a guided wave communication system is presented for sending and receiving communication signals such as data or other signaling via guided electromagnetic waves. The guided electromagnetic waves include, for example, surface waves or other electromagnetic waves that are bound to or guided by a transmission medium. It will be appreciated that a variety of transmission media can be utilized with guided wave communications without departing from example embodiments. Examples of such transmission media can include one or more of the following, either alone or in one or more combinations: wires, whether insulated or not, and whether single-stranded or multi-stranded; conductors of other shapes or configurations including wire bundles, cables, rods, rails, pipes; non-conductors such as dielectric pipes, rods, rails, or other dielectric members; combinations of conductors and dielectric materials; or other guided wave transmission media.


The inducement of guided electromagnetic waves on a transmission medium can be independent of any electrical potential, charge or current that is injected or otherwise transmitted through the transmission medium as part of an electrical circuit. For example, in the case where the transmission medium is a wire, it is to be appreciated that while a small current in the wire may be formed in response to the propagation of the guided waves along the wire, this can be due to the propagation of the electromagnetic wave along the wire surface, and is not formed in response to electrical potential, charge or current that is injected into the wire as part of an electrical circuit. The electromagnetic waves traveling on the wire therefore do not require a circuit to propagate along the wire surface. The wire therefore is a single wire transmission line that is not part of a circuit. Also, in some embodiments, a wire is not necessary, and the electromagnetic waves can propagate along a single line transmission medium that is not a wire.


More generally, “guided electromagnetic waves” or “guided waves” as described by the subject disclosure are affected by the presence of a physical object that is at least a part of the transmission medium (e.g., a bare wire or other conductor, a dielectric, an insulated wire, a conduit or other hollow element, a bundle of insulated wires that is coated, covered or surrounded by a dielectric or insulator or other wire bundle, or another form of solid, liquid or otherwise non-gaseous transmission medium) so as to be at least partially bound to or guided by the physical object and so as to propagate along a transmission path of the physical object. Such a physical object can operate as at least a part of a transmission medium that guides, by way of an interface of the transmission medium (e.g., an outer surface, inner surface, an interior portion between the outer and the inner surfaces or other boundary between elements of the transmission medium), the propagation of guided electromagnetic waves, which in turn can carry energy, data and/or other signals along the transmission path from a sending device to a receiving device.


Unlike free space propagation of wireless signals such as unguided (or unbounded) electromagnetic waves that decrease in intensity inversely by the square of the distance traveled by the unguided electromagnetic waves, guided electromagnetic waves can propagate along a transmission medium with less loss in magnitude per unit distance than experienced by unguided electromagnetic waves.


Unlike electrical signals, guided electromagnetic waves can propagate from a sending device to a receiving device without requiring a separate electrical return path between the sending device and the receiving device. As a consequence, guided electromagnetic waves can propagate from a sending device to a receiving device along a transmission medium having no conductive components (e.g., a dielectric strip), or via a transmission medium having no more than a single conductor (e.g., a single bare wire or insulated wire). Even if a transmission medium includes one or more conductive components and the guided electromagnetic waves propagating along the transmission medium generate currents that flow in the one or more conductive components in a direction of the guided electromagnetic waves, such guided electromagnetic waves can propagate along the transmission medium from a sending device to a receiving device without requiring a flow of opposing currents on an electrical return path between the sending device and the receiving device.


In a non-limiting illustration, consider electrical systems that transmit and receive electrical signals between sending and receiving devices by way of conductive media. Such systems generally rely on electrically separate forward and return paths. For instance, consider a coaxial cable having a center conductor and a ground shield that are separated by an insulator. Typically, in an electrical system a first terminal of a sending (or receiving) device can be connected to the center conductor, and a second terminal of the sending (or receiving) device can be connected to the ground shield. If the sending device injects an electrical signal in the center conductor via the first terminal, the electrical signal will propagate along the center conductor causing forward currents in the center conductor, and return currents in the ground shield. The same conditions apply for a two terminal receiving device.


In contrast, consider a guided wave communication system such as described in the subject disclosure, which can utilize different embodiments of a transmission medium (including among others a coaxial cable) for transmitting and receiving guided electromagnetic waves without an electrical return path. In one embodiment, for example, the guided wave communication system of the subject disclosure can be configured to induce guided electromagnetic waves that propagate along an outer surface of a coaxial cable. Although the guided electromagnetic waves will cause forward currents on the ground shield, the guided electromagnetic waves do not require return currents to enable the guided electromagnetic waves to propagate along the outer surface of the coaxial cable. The same can be said of other transmission media used by a guided wave communication system for the transmission and reception of guided electromagnetic waves. For example, guided electromagnetic waves induced by the guided wave communication system on an outer surface of a bare wire, or an insulated wire can propagate along the bare wire or the insulated bare wire without an electrical return path.


Consequently, electrical systems that require two or more conductors for carrying forward and reverse currents on separate conductors to enable the propagation of electrical signals injected by a sending device are distinct from guided wave systems that induce guided electromagnetic waves on an interface of a transmission medium without the need of an electrical return path to enable the propagation of the guided electromagnetic waves along the interface of the transmission medium.


It is further noted that guided electromagnetic waves as described in the subject disclosure can have an electromagnetic field structure that lies primarily or substantially outside of a transmission medium so as to be bound to or guided by the transmission medium and so as to propagate non-trivial distances on or along an outer surface of the transmission medium. In other embodiments, guided electromagnetic waves can have an electromagnetic field structure that lies primarily or substantially inside a transmission medium so as to be bound to or guided by the transmission medium and so as to propagate non-trivial distances within the transmission medium. In other embodiments, guided electromagnetic waves can have an electromagnetic field structure that lies partially inside and partially outside a transmission medium so as to be bound to or guided by the transmission medium and so as to propagate non-trivial distances along the transmission medium. The desired electronic field structure in an embodiment may vary based upon a variety of factors, including the desired transmission distance, the characteristics of the transmission medium itself, and environmental conditions/characteristics outside of the transmission medium (e.g., presence of rain, fog, atmospheric conditions, etc.).


It is further noted that guided wave systems as described in the subject disclosure also differ from fiber optical systems. Guided wave systems of the subject disclosure can induce guided electromagnetic waves on an interface of a transmission medium constructed of an opaque material (e.g., a dielectric cable made of polyethylene) or a material that is otherwise resistive to the transmission of light waves (e.g., a bare conductive wire or an insulated conductive wire) enabling propagation of the guided electromagnetic waves along the interface of the transmission medium over non-trivial distances. Fiber optic systems in contrast cannot function with a transmission medium that is opaque or other resistive to the transmission of light waves.


Various embodiments described herein relate to coupling devices, that can be referred to as “waveguide coupling devices”, “waveguide couplers” or more simply as “couplers”, “coupling devices” or “launchers” for launching and/or extracting guided electromagnetic waves to and from a transmission medium at millimeter-wave frequencies (e.g., 30 to 300 GHz), wherein the wavelength can be small compared to one or more dimensions of the coupling device and/or the transmission medium such as the circumference of a wire or other cross sectional dimension, or lower microwave frequencies such as 300 MHz to 30 GHz. Transmissions can be generated to propagate as waves guided by a coupling device, such as: a strip, arc or other length of dielectric material; a horn, monopole, rod, slot or other antenna; an array of antennas; a magnetic resonant cavity, or other resonant coupler; a coil, a strip line, a waveguide or other coupling device. In operation, the coupling device receives an electromagnetic wave from a transmitter or transmission medium. The electromagnetic field structure of the electromagnetic wave can be carried inside the coupling device, outside the coupling device or some combination thereof. When the coupling device is in close proximity to a transmission medium, at least a portion of an electromagnetic wave couples to or is bound to the transmission medium, and continues to propagate as guided electromagnetic waves. In a reciprocal fashion, a coupling device can extract guided waves from a transmission medium and transfer these electromagnetic waves to a receiver.


According to an example embodiment, a surface wave is a type of guided wave that is guided by a surface of a transmission medium, such as an exterior or outer surface of the wire, or another surface of the wire that is adjacent to or exposed to another type of medium having different properties (e.g., dielectric properties). Indeed, in an example embodiment, a surface of the wire that guides a surface wave can represent a transitional surface between two different types of media. For example, in the case of a bare or uninsulated wire, the surface of the wire can be the outer or exterior conductive surface of the bare or uninsulated wire that is exposed to air or free space. As another example, in the case of insulated wire, the surface of the wire can be the conductive portion of the wire that meets the insulator portion of the wire, or can otherwise be the insulator surface of the wire that is exposed to air or free space, or can otherwise be any material region between the insulator surface of the wire and the conductive portion of the wire that meets the insulator portion of the wire, depending upon the relative differences in the properties (e.g., dielectric properties) of the insulator, air, and/or the conductor and further dependent on the frequency and propagation mode or modes of the guided wave.


According to an example embodiment, the term “about” a wire or other transmission medium used in conjunction with a guided wave can include fundamental guided wave propagation modes such as a guided waves having a circular or substantially circular field distribution, a symmetrical electromagnetic field distribution (e.g., electric field, magnetic field, electromagnetic field, etc.) or other fundamental mode pattern at least partially around a wire or other transmission medium. In addition, when a guided wave propagates “about” a wire or other transmission medium, it can do so according to a guided wave propagation mode that includes not only the fundamental wave propagation modes (e.g., zero order modes), but additionally or alternatively non-fundamental wave propagation modes such as higher-order guided wave modes (e.g., 1st order modes, 2nd order modes, etc.), asymmetrical modes and/or other guided (e.g., surface) waves that have non-circular field distributions around a wire or other transmission medium. As used herein, the term “guided wave mode” refers to a guided wave propagation mode of a transmission medium, coupling device or other system component of a guided wave communication system.


For example, such non-circular field distributions can be unilateral or multi-lateral with one or more axial lobes characterized by relatively higher field strength and/or one or more nulls or null regions characterized by relatively low-field strength, zero-field strength or substantially zero-field strength. Further, the field distribution can otherwise vary as a function of azimuthal orientation around the wire such that one or more angular regions around the wire have an electric or magnetic field strength (or combination thereof) that is higher than one or more other angular regions of azimuthal orientation, according to an example embodiment. It will be appreciated that the relative orientations or positions of the guided wave higher order modes or asymmetrical modes can vary as the guided wave travels along the wire.


As used herein, the term “millimeter-wave” can refer to electromagnetic waves/signals that fall within the “millimeter-wave frequency band” of 30 GHz to 300 GHz. The term “microwave” can refer to electromagnetic waves/signals that fall within a “microwave frequency band” of 300 MHz to 300 GHz. The term “radio frequency” or “RF” can refer to electromagnetic waves/signals that fall within the “radio frequency band” of 10 kHz to 1 THz. It is appreciated that wireless signals, electrical signals, and guided electromagnetic waves as described in the subject disclosure can be configured to operate at any desirable frequency range, such as, for example, at frequencies within, above or below millimeter-wave and/or microwave frequency bands. In particular, when a coupling device or transmission medium includes a conductive element, the frequency of the guided electromagnetic waves that are carried by the coupling device and/or propagate along the transmission medium can be below the mean collision frequency of the electrons in the conductive element. Further, the frequency of the guided electromagnetic waves that are carried by the coupling device and/or propagate along the transmission medium can be a non-optical frequency, e.g., a radio frequency below the range of optical frequencies that begins at 1 THz.


As used herein, the term “antenna” can refer to a device that is part of a transmitting or receiving system to transmit/radiate or receive wireless signals.


In accordance with one or more embodiments, a method can include receiving, by a system of a first network element of a distributed antenna system including signal processing circuitry, a modulated signal in a first spectral segment directed to a mobile communication device, wherein the modulated signal conforms to a wireless signaling protocol; converting, by the system, the modulated signal in the first spectral segment to the first modulated signal in a second spectral segment based on a signal processing of the modulated signal and without modifying the wireless signaling protocol of the modulated signal, wherein the second spectral segment is outside the first spectral segment; generating, by the system, fault mitigation messaging in a control channel; and transmitting, by the system, the modulated signal in the second spectral segment and the control channel to a second network element of the distributed antenna system.


In accordance with one or more embodiments, a network device of a distributed antenna system can include a base station interface configured to receive a modulated signal in a first spectral segment directed to a mobile communication device, wherein the modulated signal conforms to a wireless signaling protocol. A transceiver can be configured to: convert the modulated signal in the first spectral segment to the first modulated signal in a second spectral segment based on a signal processing of the modulated signal and without modifying the wireless signaling protocol of the modulated signal, wherein the second spectral segment is outside the first spectral segment; generate fault mitigation messaging in a control channel; and transmit the modulated signal in the second spectral segment and the control channel to another network device of the distributed antenna system.


In accordance with one or more embodiments, a network device of a distributed antenna system can include base station interface means for receiving a modulated signal in a first spectral segment directed to a mobile communication device, wherein the modulated signal conforms to a wireless signaling protocol. A transceiver means can also be included for: converting the modulated signal in the first spectral segment to the first modulated signal in a second spectral segment based on a signal processing of the modulated signal and without modifying the wireless signaling protocol of the modulated signal, wherein the second spectral segment is outside the first spectral segment; generating fault mitigation messaging in a control channel; and transmitting the modulated signal in the second spectral segment and the control channel to another network device of the distributed antenna system.


Referring now to FIG. 1, a block diagram 100 illustrating an example, non-limiting embodiment of a guided wave communications system is shown. In operation, a transmission device 101 receives one or more communication signals 110 from a communication network or other communications device that includes data and generates guided waves 120 to convey the data via the transmission medium 125 to the transmission device 102. The transmission device 102 receives the guided waves 120 and converts them to communication signals 112 that include the data for transmission to a communications network or other communications device. The guided waves 120 can be modulated to convey data via a modulation technique such as phase shift keying, frequency shift keying, quadrature amplitude modulation, amplitude modulation, multi-carrier modulation such as orthogonal frequency division multiplexing and via multiple access techniques such as frequency division multiplexing, time division multiplexing, code division multiplexing, multiplexing via differing wave propagation modes and via other modulation and access strategies.


The communication network or networks can include a wireless communication network such as a mobile data network, a cellular voice and data network, a wireless local area network (e.g., WiFi or an 802.xx network), a satellite communications network, a personal area network or other wireless network. The communication network or networks can also include a wired communication network such as a telephone network, an Ethernet network, a local area network, a wide area network such as the Internet, a broadband access network, a cable network, a fiber optic network, or other wired network. The communication devices can include a network edge device, bridge device or home gateway, a set-top box, broadband modem, telephone adapter, access point, base station, or other fixed communication device, a mobile communication device such as an automotive gateway or automobile, laptop computer, tablet, smartphone, cellular telephone, or other communication device.


In an example embodiment, the guided wave communication system 100 can operate in a bi-directional fashion where transmission device 102 receives one or more communication signals 112 from a communication network or device that includes other data and generates guided waves 122 to convey the other data via the transmission medium 125 to the transmission device 101. In this mode of operation, the transmission device 101 receives the guided waves 122 and converts them to communication signals 110 that include the other data for transmission to a communications network or device. The guided waves 122 can be modulated to convey data via a modulation technique such as phase shift keying, frequency shift keying, quadrature amplitude modulation, amplitude modulation, multi-carrier modulation such as orthogonal frequency division multiplexing and via multiple access techniques such as frequency division multiplexing, time division multiplexing, code division multiplexing, multiplexing via differing wave propagation modes and via other modulation and access strategies.


The transmission medium 125 can include a cable having at least one inner portion surrounded by a dielectric material such as an insulator or other dielectric cover, coating or other dielectric material, the dielectric material having an outer surface and a corresponding circumference. In an example embodiment, the transmission medium 125 operates as a single-wire transmission line to guide the transmission of an electromagnetic wave. When the transmission medium 125 is implemented as a single wire transmission system, it can include a wire. The wire can be insulated or uninsulated, and single-stranded or multi-stranded (e.g., braided). In other embodiments, the transmission medium 125 can contain conductors of other shapes or configurations including wire bundles, cables, rods, rails, pipes. In addition, the transmission medium 125 can include non-conductors such as dielectric pipes, rods, rails, or other dielectric members; combinations of conductors and dielectric materials, conductors without dielectric materials or other guided wave transmission media. It should be noted that the transmission medium 125 can otherwise include any of the transmission media previously discussed.


Further, as previously discussed, the guided waves 120 and 122 can be contrasted with radio transmissions over free space/air or conventional propagation of electrical power or signals through the conductor of a wire via an electrical circuit. In addition to the propagation of guided waves 120 and 122, the transmission medium 125 may optionally contain one or more wires that propagate electrical power or other communication signals in a conventional manner as a part of one or more electrical circuits.


Referring now to FIG. 2, a block diagram 200 illustrating an example, non-limiting embodiment of a transmission device is shown. The transmission device 101 or 102 includes a communications interface (I/F) 205, a transceiver 210 and a coupler 220.


In an example of operation, the communications interface 205 receives a communication signal 110 or 112 that includes data. In various embodiments, the communications interface 205 can include a wireless interface for receiving a wireless communication signal in accordance with a wireless standard protocol such as LTE or other cellular voice and data protocol, WiFi or an 802.11 protocol, WIMAX protocol, Ultra Wideband protocol, Bluetooth protocol, Zigbee protocol, a direct broadcast satellite (DBS) or other satellite communication protocol or other wireless protocol. In addition or in the alternative, the communications interface 205 includes a wired interface that operates in accordance with an Ethernet protocol, universal serial bus (USB) protocol, a data over cable service interface specification (DOCSIS) protocol, a digital subscriber line (DSL) protocol, a Firewire (IEEE 1394) protocol, or other wired protocol. In additional to standards-based protocols, the communications interface 205 can operate in conjunction with other wired or wireless protocol. In addition, the communications interface 205 can optionally operate in conjunction with a protocol stack that includes multiple protocol layers including a MAC protocol, transport protocol, application protocol, etc.


In an example of operation, the transceiver 210 generates an electromagnetic wave based on the communication signal 110 or 112 to convey the data. The electromagnetic wave has at least one carrier frequency and at least one corresponding wavelength. The carrier frequency can be within a millimeter-wave frequency band of 30 GHz-300 GHz, such as 60 GHz or a carrier frequency in the range of 30-40 GHz or a lower frequency band of 300 MHz-30 GHz in the microwave frequency range such as 26-30 GHz, 11 GHz, 6 GHz or 3 GHz, but it will be appreciated that other carrier frequencies are possible in other embodiments. In one mode of operation, the transceiver 210 merely upconverts the communications signal or signals 110 or 112 for transmission of the electromagnetic signal in the microwave or millimeter-wave band as a guided electromagnetic wave that is guided by or bound to the transmission medium 125. In another mode of operation, the communications interface 205 either converts the communication signal 110 or 112 to a baseband or near baseband signal or extracts the data from the communication signal 110 or 112 and the transceiver 210 modulates a high-frequency carrier with the data, the baseband or near baseband signal for transmission. It should be appreciated that the transceiver 210 can modulate the data received via the communication signal 110 or 112 to preserve one or more data communication protocols of the communication signal 110 or 112 either by encapsulation in the payload of a different protocol or by simple frequency shifting. In the alternative, the transceiver 210 can otherwise translate the data received via the communication signal 110 or 112 to a protocol that is different from the data communication protocol or protocols of the communication signal 110 or 112.


In an example of operation, the coupler 220 couples the electromagnetic wave to the transmission medium 125 as a guided electromagnetic wave to convey the communications signal or signals 110 or 112. While the prior description has focused on the operation of the transceiver 210 as a transmitter, the transceiver 210 can also operate to receive electromagnetic waves that convey other data from the single wire transmission medium via the coupler 220 and to generate communications signals 110 or 112, via communications interface 205 that includes the other data. Consider embodiments where an additional guided electromagnetic wave conveys other data that also propagates along the transmission medium 125. The coupler 220 can also couple this additional electromagnetic wave from the transmission medium 125 to the transceiver 210 for reception.


The transmission device 101 or 102 includes an optional training controller 230. In an example embodiment, the training controller 230 is implemented by a standalone processor or a processor that is shared with one or more other components of the transmission device 101 or 102. The training controller 230 selects the carrier frequencies, modulation schemes and/or guided wave modes for the guided electromagnetic waves based on feedback data received by the transceiver 210 from at least one remote transmission device coupled to receive the guided electromagnetic wave.


In an example embodiment, a guided electromagnetic wave transmitted by a remote transmission device 101 or 102 conveys data that also propagates along the transmission medium 125. The data from the remote transmission device 101 or 102 can be generated to include the feedback data. In operation, the coupler 220 also couples the guided electromagnetic wave from the transmission medium 125 and the transceiver receives the electromagnetic wave and processes the electromagnetic wave to extract the feedback data.


In an example embodiment, the training controller 230 operates based on the feedback data to evaluate a plurality of candidate frequencies, modulation schemes and/or transmission modes to select a carrier frequency, modulation scheme and/or transmission mode to enhance performance, such as throughput, signal strength, reduce propagation loss, etc.


Consider the following example: a transmission device 101 begins operation under control of the training controller 230 by sending a plurality of guided waves as test signals such as pilot waves or other test signals at a corresponding plurality of candidate frequencies and/or candidate modes directed to a remote transmission device 102 coupled to the transmission medium 125. The guided waves can include, in addition or in the alternative, test data. The test data can indicate the particular candidate frequency and/or guide-wave mode of the signal. In an embodiment, the training controller 230 at the remote transmission device 102 receives the test signals and/or test data from any of the guided waves that were properly received and determines the best candidate frequency and/or guided wave mode, a set of acceptable candidate frequencies and/or guided wave modes, or a rank ordering of candidate frequencies and/or guided wave modes. This selection of candidate frequenc(ies) or/and guided-mode(s) are generated by the training controller 230 based on one or more optimizing criteria such as received signal strength, bit error rate, packet error rate, signal to noise ratio, propagation loss, etc. The training controller 230 generates feedback data that indicates the selection of candidate frequenc(ies) or/and guided wave mode(s) and sends the feedback data to the transceiver 210 for transmission to the transmission device 101. The transmission device 101 and 102 can then communicate data with one another based on the selection of candidate frequenc(ies) or/and guided wave mode(s).


In other embodiments, the guided electromagnetic waves that contain the test signals and/or test data are reflected back, repeated back or otherwise looped back by the remote transmission device 102 to the transmission device 101 for reception and analysis by the training controller 230 of the transmission device 101 that initiated these waves. For example, the transmission device 101 can send a signal to the remote transmission device 102 to initiate a test mode where a physical reflector is switched on the line, a termination impedance is changed to cause reflections, a loop back mode is switched on to couple electromagnetic waves back to the source transmission device 102, and/or a repeater mode is enabled to amplify and retransmit the electromagnetic waves back to the source transmission device 102. The training controller 230 at the source transmission device 102 receives the test signals and/or test data from any of the guided waves that were properly received and determines selection of candidate frequenc(ies) or/and guided wave mode(s).


While the procedure above has been described in a start-up or initialization mode of operation, each transmission device 101 or 102 can send test signals, evaluate candidate frequencies or guided wave modes via non-test such as normal transmissions or otherwise evaluate candidate frequencies or guided wave modes at other times or continuously as well. In an example embodiment, the communication protocol between the transmission devices 101 and 102 can include an on-request or periodic test mode where either full testing or more limited testing of a subset of candidate frequencies and guided wave modes are tested and evaluated. In other modes of operation, the re-entry into such a test mode can be triggered by a degradation of performance due to a disturbance, weather conditions, etc. In an example embodiment, the receiver bandwidth of the transceiver 210 is either sufficiently wide or swept to receive all candidate frequencies or can be selectively adjusted by the training controller 230 to a training mode where the receiver bandwidth of the transceiver 210 is sufficiently wide or swept to receive all candidate frequencies.


Referring now to FIG. 3, a graphical diagram 300 illustrating an example, non-limiting embodiment of an electromagnetic field distribution is shown. In this embodiment, a transmission medium 125 in air includes an inner conductor 301 and an insulating jacket 302 of dielectric material, as shown in cross section. The diagram 300 includes different gray-scales that represent differing electromagnetic field strengths generated by the propagation of the guided wave having an asymmetrical and non-fundamental guided wave mode.


In particular, the electromagnetic field distribution corresponds to a modal “sweet spot” that enhances guided electromagnetic wave propagation along an insulated transmission medium and reduces end-to-end transmission loss. In this particular mode, electromagnetic waves are guided by the transmission medium 125 to propagate along an outer surface of the transmission medium—in this case, the outer surface of the insulating jacket 302. Electromagnetic waves are partially embedded in the insulator and partially radiating on the outer surface of the insulator. In this fashion, electromagnetic waves are “lightly” coupled to the insulator so as to enable electromagnetic wave propagation at long distances with low propagation loss.


As shown, the guided wave has a field structure that lies primarily or substantially outside of the transmission medium 125 that serves to guide the electromagnetic waves. The regions inside the conductor 301 have little or no field. Likewise regions inside the insulating jacket 302 have low field strength. The majority of the electromagnetic field strength is distributed in the lobes 304 at the outer surface of the insulating jacket 302 and in close proximity thereof. The presence of an asymmetric guided wave mode is shown by the high electromagnetic field strengths at the top and bottom of the outer surface of the insulating jacket 302 (in the orientation of the diagram)—as opposed to very small field strengths on the other sides of the insulating jacket 302.


The example shown corresponds to a 38 GHz electromagnetic wave guided by a wire with a diameter of 1.1 cm and a dielectric insulation of thickness of 0.36 cm. Because the electromagnetic wave is guided by the transmission medium 125 and the majority of the field strength is concentrated in the air outside of the insulating jacket 302 within a limited distance of the outer surface, the guided wave can propagate longitudinally down the transmission medium 125 with very low loss. In the example shown, this “limited distance” corresponds to a distance from the outer surface that is less than half the largest cross sectional dimension of the transmission medium 125. In this case, the largest cross sectional dimension of the wire corresponds to the overall diameter of 1.82 cm, however, this value can vary with the size and shape of the transmission medium 125. For example, should the transmission medium 125 be of a rectangular shape with a height of 0.3 cm and a width of 0.4 cm, the largest cross sectional dimension would be the diagonal of 0.5 cm and the corresponding limited distance would be 0.25 cm. The dimensions of the area containing the majority of the field strength also vary with the frequency, and in general, increase as carrier frequencies decrease.


It should also be noted that the components of a guided wave communication system, such as couplers and transmission media can have their own cut-off frequencies for each guided wave mode. The cut-off frequency generally sets forth the lowest frequency that a particular guided wave mode is designed to be supported by that particular component. In an example embodiment, the particular asymmetric mode of propagation shown is induced on the transmission medium 125 by an electromagnetic wave having a frequency that falls within a limited range (such as Fc to 2Fc) of the lower cut-off frequency Fc for this particular asymmetric mode. The lower cut-off frequency Fc is particular to the characteristics of transmission medium 125. For embodiments as shown that include an inner conductor 301 surrounded by an insulating jacket 302, this cutoff frequency can vary based on the dimensions and properties of the insulating jacket 302 and potentially the dimensions and properties of the inner conductor 301 and can be determined experimentally to have a desired mode pattern. It should be noted however, that similar effects can be found for a hollow dielectric or insulator without an inner conductor. In this case, the cutoff frequency can vary based on the dimensions and properties of the hollow dielectric or insulator.


At frequencies lower than the lower cut-off frequency, the asymmetric mode is difficult to induce in the transmission medium 125 and fails to propagate for all but trivial distances. As the frequency increases above the limited range of frequencies about the cut-off frequency, the asymmetric mode shifts more and more inward of the insulating jacket 302. At frequencies much larger than the cut-off frequency, the field strength is no longer concentrated outside of the insulating jacket, but primarily inside of the insulating jacket 302. While the transmission medium 125 provides strong guidance to the electromagnetic wave and propagation is still possible, ranges are more limited by increased losses due to propagation within the insulating jacket 302—as opposed to the surrounding air.


Referring now to FIG. 4, a graphical diagram 400 illustrating an example, non-limiting embodiment of an electromagnetic field distribution is shown. In particular, a cross section diagram 400, similar to FIG. 3 is shown with common reference numerals used to refer to similar elements. The example shown corresponds to a 60 GHz wave guided by a wire with a diameter of 1.1 cm and a dielectric insulation of thickness of 0.36 cm. Because the frequency of the guided wave is above the limited range of the cut-off frequency of this particular asymmetric mode, much of the field strength has shifted inward of the insulating jacket 302. In particular, the field strength is concentrated primarily inside of the insulating jacket 302. While the transmission medium 125 provides strong guidance to the electromagnetic wave and propagation is still possible, ranges are more limited when compared with the embodiment of FIG. 3, by increased losses due to propagation within the insulating jacket 302.


Referring now to FIG. 5A, a graphical diagram illustrating an example, non-limiting embodiment of a frequency response is shown. In particular, diagram 500 presents a graph of end-to-end loss (in dB) as a function of frequency, overlaid with electromagnetic field distributions 510, 520 and 530 at three points for a 200 cm insulated medium voltage wire. The boundary between the insulator and the surrounding air is represented by reference numeral 525 in each electromagnetic field distribution.


As discussed in conjunction with FIG. 3, an example of a desired asymmetric mode of propagation shown is induced on the transmission medium 125 by an electromagnetic wave having a frequency that falls within a limited range (such as Fc to 2Fc) of the lower cut-off frequency Fc of the transmission medium for this particular asymmetric mode. In particular, the electromagnetic field distribution 520 at 6 GHz falls within this modal “sweet spot” that enhances electromagnetic wave propagation along an insulated transmission medium and reduces end-to-end transmission loss. In this particular mode, guided waves are partially embedded in the insulator and partially radiating on the outer surface of the insulator. In this fashion, the electromagnetic waves are “lightly” coupled to the insulator so as to enable guided electromagnetic wave propagation at long distances with low propagation loss.


At lower frequencies represented by the electromagnetic field distribution 510 at 3 GHz, the asymmetric mode radiates more heavily generating higher propagation losses. At higher frequencies represented by the electromagnetic field distribution 530 at 9 GHz, the asymmetric mode shifts more and more inward of the insulating jacket providing too much absorption, again generating higher propagation losses.


Referring now to FIG. 5B, a graphical diagram 550 illustrating example, non-limiting embodiments of a longitudinal cross-section of a transmission medium 125, such as an insulated wire, depicting fields of guided electromagnetic waves at various operating frequencies is shown. As shown in diagram 556, when the guided electromagnetic waves are at approximately the cutoff frequency (fc) corresponding to the modal “sweet spot”, the guided electromagnetic waves are loosely coupled to the insulated wire so that absorption is reduced, and the fields of the guided electromagnetic waves are bound sufficiently to reduce the amount radiated into the environment (e.g., air). Because absorption and radiation of the fields of the guided electromagnetic waves is low, propagation losses are consequently low, enabling the guided electromagnetic waves to propagate for longer distances.


As shown in diagram 554, propagation losses increase when an operating frequency of the guide electromagnetic waves increases above about two-times the cutoff frequency (fc)—or as referred to, above the range of the “sweet spot”. More of the field strength of the electromagnetic wave is driven inside the insulating layer, increasing propagation losses. At frequencies much higher than the cutoff frequency (fc) the guided electromagnetic waves are strongly bound to the insulated wire as a result of the fields emitted by the guided electromagnetic waves being concentrated in the insulation layer of the wire, as shown in diagram 552. This in turn raises propagation losses further due to absorption of the guided electromagnetic waves by the insulation layer. Similarly, propagation losses increase when the operating frequency of the guided electromagnetic waves is substantially below the cutoff frequency (fc), as shown in diagram 558. At frequencies much lower than the cutoff frequency (fc) the guided electromagnetic waves are weakly (or nominally) bound to the insulated wire and thereby tend to radiate into the environment (e.g., air), which in turn, raises propagation losses due to radiation of the guided electromagnetic waves.


Referring now to FIG. 6, a graphical diagram 600 illustrating an example, non-limiting embodiment of an electromagnetic field distribution is shown. In this embodiment, a transmission medium 602 is a bare wire, as shown in cross section. The diagram 300 includes different gray-scales that represent differing electromagnetic field strengths generated by the propagation of a guided wave having a symmetrical and fundamental guided wave mode at a single carrier frequency.


In this particular mode, electromagnetic waves are guided by the transmission medium 602 to propagate along an outer surface of the transmission medium—in this case, the outer surface of the bare wire. Electromagnetic waves are “lightly” coupled to the wire so as to enable electromagnetic wave propagation at long distances with low propagation loss. As shown, the guided wave has a field structure that lies substantially outside of the transmission medium 602 that serves to guide the electromagnetic waves. The regions inside the conductor 602 have little or no field.


Referring now to FIG. 7, a block diagram 700 illustrating an example, non-limiting embodiment of an arc coupler is shown. In particular a coupling device is presented for use in a transmission device, such as transmission device 101 or 102 presented in conjunction with FIG. 1. The coupling device includes an arc coupler 704 coupled to a transmitter circuit 712 and termination or damper 714. The arc coupler 704 can be made of a dielectric material, or other low-loss insulator (e.g., Teflon, polyethylene, etc.), or made of a conducting (e.g., metallic, non-metallic, etc.) material, or any combination of the foregoing materials. As shown, the arc coupler 704 operates as a waveguide and has a wave 706 propagating as a guided wave about a waveguide surface of the arc coupler 704. In the embodiment shown, at least a portion of the arc coupler 704 can be placed near a wire 702 or other transmission medium, (such as transmission medium 125), in order to facilitate coupling between the arc coupler 704 and the wire 702 or other transmission medium, as described herein to launch the guided wave 708 on the wire. The arc coupler 704 can be placed such that a portion of the curved arc coupler 704 is tangential to, and parallel or substantially parallel to the wire 702. The portion of the arc coupler 704 that is parallel to the wire can be an apex of the curve, or any point where a tangent of the curve is parallel to the wire 702. When the arc coupler 704 is positioned or placed thusly, the wave 706 travelling along the arc coupler 704 couples, at least in part, to the wire 702, and propagates as guided wave 708 around or about the wire surface of the wire 702 and longitudinally along the wire 702. The guided wave 708 can be characterized as a surface wave or other electromagnetic wave that is guided by or bound to the wire 702 or other transmission medium.


A portion of the wave 706 that does not couple to the wire 702 propagates as a wave 710 along the arc coupler 704. It will be appreciated that the arc coupler 704 can be configured and arranged in a variety of positions in relation to the wire 702 to achieve a desired level of coupling or non-coupling of the wave 706 to the wire 702. For example, the curvature and/or length of the arc coupler 704 that is parallel or substantially parallel, as well as its separation distance (which can include zero separation distance in an embodiment), to the wire 702 can be varied without departing from example embodiments. Likewise, the arrangement of arc coupler 704 in relation to the wire 702 may be varied based upon considerations of the respective intrinsic characteristics (e.g., thickness, composition, electromagnetic properties, etc.) of the wire 702 and the arc coupler 704, as well as the characteristics (e.g., frequency, energy level, etc.) of the waves 706 and 708.


The guided wave 708 stays parallel or substantially parallel to the wire 702, even as the wire 702 bends and flexes. Bends in the wire 702 can increase transmission losses, which are also dependent on wire diameters, frequency, and materials. If the dimensions of the arc coupler 704 are chosen for efficient power transfer, most of the power in the wave 706 is transferred to the wire 702, with little power remaining in wave 710. It will be appreciated that the guided wave 708 can still be multi-modal in nature (discussed herein), including having modes that are non-fundamental or asymmetric, while traveling along a path that is parallel or substantially parallel to the wire 702, with or without a fundamental transmission mode. In an embodiment, non-fundamental or asymmetric modes can be utilized to minimize transmission losses and/or obtain increased propagation distances.


It is noted that the term parallel is generally a geometric construct which often is not exactly achievable in real systems. Accordingly, the term parallel as utilized in the subject disclosure represents an approximation rather than an exact configuration when used to describe embodiments disclosed in the subject disclosure. In an embodiment, substantially parallel can include approximations that are within 30 degrees of true parallel in all dimensions.


In an embodiment, the wave 706 can exhibit one or more wave propagation modes.


The arc coupler modes can be dependent on the shape and/or design of the coupler 704. The one or more arc coupler modes of wave 706 can generate, influence, or impact one or more wave propagation modes of the guided wave 708 propagating along wire 702. It should be particularly noted however that the guided wave modes present in the guided wave 706 may be the same or different from the guided wave modes of the guided wave 708. In this fashion, one or more guided wave modes of the guided wave 706 may not be transferred to the guided wave 708, and further one or more guided wave modes of guided wave 708 may not have been present in guided wave 706. It should also be noted that the cut-off frequency of the arc coupler 704 for a particular guided wave mode may be different than the cutoff frequency of the wire 702 or other transmission medium for that same mode. For example, while the wire 702 or other transmission medium may be operated slightly above its cutoff frequency for a particular guided wave mode, the arc coupler 704 may be operated well above its cut-off frequency for that same mode for low loss, slightly below its cut-off frequency for that same mode to, for example, induce greater coupling and power transfer, or some other point in relation to the arc coupler's cutoff frequency for that mode.


In an embodiment, the wave propagation modes on the wire 702 can be similar to the arc coupler modes since both waves 706 and 708 propagate about the outside of the arc coupler 704 and wire 702 respectively. In some embodiments, as the wave 706 couples to the wire 702, the modes can change form, or new modes can be created or generated, due to the coupling between the arc coupler 704 and the wire 702. For example, differences in size, material, and/or impedances of the arc coupler 704 and wire 702 may create additional modes not present in the arc coupler modes and/or suppress some of the arc coupler modes. The wave propagation modes can comprise the fundamental transverse electromagnetic mode (Quasi-TEM00), where only small electric and/or magnetic fields extend in the direction of propagation, and the electric and magnetic fields extend radially outwards while the guided wave propagates along the wire. This guided wave mode can be donut shaped, where few of the electromagnetic fields exist within the arc coupler 704 or wire 702.


Waves 706 and 708 can comprise a fundamental TEM mode where the fields extend radially outwards, and also comprise other, non-fundamental (e.g., asymmetric, higher-level, etc.) modes. While particular wave propagation modes are discussed above, other wave propagation modes are likewise possible such as transverse electric (TE) and transverse magnetic (TM) modes, based on the frequencies employed, the design of the arc coupler 704, the dimensions and composition of the wire 702, as well as its surface characteristics, its insulation if present, the electromagnetic properties of the surrounding environment, etc. It should be noted that, depending on the frequency, the electrical and physical characteristics of the wire 702 and the particular wave propagation modes that are generated, guided wave 708 can travel along the conductive surface of an oxidized uninsulated wire, an unoxidized uninsulated wire, an insulated wire and/or along the insulating surface of an insulated wire.


In an embodiment, a diameter of the arc coupler 704 is smaller than the diameter of the wire 702. For the millimeter-band wavelength being used, the arc coupler 704 supports a single waveguide mode that makes up wave 706. This single waveguide mode can change as it couples to the wire 702 as guided wave 708. If the arc coupler 704 were larger, more than one waveguide mode can be supported, but these additional waveguide modes may not couple to the wire 702 as efficiently, and higher coupling losses can result. However, in some alternative embodiments, the diameter of the arc coupler 704 can be equal to or larger than the diameter of the wire 702, for example, where higher coupling losses are desirable or when used in conjunction with other techniques to otherwise reduce coupling losses (e.g., impedance matching with tapering, etc.).


In an embodiment, the wavelength of the waves 706 and 708 are comparable in size, or smaller than a circumference of the arc coupler 704 and the wire 702. In an example, if the wire 702 has a diameter of 0.5 cm, and a corresponding circumference of around 1.5 cm, the wavelength of the transmission is around 1.5 cm or less, corresponding to a frequency of 70 GHz or greater. In another embodiment, a suitable frequency of the transmission and the carrier-wave signal is in the range of 30-100 GHz, perhaps around 30-60 GHz, and around 38 GHz in one example. In an embodiment, when the circumference of the arc coupler 704 and wire 702 is comparable in size to, or greater, than a wavelength of the transmission, the waves 706 and 708 can exhibit multiple wave propagation modes including fundamental and/or non-fundamental (symmetric and/or asymmetric) modes that propagate over sufficient distances to support various communication systems described herein. The waves 706 and 708 can therefore comprise more than one type of electric and magnetic field configuration. In an embodiment, as the guided wave 708 propagates down the wire 702, the electrical and magnetic field configurations will remain the same from end to end of the wire 702. In other embodiments, as the guided wave 708 encounters interference (distortion or obstructions) or loses energy due to transmission losses or scattering, the electric and magnetic field configurations can change as the guided wave 708 propagates down wire 702.


In an embodiment, the arc coupler 704 can be composed of nylon, Teflon, polyethylene, a polyamide, or other plastics. In other embodiments, other dielectric materials are possible. The wire surface of wire 702 can be metallic with either a bare metallic surface, or can be insulated using plastic, dielectric, insulator or other coating, jacket or sheathing. In an embodiment, a dielectric or otherwise non-conducting/insulated waveguide can be paired with either a bare/metallic wire or insulated wire. In other embodiments, a metallic and/or conductive waveguide can be paired with a bare/metallic wire or insulated wire. In an embodiment, an oxidation layer on the bare metallic surface of the wire 702 (e.g., resulting from exposure of the bare metallic surface to oxygen/air) can also provide insulating or dielectric properties similar to those provided by some insulators or sheathings.


It is noted that the graphical representations of waves 706, 708 and 710 are presented merely to illustrate the principles that wave 706 induces or otherwise launches a guided wave 708 on a wire 702 that operates, for example, as a single wire transmission line. Wave 710 represents the portion of wave 706 that remains on the arc coupler 704 after the generation of guided wave 708. The actual electric and magnetic fields generated as a result of such wave propagation may vary depending on the frequencies employed, the particular wave propagation mode or modes, the design of the arc coupler 704, the dimensions and composition of the wire 702, as well as its surface characteristics, its optional insulation, the electromagnetic properties of the surrounding environment, etc.


It is noted that arc coupler 704 can include a termination circuit or damper 714 at the end of the arc coupler 704 that can absorb leftover radiation or energy from wave 710. The termination circuit or damper 714 can prevent and/or minimize the leftover radiation or energy from wave 710 reflecting back toward transmitter circuit 712. In an embodiment, the termination circuit or damper 714 can include termination resistors, and/or other components that perform impedance matching to attenuate reflection. In some embodiments, if the coupling efficiencies are high enough, and/or wave 710 is sufficiently small, it may not be necessary to use a termination circuit or damper 714. For the sake of simplicity, these transmitter 712 and termination circuits or dampers 714 may not be depicted in the other figures, but in those embodiments, transmitter and termination circuits or dampers may possibly be used.


Further, while a single arc coupler 704 is presented that generates a single guided wave 708, multiple arc couplers 704 placed at different points along the wire 702 and/or at different azimuthal orientations about the wire can be employed to generate and receive multiple guided waves 708 at the same or different frequencies, at the same or different phases, at the same or different wave propagation modes.



FIG. 8, a block diagram 800 illustrating an example, non-limiting embodiment of an arc coupler is shown. In the embodiment shown, at least a portion of the coupler 704 can be placed near a wire 702 or other transmission medium, (such as transmission medium 125), in order to facilitate coupling between the arc coupler 704 and the wire 702 or other transmission medium, to extract a portion of the guided wave 806 as a guided wave 808 as described herein. The arc coupler 704 can be placed such that a portion of the curved arc coupler 704 is tangential to, and parallel or substantially parallel to the wire 702. The portion of the arc coupler 704 that is parallel to the wire can be an apex of the curve, or any point where a tangent of the curve is parallel to the wire 702. When the arc coupler 704 is positioned or placed thusly, the wave 806 travelling along the wire 702 couples, at least in part, to the arc coupler 704, and propagates as guided wave 808 along the arc coupler 704 to a receiving device (not expressly shown). A portion of the wave 806 that does not couple to the arc coupler propagates as wave 810 along the wire 702 or other transmission medium.


In an embodiment, the wave 806 can exhibit one or more wave propagation modes. The arc coupler modes can be dependent on the shape and/or design of the coupler 704. The one or more modes of guided wave 806 can generate, influence, or impact one or more guide-wave modes of the guided wave 808 propagating along the arc coupler 704. It should be particularly noted however that the guided wave modes present in the guided wave 806 may be the same or different from the guided wave modes of the guided wave 808. In this fashion, one or more guided wave modes of the guided wave 806 may not be transferred to the guided wave 808, and further one or more guided wave modes of guided wave 808 may not have been present in guided wave 806.


Referring now to FIG. 9A, a block diagram 900 illustrating an example, non-limiting embodiment of a stub coupler is shown. In particular a coupling device that includes stub coupler 904 is presented for use in a transmission device, such as transmission device 101 or 102 presented in conjunction with FIG. 1. The stub coupler 904 can be made of a dielectric material, or other low-loss insulator (e.g., Teflon, polyethylene and etc.), or made of a conducting (e.g., metallic, non-metallic, etc.) material, or any combination of the foregoing materials. As shown, the stub coupler 904 operates as a waveguide and has a wave 906 propagating as a guided wave about a waveguide surface of the stub coupler 904. In the embodiment shown, at least a portion of the stub coupler 904 can be placed near a wire 702 or other transmission medium, (such as transmission medium 125), in order to facilitate coupling between the stub coupler 904 and the wire 702 or other transmission medium, as described herein to launch the guided wave 908 on the wire.


In an embodiment, the stub coupler 904 is curved, and an end of the stub coupler 904 can be tied, fastened, or otherwise mechanically coupled to a wire 702. When the end of the stub coupler 904 is fastened to the wire 702, the end of the stub coupler 904 is parallel or substantially parallel to the wire 702. Alternatively, another portion of the dielectric waveguide beyond an end can be fastened or coupled to wire 702 such that the fastened or coupled portion is parallel or substantially parallel to the wire 702. The fastener 910 can be a nylon cable tie or other type of non-conducting/dielectric material that is either separate from the stub coupler 904 or constructed as an integrated component of the stub coupler 904. The stub coupler 904 can be adjacent to the wire 702 without surrounding the wire 702.


Like the arc coupler 704 described in conjunction with FIG. 7, when the stub coupler 904 is placed with the end parallel to the wire 702, the guided wave 906 travelling along the stub coupler 904 couples to the wire 702, and propagates as guided wave 908 about the wire surface of the wire 702. In an example embodiment, the guided wave 908 can be characterized as a surface wave or other electromagnetic wave.


It is noted that the graphical representations of waves 906 and 908 are presented merely to illustrate the principles that wave 906 induces or otherwise launches a guided wave 908 on a wire 702 that operates, for example, as a single wire transmission line. The actual electric and magnetic fields generated as a result of such wave propagation may vary depending on one or more of the shape and/or design of the coupler, the relative position of the dielectric waveguide to the wire, the frequencies employed, the design of the stub coupler 904, the dimensions and composition of the wire 702, as well as its surface characteristics, its optional insulation, the electromagnetic properties of the surrounding environment, etc.


In an embodiment, an end of stub coupler 904 can taper towards the wire 702 in order to increase coupling efficiencies. Indeed, the tapering of the end of the stub coupler 904 can provide impedance matching to the wire 702 and reduce reflections, according to an example embodiment of the subject disclosure. For example, an end of the stub coupler 904 can be gradually tapered in order to obtain a desired level of coupling between waves 906 and 908 as illustrated in FIG. 9A.


In an embodiment, the fastener 910 can be placed such that there is a short length of the stub coupler 904 between the fastener 910 and an end of the stub coupler 904. Maximum coupling efficiencies are realized in this embodiment when the length of the end of the stub coupler 904 that is beyond the fastener 910 is at least several wavelengths long for whatever frequency is being transmitted.


Turning now to FIG. 9B, a diagram 950 illustrating an example, non-limiting embodiment of an electromagnetic distribution in accordance with various aspects described herein is shown. In particular, an electromagnetic distribution is presented in two dimensions for a transmission device that includes coupler 952, shown in an example stub coupler constructed of a dielectric material. The coupler 952 couples an electromagnetic wave for propagation as a guided wave along an outer surface of a wire 702 or other transmission medium.


The coupler 952 guides the electromagnetic wave to a junction at x0 via a symmetrical guided wave mode. While some of the energy of the electromagnetic wave that propagates along the coupler 952 is outside of the coupler 952, the majority of the energy of this electromagnetic wave is contained within the coupler 952. The junction at x0 couples the electromagnetic wave to the wire 702 or other transmission medium at an azimuthal angle corresponding to the bottom of the transmission medium. This coupling induces an electromagnetic wave that is guided to propagate along the outer surface of the wire 702 or other transmission medium via at least one guided wave mode in direction 956. The majority of the energy of the guided electromagnetic wave is outside or, but in close proximity to the outer surface of the wire 702 or other transmission medium. In the example shown, the junction at x0 forms an electromagnetic wave that propagates via both a symmetrical mode and at least one asymmetrical surface mode, such as the first order mode presented in conjunction with FIG. 3, that skims the surface of the wire 702 or other transmission medium.


It is noted that the graphical representations of guided waves are presented merely to illustrate an example of guided wave coupling and propagation. The actual electric and magnetic fields generated as a result of such wave propagation may vary depending on the frequencies employed, the design and/or configuration of the coupler 952, the dimensions and composition of the wire 702 or other transmission medium, as well as its surface characteristics, its insulation if present, the electromagnetic properties of the surrounding environment, etc.


Turning now to FIG. 10A, illustrated is a block diagram 1000 of an example, non-limiting embodiment of a coupler and transceiver system in accordance with various aspects described herein. The system is an example of transmission device 101 or 102. In particular, the communication interface 1008 is an example of communications interface 205, the stub coupler 1002 is an example of coupler 220, and the transmitter/receiver device 1006, diplexer 1016, power amplifier 1014, low noise amplifier 1018, frequency mixers 1010 and 1020 and local oscillator 1012 collectively form an example of transceiver 210.


In operation, the transmitter/receiver device 1006 launches and receives waves (e.g., guided wave 1004 onto stub coupler 1002). The guided waves 1004 can be used to transport signals received from and sent to a host device, base station, mobile devices, a building or other device by way of a communications interface 1008. The communications interface 1008 can be an integral part of system 1000. Alternatively, the communications interface 1008 can be tethered to system 1000. The communications interface 1008 can comprise a wireless interface for interfacing to the host device, base station, mobile devices, a building or other device utilizing any of various wireless signaling protocols (e.g., LTE, WiFi, WiMAX, IEEE 802.xx, etc.) including an infrared protocol such as an infrared data association (IrDA) protocol or other line of sight optical protocol. The communications interface 1008 can also comprise a wired interface such as a fiber optic line, coaxial cable, twisted pair, category 5 (CAT-5) cable or other suitable wired or optical mediums for communicating with the host device, base station, mobile devices, a building or other device via a protocol such as an Ethernet protocol, universal serial bus (USB) protocol, a data over cable service interface specification (DOCSIS) protocol, a digital subscriber line (DSL) protocol, a Firewire (IEEE 1394) protocol, or other wired or optical protocol. For embodiments where system 1000 functions as a repeater, the communications interface 1008 may not be necessary.


The output signals (e.g., Tx) of the communications interface 1008 can be combined with a carrier wave (e.g., millimeter-wave carrier wave) generated by a local oscillator 1012 at frequency mixer 1010. Frequency mixer 1010 can use heterodyning techniques or other frequency shifting techniques to frequency shift the output signals from communications interface 1008. For example, signals sent to and from the communications interface 1008 can be modulated signals such as orthogonal frequency division multiplexed (OFDM) signals formatted in accordance with a Long-Term Evolution (LTE) wireless protocol or other wireless 3G, 4G, 5G or higher voice and data protocol, a Zigbee, WIMAX, UltraWideband or IEEE 802.11 wireless protocol; a wired protocol such as an Ethernet protocol, universal serial bus (USB) protocol, a data over cable service interface specification (DOCSIS) protocol, a digital subscriber line (DSL) protocol, a Firewire (IEEE 1394) protocol or other wired or wireless protocol. In an example embodiment, this frequency conversion can be done in the analog domain, and as a result, the frequency shifting can be done without regard to the type of communications protocol used by a base station, mobile devices, or in-building devices. As new communications technologies are developed, the communications interface 1008 can be upgraded (e.g., updated with software, firmware, and/or hardware) or replaced and the frequency shifting and transmission apparatus can remain, simplifying upgrades. The carrier wave can then be sent to a power amplifier (“PA”) 1014 and can be transmitted via the transmitter receiver device 1006 via the diplexer 1016.


Signals received from the transmitter/receiver device 1006 that are directed towards the communications interface 1008 can be separated from other signals via diplexer 1016. The received signal can then be sent to low noise amplifier (“LNA”) 1018 for amplification. A frequency mixer 1020, with help from local oscillator 1012 can downshift the received signal (which is in the millimeter-wave band or around 38 GHz in some embodiments) to the native frequency. The communications interface 1008 can then receive the transmission at an input port (Rx).


In an embodiment, transmitter/receiver device 1006 can include a cylindrical or non-cylindrical metal (which, for example, can be hollow in an embodiment, but not necessarily drawn to scale) or other conducting or non-conducting waveguide and an end of the stub coupler 1002 can be placed in or in proximity to the waveguide or the transmitter/receiver device 1006 such that when the transmitter/receiver device 1006 generates a transmission, the guided wave couples to stub coupler 1002 and propagates as a guided wave 1004 about the waveguide surface of the stub coupler 1002. In some embodiments, the guided wave 1004 can propagate in part on the outer surface of the stub coupler 1002 and in part inside the stub coupler 1002. In other embodiments, the guided wave 1004 can propagate substantially or completely on the outer surface of the stub coupler 1002. In yet other embodiments, the guided wave 1004 can propagate substantially or completely inside the stub coupler 1002. In this latter embodiment, the guided wave 1004 can radiate at an end of the stub coupler 1002 (such as the tapered end shown in FIG. 4) for coupling to a transmission medium such as a wire 702 of FIG. 7. Similarly, if guided wave 1004 is incoming (coupled to the stub coupler 1002 from a wire 702), guided wave 1004 then enters the transmitter/receiver device 1006 and couples to the cylindrical waveguide or conducting waveguide. While transmitter/receiver device 1006 is shown to include a separate waveguide—an antenna, cavity resonator, klystron, magnetron, travelling wave tube, or other radiating element can be employed to induce a guided wave on the coupler 1002, with or without the separate waveguide.


In an embodiment, stub coupler 1002 can be wholly constructed of a dielectric material (or another suitable insulating material), without any metallic or otherwise conducting materials therein. Stub coupler 1002 can be composed of nylon, Teflon, polyethylene, a polyamide, other plastics, or other materials that are non-conducting and suitable for facilitating transmission of electromagnetic waves at least in part on an outer surface of such materials. In another embodiment, stub coupler 1002 can include a core that is conducting/metallic, and have an exterior dielectric surface. Similarly, a transmission medium that couples to the stub coupler 1002 for propagating electromagnetic waves induced by the stub coupler 1002 or for supplying electromagnetic waves to the stub coupler 1002 can, in addition to being a bare or insulated wire, be wholly constructed of a dielectric material (or another suitable insulating material), without any metallic or otherwise conducting materials therein.


It is noted that although FIG. 10A shows that the opening of transmitter receiver device 1006 is much wider than the stub coupler 1002, this is not to scale, and that in other embodiments the width of the stub coupler 1002 is comparable or slightly smaller than the opening of the hollow waveguide. It is also not shown, but in an embodiment, an end of the coupler 1002 that is inserted into the transmitter/receiver device 1006 tapers down in order to reduce reflection and increase coupling efficiencies.


Before coupling to the stub coupler 1002, the one or more waveguide modes of the guided wave generated by the transmitter/receiver device 1006 can couple to the stub coupler 1002 to induce one or more wave propagation modes of the guided wave 1004. The wave propagation modes of the guided wave 1004 can be different than the hollow metal waveguide modes due to the different characteristics of the hollow metal waveguide and the dielectric waveguide. For instance, wave propagation modes of the guided wave 1004 can comprise the fundamental transverse electromagnetic mode (Quasi-TEM00), where only small electrical and/or magnetic fields extend in the direction of propagation, and the electric and magnetic fields extend radially outwards from the stub coupler 1002 while the guided waves propagate along the stub coupler 1002. The fundamental transverse electromagnetic mode wave propagation mode may or may not exist inside a waveguide that is hollow. Therefore, the hollow metal waveguide modes that are used by transmitter/receiver device 1006 are waveguide modes that can couple effectively and efficiently to wave propagation modes of stub coupler 1002.


It will be appreciated that other constructs or combinations of the transmitter/receiver device 1006 and stub coupler 1002 are possible. For example, a stub coupler 1002′ can be placed tangentially or in parallel (with or without a gap) with respect to an outer surface of the hollow metal waveguide of the transmitter/receiver device 1006′ (corresponding circuitry not shown) as depicted by reference 1000′ of FIG. 10B. In another embodiment, not shown by reference 1000′, the stub coupler 1002′ can be placed inside the hollow metal waveguide of the transmitter/receiver device 1006′ without an axis of the stub coupler 1002′ being coaxially aligned with an axis of the hollow metal waveguide of the transmitter/receiver device 1006′. In either of these embodiments, the guided wave generated by the transmitter/receiver device 1006′ can couple to a surface of the stub coupler 1002′ to induce one or more wave propagation modes of the guided wave 1004′ on the stub coupler 1002′ including a fundamental mode (e.g., a symmetric mode) and/or a non-fundamental mode (e.g., asymmetric mode).


In one embodiment, the guided wave 1004′ can propagate in part on the outer surface of the stub coupler 1002′ and in part inside the stub coupler 1002′. In another embodiment, the guided wave 1004′ can propagate substantially or completely on the outer surface of the stub coupler 1002′. In yet other embodiments, the guided wave 1004′ can propagate substantially or completely inside the stub coupler 1002′. In this latter embodiment, the guided wave 1004′ can radiate at an end of the stub coupler 1002′ (such as the tapered end shown in FIG. 9) for coupling to a transmission medium such as a wire 702 of FIG. 9.


It will be further appreciated that other constructs the transmitter/receiver device 1006 are possible. For example, a hollow metal waveguide of a transmitter/receiver device 1006″ (corresponding circuitry not shown), depicted in FIG. 10B as reference 1000″, can be placed tangentially or in parallel (with or without a gap) with respect to an outer surface of a transmission medium such as the wire 702 of FIG. 4 without the use of the stub coupler 1002. In this embodiment, the guided wave generated by the transmitter/receiver device 1006″ can couple to a surface of the wire 702 to induce one or more wave propagation modes of a guided wave 908 on the wire 702 including a fundamental mode (e.g., a symmetric mode) and/or a non-fundamental mode (e.g., asymmetric mode). In another embodiment, the wire 702 can be positioned inside a hollow metal waveguide of a transmitter/receiver device 1006′ (corresponding circuitry not shown) so that an axis of the wire 702 is coaxially (or not coaxially) aligned with an axis of the hollow metal waveguide without the use of the stub coupler 1002—see FIG. 10B reference 1000′″. In this embodiment, the guided wave generated by the transmitter/receiver device 1006′″ can couple to a surface of the wire 702 to induce one or more wave propagation modes of a guided wave 908 on the wire including a fundamental mode (e.g., a symmetric mode) and/or a non-fundamental mode (e.g., asymmetric mode).


In the embodiments of 1000″ and 1000′″, for a wire 702 having an insulated outer surface, the guided wave 908 can propagate in part on the outer surface of the insulator and in part inside the insulator. In embodiments, the guided wave 908 can propagate substantially or completely on the outer surface of the insulator, or substantially or completely inside the insulator. In the embodiments of 1000″ and 1000′″, for a wire 702 that is a bare conductor, the guided wave 908 can propagate in part on the outer surface of the conductor and in part inside the conductor. In another embodiment, the guided wave 908 can propagate substantially or completely on the outer surface of the conductor.


Referring now to FIG. 11, a block diagram 1100 illustrating an example, non-limiting embodiment of a dual stub coupler is shown. In particular, a dual coupler design is presented for use in a transmission device, such as transmission device 101 or 102 presented in conjunction with FIG. 1. In an embodiment, two or more couplers (such as the stub couplers 1104 and 1106) can be positioned around a wire 1102 in order to receive guided wave 1108. In an embodiment, one coupler is enough to receive the guided wave 1108. In that case, guided wave 1108 couples to coupler 1104 and propagates as guided wave 1110. If the field structure of the guided wave 1108 oscillates or undulates around the wire 1102 due to the particular guided wave mode(s) or various outside factors, then coupler 1106 can be placed such that guided wave 1108 couples to coupler 1106. In some embodiments, four or more couplers can be placed around a portion of the wire 1102, e.g., at 90 degrees or another spacing with respect to each other, in order to receive guided waves that may oscillate or rotate around the wire 1102, that have been induced at different azimuthal orientations or that have non-fundamental or higher order modes that, for example, have lobes and/or nulls or other asymmetries that are orientation dependent. However, it will be appreciated that there may be less than or more than four couplers placed around a portion of the wire 1102 without departing from example embodiments.


It should be noted that while couplers 1106 and 1104 are illustrated as stub couplers, any other of the coupler designs described herein including arc couplers, antenna or horn couplers, magnetic couplers, etc., could likewise be used. It will also be appreciated that while some example embodiments have presented a plurality of couplers around at least a portion of a wire 1102, this plurality of couplers can also be considered as part of a single coupler system having multiple coupler subcomponents. For example, two or more couplers can be manufactured as single system that can be installed around a wire in a single installation such that the couplers are either pre-positioned or adjustable relative to each other (either manually or automatically with a controllable mechanism such as a motor or other actuator) in accordance with the single system.


Receivers coupled to couplers 1106 and 1104 can use diversity combining to combine signals received from both couplers 1106 and 1104 in order to maximize the signal quality. In other embodiments, if one or the other of the couplers 1104 and 1106 receive a transmission that is above a predetermined threshold, receivers can use selection diversity when deciding which signal to use. Further, while reception by a plurality of couplers 1106 and 1104 is illustrated, transmission by couplers 1106 and 1104 in the same configuration can likewise take place. In particular, a wide range of multi-input multi-output (MIMO) transmission and reception techniques can be employed for transmissions where a transmission device, such as transmission device 101 or 102 presented in conjunction with FIG. 1 includes multiple transceivers and multiple couplers.


It is noted that the graphical representations of waves 1108 and 1110 are presented merely to illustrate the principles that guided wave 1108 induces or otherwise launches a wave 1110 on a coupler 1104. The actual electric and magnetic fields generated as a result of such wave propagation may vary depending on the frequencies employed, the design of the coupler 1104, the dimensions and composition of the wire 1102, as well as its surface characteristics, its insulation if any, the electromagnetic properties of the surrounding environment, etc.


Referring now to FIG. 12, a block diagram 1200 illustrating an example, non-limiting embodiment of a repeater system is shown. In particular, a repeater device 1210 is presented for use in a transmission device, such as transmission device 101 or 102 presented in conjunction with FIG. 1. In this system, two couplers 1204 and 1214 can be placed near a wire 1202 or other transmission medium such that guided waves 1205 propagating along the wire 1202 are extracted by coupler 1204 as wave 1206 (e.g. as a guided wave), and then are boosted or repeated by repeater device 1210 and launched as a wave 1216 (e.g. as a guided wave) onto coupler 1214. The wave 1216 can then be launched on the wire 1202 and continue to propagate along the wire 1202 as a guided wave 1217. In an embodiment, the repeater device 1210 can receive at least a portion of the power utilized for boosting or repeating through magnetic coupling with the wire 1202, for example, when the wire 1202 is a power line or otherwise contains a power-carrying conductor. It should be noted that while couplers 1204 and 1214 are illustrated as stub couplers, any other of the coupler designs described herein including arc couplers, antenna or horn couplers, magnetic couplers, or the like, could likewise be used.


In some embodiments, repeater device 1210 can repeat the transmission associated with wave 1206, and in other embodiments, repeater device 1210 can include a communications interface 205 that extracts data or other signals from the wave 1206 for supplying such data or signals to another network and/or one or more other devices as communication signals 110 or 112 and/or receiving communication signals 110 or 112 from another network and/or one or more other devices and launch guided wave 1216 having embedded therein the received communication signals 110 or 112. In a repeater configuration, receiver waveguide 1208 can receive the wave 1206 from the coupler 1204 and transmitter waveguide 1212 can launch guided wave 1216 onto coupler 1214 as guided wave 1217. Between receiver waveguide 1208 and transmitter waveguide 1212, the signal embedded in guided wave 1206 and/or the guided wave 1216 itself can be amplified to correct for signal loss and other inefficiencies associated with guided wave communications or the signal can be received and processed to extract the data contained therein and regenerated for transmission. In an embodiment, the receiver waveguide 1208 can be configured to extract data from the signal, process the data to correct for data errors utilizing for example error correcting codes, and regenerate an updated signal with the corrected data. The transmitter waveguide 1212 can then transmit guided wave 1216 with the updated signal embedded therein. In an embodiment, a signal embedded in guided wave 1206 can be extracted from the transmission and processed for communication with another network and/or one or more other devices via communications interface 205 as communication signals 110 or 112. Similarly, communication signals 110 or 112 received by the communications interface 205 can be inserted into a transmission of guided wave 1216 that is generated and launched onto coupler 1214 by transmitter waveguide 1212.


It is noted that although FIG. 12 shows guided wave transmissions 1206 and 1216 entering from the left and exiting to the right respectively, this is merely a simplification and is not intended to be limiting. In other embodiments, receiver waveguide 1208 and transmitter waveguide 1212 can also function as transmitters and receivers respectively, allowing the repeater device 1210 to be bi-directional.


In an embodiment, repeater device 1210 can be placed at locations where there are discontinuities or obstacles on the wire 1202 or other transmission medium. In the case where the wire 1202 is a power line, these obstacles can include transformers, connections, utility poles, and other such power line devices. The repeater device 1210 can help the guided (e.g., surface) waves jump over these obstacles on the line and boost the transmission power at the same time. In other embodiments, a coupler can be used to jump over the obstacle without the use of a repeater device. In that embodiment, both ends of the coupler can be tied or fastened to the wire, thus providing a path for the guided wave to travel without being blocked by the obstacle.


Turning now to FIG. 13, illustrated is a block diagram 1300 of an example, non-limiting embodiment of a bidirectional repeater in accordance with various aspects described herein. In particular, a bidirectional repeater device 1306 is presented for use in a transmission device, such as transmission device 101 or 102 presented in conjunction with FIG. 1. It should be noted that while the couplers are illustrated as stub couplers, any other of the coupler designs described herein including arc couplers, antenna or horn couplers, magnetic couplers, or the like, could likewise be used. The bidirectional repeater 1306 can employ diversity paths in the case of when two or more wires or other transmission media are present. Since guided wave transmissions have different transmission efficiencies and coupling efficiencies for transmission medium of different types such as insulated wires, un-insulated wires or other types of transmission media and further, if exposed to the elements, can be affected by weather, and other atmospheric conditions, it can be advantageous to selectively transmit on different transmission media at certain times. In various embodiments, the various transmission media can be designated as a primary, secondary, tertiary, etc. whether or not such designation indicates a preference of one transmission medium over another.


In the embodiment shown, the transmission media include an insulated or uninsulated wire 1302 and an insulated or uninsulated wire 1304 (referred to herein as wires 1302 and 1304, respectively). The repeater device 1306 uses a receiver coupler 1308 to receive a guided wave traveling along wire 1302 and repeats the transmission using transmitter waveguide 1310 as a guided wave along wire 1304. In other embodiments, repeater device 1306 can switch from the wire 1304 to the wire 1302, or can repeat the transmissions along the same paths. Repeater device 1306 can include sensors, or be in communication with sensors (or a network management system 1601 depicted in FIG. 16A) that indicate conditions that can affect the transmission. Based on the feedback received from the sensors, the repeater device 1306 can make the determination about whether to keep the transmission along the same wire, or transfer the transmission to the other wire.


Turning now to FIG. 14, illustrated is a block diagram 1400 illustrating an example, non-limiting embodiment of a bidirectional repeater system. In particular, a bidirectional repeater system is presented for use in a transmission device, such as transmission device 101 or 102 presented in conjunction with FIG. 1. The bidirectional repeater system includes waveguide coupling devices 1402 and 1404 that receive and transmit transmissions from other coupling devices located in a distributed antenna system or backhaul system.


In various embodiments, waveguide coupling device 1402 can receive a transmission from another waveguide coupling device, wherein the transmission has a plurality of subcarriers. Diplexer 1406 can separate the transmission from other transmissions, and direct the transmission to low-noise amplifier (“LNA”) 1408. A frequency mixer 1428, with help from a local oscillator 1412, can downshift the transmission (which is in the millimeter-wave band or around 38 GHz in some embodiments) to a lower frequency, such as a cellular band (˜1.9 GHz) for a distributed antenna system, a native frequency, or other frequency for a backhaul system. An extractor (or demultiplexer) 1432 can extract the signal on a subcarrier and direct the signal to an output component 1422 for optional amplification, buffering or isolation by power amplifier 1424 for coupling to communications interface 205. The communications interface 205 can further process the signals received from the power amplifier 1424 or otherwise transmit such signals over a wireless or wired interface to other devices such as a base station, mobile devices, a building, etc. For the signals that are not being extracted at this location, extractor 1432 can redirect them to another frequency mixer 1436, where the signals are used to modulate a carrier wave generated by local oscillator 1414. The carrier wave, with its subcarriers, is directed to a power amplifier (“PA”) 1416 and is retransmitted by waveguide coupling device 1404 to another system, via diplexer 1420.


An LNA 1426 can be used to amplify, buffer or isolate signals that are received by the communication interface 205 and then send the signal to a multiplexer 1434 which merges the signal with signals that have been received from waveguide coupling device 1404. The signals received from coupling device 1404 have been split by diplexer 1420, and then passed through LNA 1418, and downshifted in frequency by frequency mixer 1438. When the signals are combined by multiplexer 1434, they are upshifted in frequency by frequency mixer 1430, and then boosted by PA 1410, and transmitted to another system by waveguide coupling device 1402. In an embodiment bidirectional repeater system can be merely a repeater without the output device 1422. In this embodiment, the multiplexer 1434 would not be utilized and signals from LNA 1418 would be directed to mixer 1430 as previously described. It will be appreciated that in some embodiments, the bidirectional repeater system could also be implemented using two distinct and separate unidirectional repeaters. In an alternative embodiment, a bidirectional repeater system could also be a booster or otherwise perform retransmissions without downshifting and upshifting. Indeed in example embodiment, the retransmissions can be based upon receiving a signal or guided wave and performing some signal or guided wave processing or reshaping, filtering, and/or amplification, prior to retransmission of the signal or guided wave.


Referring now to FIG. 15, a block diagram 1500 illustrating an example, non-limiting embodiment of a guided wave communications system is shown. This diagram depicts an exemplary environment in which a guided wave communication system, such as the guided wave communication system presented in conjunction with FIG. 1, can be used.


To provide network connectivity to additional base station devices, a backhaul network that links the communication cells (e.g., macrocells and macrocells) to network devices of a core network correspondingly expands. Similarly, to provide network connectivity to a distributed antenna system, an extended communication system that links base station devices and their distributed antennas is desirable. A guided wave communication system 1500 such as shown in FIG. 15 can be provided to enable alternative, increased or additional network connectivity and a waveguide coupling system can be provided to transmit and/or receive guided wave (e.g., surface wave) communications on a transmission medium such as a wire that operates as a single-wire transmission line (e.g., a utility line), and that can be used as a waveguide and/or that otherwise operates to guide the transmission of an electromagnetic wave.


The guided wave communication system 1500 can comprise a first instance of a distribution system 1550 that includes one or more base station devices (e.g., base station device 1504) that are communicably coupled to a central office 1501 and/or a macrocell site 1502. Base station device 1504 can be connected by a wired (e.g., fiber and/or cable), or by a wireless (e.g., microwave wireless) connection to the macrocell site 1502 and the central office 1501. A second instance of the distribution system 1560 can be used to provide wireless voice and data services to mobile device 1522 and to residential and/or commercial establishments 1542 (herein referred to as establishments 1542). System 1500 can have additional instances of the distribution systems 1550 and 1560 for providing voice and/or data services to mobile devices 1522-1524 and establishments 1542 as shown in FIG. 15.


Macrocells such as macrocell site 1502 can have dedicated connections to a mobile network and base station device 1504 or can share and/or otherwise use another connection. Central office 1501 can be used to distribute media content and/or provide internet service provider (ISP) services to mobile devices 1522-1524 and establishments 1542. The central office 1501 can receive media content from a constellation of satellites 1530 (one of which is shown in FIG. 15) or other sources of content, and distribute such content to mobile devices 1522-1524 and establishments 1542 via the first and second instances of the distribution system 1550 and 1560. The central office 1501 can also be communicatively coupled to the Internet 1503 for providing internet data services to mobile devices 1522-1524 and establishments 1542.


Base station device 1504 can be mounted on, or attached to, utility pole 1516. In other embodiments, base station device 1504 can be near transformers and/or other locations situated nearby a power line. Base station device 1504 can facilitate connectivity to a mobile network for mobile devices 1522 and 1524. Antennas 1512 and 1514, mounted on or near utility poles 1518 and 1520, respectively, can receive signals from base station device 1504 and transmit those signals to mobile devices 1522 and 1524 over a much wider area than if the antennas 1512 and 1514 were located at or near base station device 1504.


It is noted that FIG. 15 displays three utility poles, in each instance of the distribution systems 1550 and 1560, with one base station device, for purposes of simplicity. In other embodiments, utility pole 1516 can have more base station devices, and more utility poles with distributed antennas and/or tethered connections to establishments 1542.


A transmission device 1506, such as transmission device 101 or 102 presented in conjunction with FIG. 1, can transmit a signal from base station device 1504 to antennas 1512 and 1514 via utility or power line(s) that connect the utility poles 1516, 1518, and 1520. To transmit the signal, radio source and/or transmission device 1506 upconverts the signal (e.g., via frequency mixing) from base station device 1504 or otherwise converts the signal from the base station device 1504 to a microwave band signal and the transmission device 1506 launches a microwave band wave that propagates as a guided wave traveling along the utility line or other wire as described in previous embodiments. At utility pole 1518, another transmission device 1508 receives the guided wave (and optionally can amplify it as needed or desired or operate as a repeater to receive it and regenerate it) and sends it forward as a guided wave on the utility line or other wire. The transmission device 1508 can also extract a signal from the microwave band guided wave and shift it down in frequency or otherwise convert it to its original cellular band frequency (e.g., 1.9 GHz or other defined cellular frequency) or another cellular (or non-cellular) band frequency. An antenna 1512 can wireless transmit the downshifted signal to mobile device 1522. The process can be repeated by transmission device 1510, antenna 1514 and mobile device 1524, as necessary or desirable.


Transmissions from mobile devices 1522 and 1524 can also be received by antennas 1512 and 1514 respectively. The transmission devices 1508 and 1510 can upshift or otherwise convert the cellular band signals to microwave band and transmit the signals as guided wave (e.g., surface wave or other electromagnetic wave) transmissions over the power line(s) to base station device 1504.


Media content received by the central office 1501 can be supplied to the second instance of the distribution system 1560 via the base station device 1504 for distribution to mobile devices 1522 and establishments 1542. The transmission device 1510 can be tethered to the establishments 1542 by one or more wired connections or a wireless interface. The one or more wired connections may include without limitation, a power line, a coaxial cable, a fiber cable, a twisted pair cable, a guided wave transmission medium or other suitable wired mediums for distribution of media content and/or for providing internet services. In an example embodiment, the wired connections from the transmission device 1510 can be communicatively coupled to one or more very high bit rate digital subscriber line (VDSL) modems located at one or more corresponding service area interfaces (SAIs—not shown) or pedestals, each SAI or pedestal providing services to a portion of the establishments 1542. The VDSL modems can be used to selectively distribute media content and/or provide internet services to gateways (not shown) located in the establishments 1542. The SAIs or pedestals can also be communicatively coupled to the establishments 1542 over a wired medium such as a power line, a coaxial cable, a fiber cable, a twisted pair cable, a guided wave transmission medium or other suitable wired mediums. In other example embodiments, the transmission device 1510 can be communicatively coupled directly to establishments 1542 without intermediate interfaces such as the SAIs or pedestals.


In another example embodiment, system 1500 can employ diversity paths, where two or more utility lines or other wires are strung between the utility poles 1516, 1518, and 1520 (e.g., for example, two or more wires between poles 1516 and 1520) and redundant transmissions from base station/macrocell site 1502 are transmitted as guided waves down the surface of the utility lines or other wires. The utility lines or other wires can be either insulated or uninsulated, and depending on the environmental conditions that cause transmission losses, the coupling devices can selectively receive signals from the insulated or uninsulated utility lines or other wires. The selection can be based on measurements of the signal-to-noise ratio of the wires, or based on determined weather/environmental conditions (e.g., moisture detectors, weather forecasts, etc.). The use of diversity paths with system 1500 can enable alternate routing capabilities, load balancing, increased load handling, concurrent bi-directional or synchronous communications, spread spectrum communications, etc.


It is noted that the use of the transmission devices 1506, 1508, and 1510 in FIG. 15 are by way of example only, and that in other embodiments, other uses are possible. For instance, transmission devices can be used in a backhaul communication system, providing network connectivity to base station devices. Transmission devices 1506, 1508, and 1510 can be used in many circumstances where it is desirable to transmit guided wave communications over a wire, whether insulated or not insulated. Transmission devices 1506, 1508, and 1510 are improvements over other coupling devices due to no contact or limited physical and/or electrical contact with the wires that may carry high voltages. The transmission device can be located away from the wire (e.g., spaced apart from the wire) and/or located on the wire so long as it is not electrically in contact with the wire, as the dielectric acts as an insulator, allowing for cheap, easy, and/or less complex installation. However, as previously noted conducting or non-dielectric couplers can be employed, for example in configurations where the wires correspond to a telephone network, cable television network, broadband data service, fiber optic communications system or other network employing low voltages or having insulated transmission lines.


It is further noted, that while base station device 1504 and macrocell site 1502 are illustrated in an embodiment, other network configurations are likewise possible. For example, devices such as access points or other wireless gateways can be employed in a similar fashion to extend the reach of other networks such as a wireless local area network, a wireless personal area network or other wireless network that operates in accordance with a communication protocol such as a 802.11 protocol, WIMAX protocol, UltraWideband protocol, Bluetooth protocol, Zigbee protocol or other wireless protocol.


Referring now to FIGS. 16A & 16B, block diagrams illustrating an example, non-limiting embodiment of a system for managing a power grid communication system are shown. Considering FIG. 16A, a waveguide system 1602 is presented for use in a guided wave communications system, such as the system presented in conjunction with FIG. 15. The waveguide system 1602 can comprise sensors 1604, a power management system 1605, a transmission device 101 or 102 that includes at least one communication interface 205, transceiver 210 and coupler 220.


The waveguide system 1602 can be coupled to a power line 1610 for facilitating guided wave communications in accordance with embodiments described in the subject disclosure. In an example embodiment, the transmission device 101 or 102 includes coupler 220 for inducing electromagnetic waves on a surface of the power line 1610 that longitudinally propagate along the surface of the power line 1610 as described in the subject disclosure. The transmission device 101 or 102 can also serve as a repeater for retransmitting electromagnetic waves on the same power line 1610 or for routing electromagnetic waves between power lines 1610 as shown in FIGS. 12-13.


The transmission device 101 or 102 includes transceiver 210 configured to, for example, up-convert a signal operating at an original frequency range to electromagnetic waves operating at, exhibiting, or associated with a carrier frequency that propagate along a coupler to induce corresponding guided electromagnetic waves that propagate along a surface of the power line 1610. A carrier frequency can be represented by a center frequency having upper and lower cutoff frequencies that define the bandwidth of the electromagnetic waves. The power line 1610 can be a wire (e.g., single stranded or multi-stranded) having a conducting surface or insulated surface. The transceiver 210 can also receive signals from the coupler 220 and down-convert the electromagnetic waves operating at a carrier frequency to signals at their original frequency.


Signals received by the communications interface 205 of transmission device 101 or 102 for up-conversion can include without limitation signals supplied by a central office 1611 over a wired or wireless interface of the communications interface 205, a base station 1614 over a wired or wireless interface of the communications interface 205, wireless signals transmitted by mobile devices 1620 to the base station 1614 for delivery over the wired or wireless interface of the communications interface 205, signals supplied by in-building communication devices 1618 over the wired or wireless interface of the communications interface 205, and/or wireless signals supplied to the communications interface 205 by mobile devices 1612 roaming in a wireless communication range of the communications interface 205. In embodiments where the waveguide system 1602 functions as a repeater, such as shown in FIGS. 12-13, the communications interface 205 may or may not be included in the waveguide system 1602.


The electromagnetic waves propagating along the surface of the power line 1610 can be modulated and formatted to include packets or frames of data that include a data payload and further include networking information (such as header information for identifying one or more destination waveguide systems 1602). The networking information may be provided by the waveguide system 1602 or an originating device such as the central office 1611, the base station 1614, mobile devices 1620, or in-building devices 1618, or a combination thereof. Additionally, the modulated electromagnetic waves can include error correction data for mitigating signal disturbances. The networking information and error correction data can be used by a destination waveguide system 1602 for detecting transmissions directed to it, and for down-converting and processing with error correction data transmissions that include voice and/or data signals directed to recipient communication devices communicatively coupled to the destination waveguide system 1602.


Referring now to the sensors 1604 of the waveguide system 1602, the sensors 1604 can comprise one or more of a temperature sensor 1604a, a disturbance detection sensor 1604b, a loss of energy sensor 1604c, a noise sensor 1604d, a vibration sensor 1604e, an environmental (e.g., weather) sensor 1604f, and/or an image sensor 1604g. The temperature sensor 1604a can be used to measure ambient temperature, a temperature of the transmission device 101 or 102, a temperature of the power line 1610, temperature differentials (e.g., compared to a setpoint or baseline, between transmission device 101 or 102 and 1610, etc.), or any combination thereof. In one embodiment, temperature metrics can be collected and reported periodically to a network management system 1601 by way of the base station 1614.


The disturbance detection sensor 1604b can perform measurements on the power line 1610 to detect disturbances such as signal reflections, which may indicate a presence of a downstream disturbance that may impede the propagation of electromagnetic waves on the power line 1610. A signal reflection can represent a distortion resulting from, for example, an electromagnetic wave transmitted on the power line 1610 by the transmission device 101 or 102 that reflects in whole or in part back to the transmission device 101 or 102 from a disturbance in the power line 1610 located downstream from the transmission device 101 or 102.


Signal reflections can be caused by obstructions on the power line 1610. For example, a tree limb may cause electromagnetic wave reflections when the tree limb is lying on the power line 1610, or is in close proximity to the power line 1610 which may cause a corona discharge. Other obstructions that can cause electromagnetic wave reflections can include without limitation an object that has been entangled on the power line 1610 (e.g., clothing, a shoe wrapped around a power line 1610 with a shoe string, etc.), a corroded build-up on the power line 1610 or an ice build-up. Power grid components may also impede or obstruct with the propagation of electromagnetic waves on the surface of power lines 1610. Illustrations of power grid components that may cause signal reflections include without limitation a transformer and a joint for connecting spliced power lines. A sharp angle on the power line 1610 may also cause electromagnetic wave reflections.


The disturbance detection sensor 1604b can comprise a circuit to compare magnitudes of electromagnetic wave reflections to magnitudes of original electromagnetic waves transmitted by the transmission device 101 or 102 to determine how much a downstream disturbance in the power line 1610 attenuates transmissions. The disturbance detection sensor 1604b can further comprise a spectral analyzer circuit for performing spectral analysis on the reflected waves. The spectral data generated by the spectral analyzer circuit can be compared with spectral profiles via pattern recognition, an expert system, curve fitting, matched filtering or other artificial intelligence, classification or comparison technique to identify a type of disturbance based on, for example, the spectral profile that most closely matches the spectral data. The spectral profiles can be stored in a memory of the disturbance detection sensor 1604b or may be remotely accessible by the disturbance detection sensor 1604b. The profiles can comprise spectral data that models different disturbances that may be encountered on power lines 1610 to enable the disturbance detection sensor 1604b to identify disturbances locally. An identification of the disturbance if known can be reported to the network management system 1601 by way of the base station 1614. The disturbance detection sensor 1604b can also utilize the transmission device 101 or 102 to transmit electromagnetic waves as test signals to determine a roundtrip time for an electromagnetic wave reflection. The round trip time measured by the disturbance detection sensor 1604b can be used to calculate a distance traveled by the electromagnetic wave up to a point where the reflection takes place, which enables the disturbance detection sensor 1604b to calculate a distance from the transmission device 101 or 102 to the downstream disturbance on the power line 1610.


The distance calculated can be reported to the network management system 1601 by way of the base station 1614. In one embodiment, the location of the waveguide system 1602 on the power line 1610 may be known to the network management system 1601, which the network management system 1601 can use to determine a location of the disturbance on the power line 1610 based on a known topology of the power grid. In another embodiment, the waveguide system 1602 can provide its location to the network management system 1601 to assist in the determination of the location of the disturbance on the power line 1610. The location of the waveguide system 1602 can be obtained by the waveguide system 1602 from a pre-programmed location of the waveguide system 1602 stored in a memory of the waveguide system 1602, or the waveguide system 1602 can determine its location using a GPS receiver (not shown) included in the waveguide system 1602.


The power management system 1605 provides energy to the aforementioned components of the waveguide system 1602. The power management system 1605 can receive energy from solar cells, or from a transformer (not shown) coupled to the power line 1610, or by inductive coupling to the power line 1610 or another nearby power line. The power management system 1605 can also include a backup battery and/or a super capacitor or other capacitor circuit for providing the waveguide system 1602 with temporary power. The loss of energy sensor 1604c can be used to detect when the waveguide system 1602 has a loss of power condition and/or the occurrence of some other malfunction. For example, the loss of energy sensor 1604c can detect when there is a loss of power due to defective solar cells, an obstruction on the solar cells that causes them to malfunction, loss of power on the power line 1610, and/or when the backup power system malfunctions due to expiration of a backup battery, or a detectable defect in a super capacitor. When a malfunction and/or loss of power occurs, the loss of energy sensor 1604c can notify the network management system 1601 by way of the base station 1614.


The noise sensor 1604d can be used to measure noise on the power line 1610 that may adversely affect transmission of electromagnetic waves on the power line 1610. The noise sensor 1604d can sense unexpected electromagnetic interference, noise bursts, or other sources of disturbances that may interrupt reception of modulated electromagnetic waves on a surface of a power line 1610. A noise burst can be caused by, for example, a corona discharge, or other source of noise. The noise sensor 1604d can compare the measured noise to a noise profile obtained by the waveguide system 1602 from an internal database of noise profiles or from a remotely located database that stores noise profiles via pattern recognition, an expert system, curve fitting, matched filtering or other artificial intelligence, classification or comparison technique. From the comparison, the noise sensor 1604d may identify a noise source (e.g., corona discharge or otherwise) based on, for example, the noise profile that provides the closest match to the measured noise. The noise sensor 1604d can also detect how noise affects transmissions by measuring transmission metrics such as bit error rate, packet loss rate, jitter, packet retransmission requests, etc. The noise sensor 1604d can report to the network management system 1601 by way of the base station 1614 the identity of noise sources, their time of occurrence, and transmission metrics, among other things.


The vibration sensor 1604e can include accelerometers and/or gyroscopes to detect 2D or 3D vibrations on the power line 1610. The vibrations can be compared to vibration profiles that can be stored locally in the waveguide system 1602, or obtained by the waveguide system 1602 from a remote database via pattern recognition, an expert system, curve fitting, matched filtering or other artificial intelligence, classification or comparison technique. Vibration profiles can be used, for example, to distinguish fallen trees from wind gusts based on, for example, the vibration profile that provides the closest match to the measured vibrations. The results of this analysis can be reported by the vibration sensor 1604e to the network management system 1601 by way of the base station 1614.


The environmental sensor 1604f can include a barometer for measuring atmospheric pressure, ambient temperature (which can be provided by the temperature sensor 1604a), wind speed, humidity, wind direction, and rainfall, among other things. The environmental sensor 1604f can collect raw information and process this information by comparing it to environmental profiles that can be obtained from a memory of the waveguide system 1602 or a remote database to predict weather conditions before they arise via pattern recognition, an expert system, knowledge-based system or other artificial intelligence, classification or other weather modeling and prediction technique. The environmental sensor 1604f can report raw data as well as its analysis to the network management system 1601.


The image sensor 1604g can be a digital camera (e.g., a charged coupled device or CCD imager, infrared camera, etc.) for capturing images in a vicinity of the waveguide system 1602. The image sensor 1604g can include an electromechanical mechanism to control movement (e.g., actual position or focal points/zooms) of the camera for inspecting the power line 1610 from multiple perspectives (e.g., top surface, bottom surface, left surface, right surface and so on). Alternatively, the image sensor 1604g can be designed such that no electromechanical mechanism is needed in order to obtain the multiple perspectives. The collection and retrieval of imaging data generated by the image sensor 1604g can be controlled by the network management system 1601, or can be autonomously collected and reported by the image sensor 1604g to the network management system 1601.


Other sensors that may be suitable for collecting telemetry information associated with the waveguide system 1602 and/or the power lines 1610 for purposes of detecting, predicting and/or mitigating disturbances that can impede the propagation of electromagnetic wave transmissions on power lines 1610 (or any other form of a transmission medium of electromagnetic waves) may be utilized by the waveguide system 1602.


Referring now to FIG. 16B, block diagram 1650 illustrates an example, non-limiting embodiment of a system for managing a power grid 1653 and a communication system 1655 embedded therein or associated therewith in accordance with various aspects described herein. The communication system 1655 comprises a plurality of waveguide systems 1602 coupled to power lines 1610 of the power grid 1653. At least a portion of the waveguide systems 1602 used in the communication system 1655 can be in direct communication with a base station 1614 and/or the network management system 1601. Waveguide systems 1602 not directly connected to a base station 1614 or the network management system 1601 can engage in communication sessions with either a base station 1614 or the network management system 1601 by way of other downstream waveguide systems 1602 connected to a base station 1614 or the network management system 1601.


The network management system 1601 can be communicatively coupled to equipment of a utility company 1652 and equipment of a communications service provider 1654 for providing each entity, status information associated with the power grid 1653 and the communication system 1655, respectively. The network management system 1601, the equipment of the utility company 1652, and the communications service provider 1654 can access communication devices utilized by utility company personnel 1656 and/or communication devices utilized by communications service provider personnel 1658 for purposes of providing status information and/or for directing such personnel in the management of the power grid 1653 and/or communication system 1655.



FIG. 17A illustrates a flow diagram of an example, non-limiting embodiment of a method 1700 for detecting and mitigating disturbances occurring in a communication network of the systems of FIGS. 16A & 16B. Method 1700 can begin with step 1702 where a waveguide system 1602 transmits and receives messages embedded in, or forming part of, modulated electromagnetic waves or another type of electromagnetic waves traveling along a surface of a power line 1610. The messages can be voice messages, streaming video, and/or other data/information exchanged between communication devices communicatively coupled to the communication system 1655. At step 1704 the sensors 1604 of the waveguide system 1602 can collect sensing data. In an embodiment, the sensing data can be collected in step 1704 prior to, during, or after the transmission and/or receipt of messages in step 1702. At step 1706 the waveguide system 1602 (or the sensors 1604 themselves) can determine from the sensing data an actual or predicted occurrence of a disturbance in the communication system 1655 that can affect communications originating from (e.g., transmitted by) or received by the waveguide system 1602. The waveguide system 1602 (or the sensors 1604) can process temperature data, signal reflection data, loss of energy data, noise data, vibration data, environmental data, or any combination thereof to make this determination. The waveguide system 1602 (or the sensors 1604) may also detect, identify, estimate, or predict the source of the disturbance and/or its location in the communication system 1655. If a disturbance is neither detected/identified nor predicted/estimated at step 1708, the waveguide system 1602 can proceed to step 1702 where it continues to transmit and receive messages embedded in, or forming part of, modulated electromagnetic waves traveling along a surface of the power line 1610.


If at step 1708 a disturbance is detected/identified or predicted/estimated to occur, the waveguide system 1602 proceeds to step 1710 to determine if the disturbance adversely affects (or alternatively, is likely to adversely affect or the extent to which it may adversely affect) transmission or reception of messages in the communication system 1655. In one embodiment, a duration threshold and a frequency of occurrence threshold can be used at step 1710 to determine when a disturbance adversely affects communications in the communication system 1655. For illustration purposes only, assume a duration threshold is set to 500 ms, while a frequency of occurrence threshold is set to 5 disturbances occurring in an observation period of 10 sec. Thus, a disturbance having a duration greater than 500 ms will trigger the duration threshold. Additionally, any disturbance occurring more than 5 times in a 10 sec time interval will trigger the frequency of occurrence threshold.


In one embodiment, a disturbance may be considered to adversely affect signal integrity in the communication systems 1655 when the duration threshold alone is exceeded. In another embodiment, a disturbance may be considered as adversely affecting signal integrity in the communication systems 1655 when both the duration threshold and the frequency of occurrence threshold are exceeded. The latter embodiment is thus more conservative than the former embodiment for classifying disturbances that adversely affect signal integrity in the communication system 1655. It will be appreciated that many other algorithms and associated parameters and thresholds can be utilized for step 1710 in accordance with example embodiments.


Referring back to method 1700, if at step 1710 the disturbance detected at step 1708 does not meet the condition for adversely affected communications (e.g., neither exceeds the duration threshold nor the frequency of occurrence threshold), the waveguide system 1602 may proceed to step 1702 and continue processing messages. For instance, if the disturbance detected in step 1708 has a duration of 1 msec with a single occurrence in a 10 sec time period, then neither threshold will be exceeded. Consequently, such a disturbance may be considered as having a nominal effect on signal integrity in the communication system 1655 and thus would not be flagged as a disturbance requiring mitigation. Although not flagged, the occurrence of the disturbance, its time of occurrence, its frequency of occurrence, spectral data, and/or other useful information, may be reported to the network management system 1601 as telemetry data for monitoring purposes.


Referring back to step 1710, if on the other hand the disturbance satisfies the condition for adversely affected communications (e.g., exceeds either or both thresholds), the waveguide system 1602 can proceed to step 1712 and report the incident to the network management system 1601. The report can include raw sensing data collected by the sensors 1604, a description of the disturbance if known by the waveguide system 1602, a time of occurrence of the disturbance, a frequency of occurrence of the disturbance, a location associated with the disturbance, parameters readings such as bit error rate, packet loss rate, retransmission requests, jitter, latency and so on. If the disturbance is based on a prediction by one or more sensors of the waveguide system 1602, the report can include a type of disturbance expected, and if predictable, an expected time occurrence of the disturbance, and an expected frequency of occurrence of the predicted disturbance when the prediction is based on historical sensing data collected by the sensors 1604 of the waveguide system 1602.


At step 1714, the network management system 1601 can determine a mitigation, circumvention, or correction technique, which may include directing the waveguide system 1602 to reroute traffic to circumvent the disturbance if the location of the disturbance can be determined. In one embodiment, the waveguide coupling device 1402 detecting the disturbance may direct a repeater such as the one shown in FIGS. 13-14 to connect the waveguide system 1602 from a primary power line affected by the disturbance to a secondary power line to enable the waveguide system 1602 to reroute traffic to a different transmission medium and avoid the disturbance. In an embodiment where the waveguide system 1602 is configured as a repeater the waveguide system 1602 can itself perform the rerouting of traffic from the primary power line to the secondary power line. It is further noted that for bidirectional communications (e.g., full or half-duplex communications), the repeater can be configured to reroute traffic from the secondary power line back to the primary power line for processing by the waveguide system 1602.


In another embodiment, the waveguide system 1602 can redirect traffic by instructing a first repeater situated upstream of the disturbance and a second repeater situated downstream of the disturbance to redirect traffic from a primary power line temporarily to a secondary power line and back to the primary power line in a manner that avoids the disturbance. It is further noted that for bidirectional communications (e.g., full or half-duplex communications), repeaters can be configured to reroute traffic from the secondary power line back to the primary power line.


To avoid interrupting existing communication sessions occurring on a secondary power line, the network management system 1601 may direct the waveguide system 1602 to instruct repeater(s) to utilize unused time slot(s) and/or frequency band(s) of the secondary power line for redirecting data and/or voice traffic away from the primary power line to circumvent the disturbance.


At step 1716, while traffic is being rerouted to avoid the disturbance, the network management system 1601 can notify equipment of the utility company 1652 and/or equipment of the communications service provider 1654, which in turn may notify personnel of the utility company 1656 and/or personnel of the communications service provider 1658 of the detected disturbance and its location if known. Field personnel from either party can attend to resolving the disturbance at a determined location of the disturbance. Once the disturbance is removed or otherwise mitigated by personnel of the utility company and/or personnel of the communications service provider, such personnel can notify their respective companies and/or the network management system 1601 utilizing field equipment (e.g., a laptop computer, smartphone, etc.) communicatively coupled to network management system 1601, and/or equipment of the utility company and/or the communications service provider. The notification can include a description of how the disturbance was mitigated and any changes to the power lines 1610 that may change a topology of the communication system 1655.


Once the disturbance has been resolved (as determined in decision 1718), the network management system 1601 can direct the waveguide system 1602 at step 1720 to restore the previous routing configuration used by the waveguide system 1602 or route traffic according to a new routing configuration if the restoration strategy used to mitigate the disturbance resulted in a new network topology of the communication system 1655. In another embodiment, the waveguide system 1602 can be configured to monitor mitigation of the disturbance by transmitting test signals on the power line 1610 to determine when the disturbance has been removed. Once the waveguide system 1602 detects an absence of the disturbance it can autonomously restore its routing configuration without assistance by the network management system 1601 if it determines the network topology of the communication system 1655 has not changed, or it can utilize a new routing configuration that adapts to a detected new network topology.



FIG. 17B illustrates a flow diagram of an example, non-limiting embodiment of a method 1750 for detecting and mitigating disturbances occurring in a communication network of the system of FIGS. 16A and 16B. In one embodiment, method 1750 can begin with step 1752 where a network management system 1601 receives from equipment of the utility company 1652 or equipment of the communications service provider 1654 maintenance information associated with a maintenance schedule. The network management system 1601 can at step 1754 identify from the maintenance information, maintenance activities to be performed during the maintenance schedule. From these activities, the network management system 1601 can detect a disturbance resulting from the maintenance (e.g., scheduled replacement of a power line 1610, scheduled replacement of a waveguide system 1602 on the power line 1610, scheduled reconfiguration of power lines 1610 in the power grid 1653, etc.).


In another embodiment, the network management system 1601 can receive at step 1755 telemetry information from one or more waveguide systems 1602. The telemetry information can include among other things an identity of each waveguide system 1602 submitting the telemetry information, measurements taken by sensors 1604 of each waveguide system 1602, information relating to predicted, estimated, or actual disturbances detected by the sensors 1604 of each waveguide system 1602, location information associated with each waveguide system 1602, an estimated location of a detected disturbance, an identification of the disturbance, and so on. The network management system 1601 can determine from the telemetry information a type of disturbance that may be adverse to operations of the waveguide, transmission of the electromagnetic waves along the wire surface, or both. The network management system 1601 can also use telemetry information from multiple waveguide systems 1602 to isolate and identify the disturbance. Additionally, the network management system 1601 can request telemetry information from waveguide systems 1602 in a vicinity of an affected waveguide system 1602 to triangulate a location of the disturbance and/or validate an identification of the disturbance by receiving similar telemetry information from other waveguide systems 1602.


In yet another embodiment, the network management system 1601 can receive at step 1756 an unscheduled activity report from maintenance field personnel. Unscheduled maintenance may occur as result of field calls that are unplanned or as a result of unexpected field issues discovered during field calls or scheduled maintenance activities. The activity report can identify changes to a topology configuration of the power grid 1653 resulting from field personnel addressing discovered issues in the communication system 1655 and/or power grid 1653, changes to one or more waveguide systems 1602 (such as replacement or repair thereof), mitigation of disturbances performed if any, and so on.


At step 1758, the network management system 1601 can determine from reports received according to steps 1752 through 1756 if a disturbance will occur based on a maintenance schedule, or if a disturbance has occurred or is predicted to occur based on telemetry data, or if a disturbance has occurred due to an unplanned maintenance identified in a field activity report. From any of these reports, the network management system 1601 can determine whether a detected or predicted disturbance requires rerouting of traffic by the affected waveguide systems 1602 or other waveguide systems 1602 of the communication system 1655.


When a disturbance is detected or predicted at step 1758, the network management system 1601 can proceed to step 1760 where it can direct one or more waveguide systems 1602 to reroute traffic to circumvent the disturbance. When the disturbance is permanent due to a permanent topology change of the power grid 1653, the network management system 1601 can proceed to step 1770 and skip steps 1762, 1764, 1766, and 1772. At step 1770, the network management system 1601 can direct one or more waveguide systems 1602 to use a new routing configuration that adapts to the new topology. However, when the disturbance has been detected from telemetry information supplied by one or more waveguide systems 1602, the network management system 1601 can notify maintenance personnel of the utility company 1656 or the communications service provider 1658 of a location of the disturbance, a type of disturbance if known, and related information that may be helpful to such personnel to mitigate the disturbance. When a disturbance is expected due to maintenance activities, the network management system 1601 can direct one or more waveguide systems 1602 to reconfigure traffic routes at a given schedule (consistent with the maintenance schedule) to avoid disturbances caused by the maintenance activities during the maintenance schedule.


Returning back to step 1760 and upon its completion, the process can continue with step 1762. At step 1762, the network management system 1601 can monitor when the disturbance(s) have been mitigated by field personnel. Mitigation of a disturbance can be detected at step 1762 by analyzing field reports submitted to the network management system 1601 by field personnel over a communications network (e.g., cellular communication system) utilizing field equipment (e.g., a laptop computer or handheld computer/device). If field personnel have reported that a disturbance has been mitigated, the network management system 1601 can proceed to step 1764 to determine from the field report whether a topology change was required to mitigate the disturbance. A topology change can include rerouting a power line 1610, reconfiguring a waveguide system 1602 to utilize a different power line 1610, otherwise utilizing an alternative link to bypass the disturbance and so on. If a topology change has taken place, the network management system 1601 can direct at step 1770 one or more waveguide systems 1602 to use a new routing configuration that adapts to the new topology.


If, however, a topology change has not been reported by field personnel, the network management system 1601 can proceed to step 1766 where it can direct one or more waveguide systems 1602 to send test signals to test a routing configuration that had been used prior to the detected disturbance(s). Test signals can be sent to affected waveguide systems 1602 in a vicinity of the disturbance. The test signals can be used to determine if signal disturbances (e.g., electromagnetic wave reflections) are detected by any of the waveguide systems 1602. If the test signals confirm that a prior routing configuration is no longer subject to previously detected disturbance(s), then the network management system 1601 can at step 1772 direct the affected waveguide systems 1602 to restore a previous routing configuration. If, however, test signals analyzed by one or more waveguide coupling device 1402 and reported to the network management system 1601 indicate that the disturbance(s) or new disturbance(s) are present, then the network management system 1601 will proceed to step 1768 and report this information to field personnel to further address field issues. The network management system 1601 can in this situation continue to monitor mitigation of the disturbance(s) at step 1762.


In the aforementioned embodiments, the waveguide systems 1602 can be configured to be self-adapting to changes in the power grid 1653 and/or to mitigation of disturbances. That is, one or more affected waveguide systems 1602 can be configured to self-monitor mitigation of disturbances and reconfigure traffic routes without requiring instructions to be sent to them by the network management system 1601. In this embodiment, the one or more waveguide systems 1602 that are self-configurable can inform the network management system 1601 of its routing choices so that the network management system 1601 can maintain a macro-level view of the communication topology of the communication system 1655.


While for purposes of simplicity of explanation, the respective processes are shown and described as a series of blocks in FIGS. 17A and 17B, respectively, it is to be understood and appreciated that the claimed subject matter is not limited by the order of the blocks, as some blocks may occur in different orders and/or concurrently with other blocks from what is depicted and described herein. Moreover, not all illustrated blocks may be required to implement the methods described herein.


Turning now to FIG. 18A, a block diagram illustrating an example, non-limiting embodiment of a communication system 1800 in accordance with various aspects of the subject disclosure is shown. The communication system 1800 can include a macro base station 1802 such as a base station or access point having antennas that covers one or more sectors (e.g., 6 or more sectors). The macro base station 1802 can be communicatively coupled to a communication node 1804A that serves as a master or distribution node for other communication nodes 1804B-E distributed at differing geographic locations inside or beyond a coverage area of the macro base station 1802. The communication nodes 1804 operate as a distributed antenna system configured to handle communications traffic associated with client devices such as mobile devices (e.g., cell phones) and/or fixed/stationary devices (e.g., a communication device in a residence, or commercial establishment) that are wirelessly coupled to any of the communication nodes 1804. In particular, the wireless resources of the macro base station 1802 can be made available to mobile devices by allowing and/or redirecting certain mobile and/or stationary devices to utilize the wireless resources of a communication node 1804 in a communication range of the mobile or stationary devices.


The communication nodes 1804A-E can be communicatively coupled to each other over an interface 1810. In one embodiment, the interface 1810 can comprise a wired or tethered interface (e.g., fiber optic cable). In other embodiments, the interface 1810 can comprise a wireless RF interface forming a radio distributed antenna system. In various embodiments, the communication nodes 1804A-E can be configured to provide communication services to mobile and stationary devices according to instructions provided by the macro base station 1802. In other examples of operation however, the communication nodes 1804A-E operate merely as analog repeaters to spread the coverage of the macro base station 1802 throughout the entire range of the individual communication nodes 1804A-E.


The micro base stations (depicted as communication nodes 1804) can differ from the macro base station in several ways. For example, the communication range of the micro base stations can be smaller than the communication range of the macro base station. Consequently, the power consumed by the micro base stations can be less than the power consumed by the macro base station. The macro base station optionally directs the micro base stations as to which mobile and/or stationary devices they are to communicate with, and which carrier frequency, spectral segment(s) and/or timeslot schedule of such spectral segment(s) are to be used by the micro base stations when communicating with certain mobile or stationary devices. In these cases, control of the micro base stations by the macro base station can be performed in a master-slave configuration or other suitable control configurations. Whether operating independently or under the control of the macro base station 1802, the resources of the micro base stations can be simpler and less costly than the resources utilized by the macro base station 1802.


Turning now to FIG. 18B, a block diagram illustrating an example, non-limiting embodiment of the communication nodes 1804B-E of the communication system 1800 of FIG. 18A is shown. In this illustration, the communication nodes 1804B-E are placed on a utility fixture such as a light post. In other embodiments, some of the communication nodes 1804B-E can be placed on a building or a utility post or pole that is used for distributing power and/or communication lines. The communication nodes 1804B-E in these illustrations can be configured to communicate with each other over the interface 1810, which in this illustration is shown as a wireless interface. The communication nodes 1804B-E can also be configured to communicate with mobile or stationary devices 1806A-C over a wireless interface 1811 that conforms to one or more communication protocols (e.g., fourth generation (4G) wireless signals such as LTE signals or other 4G signals, fifth generation (5G) wireless signals, WiMAX, 802.11 signals, ultra-wideband signals, etc.). The communication nodes 1804 can be configured to exchange signals over the interface 1810 at an operating frequency that may be higher (e.g., 28 GHz, 38 GHz, 60 GHz, 80 GHz or higher) than the operating frequency used for communicating with the mobile or stationary devices (e.g., 1.9 GHz) over interface 1811. The high carrier frequency and a wider bandwidth can be used for communicating between the communication nodes 1804 enabling the communication nodes 1804 to provide communication services to multiple mobile or stationary devices via one or more differing frequency bands, (e.g. a 900 MHz band, 1.9 GHz band, a 2.4 GHz band, and/or a 5.8 GHz band, etc.) and/or one or more differing protocols, as will be illustrated by spectral downlink and uplink diagrams of FIG. 19A described below. In other embodiments, particularly where the interface 1810 is implemented via a guided wave communications system on a wire, a wideband spectrum in a lower frequency range (e.g. in the range of 2-6 GHz, 4-10 GHz, etc.) can be employed.


Turning now to FIGS. 18C-18D, block diagrams illustrating example, non-limiting embodiments of a communication node 1804 of the communication system 1800 of FIG. 18A is shown. The communication node 1804 can be attached to a support structure 1818 of a utility fixture such as a utility post or pole as shown in FIG. 18C. The communication node 1804 can be affixed to the support structure 1818 with an arm 1820 constructed of plastic or other suitable material that attaches to an end of the communication node 1804. The communication node 1804 can further include a plastic housing assembly 1816 that covers components of the communication node 1804. The communication node 1804 can be powered by a power line 1821 (e.g., 110/220 VAC). The power line 1821 can originate from a light pole or can be coupled to a power line of a utility pole.


In an embodiment where the communication nodes 1804 communicate wirelessly with other communication nodes 1804 as shown in FIG. 18B, a top side 1812 of the communication node 1804 (illustrated also in FIG. 18D) can comprise a plurality of antennas 1822 (e.g., 16 dielectric antennas devoid of metal surfaces) coupled to one or more transceivers such as, for example, in whole or in part, the transceiver 1400 illustrated in FIG. 14. Each of the plurality of antennas 1822 of the top side 1812 can operate as a sector of the communication node 1804, each sector configured for communicating with at least one communication node 1804 in a communication range of the sector. Alternatively, or in combination, the interface 1810 between communication nodes 1804 can be a tethered interface (e.g., a fiber optic cable, or a power line used for transport of guided electromagnetic waves as previously described). In other embodiments, the interface 1810 can differ between communication nodes 1804. That is, some communications nodes 1804 may communicate over a wireless interface, while others communicate over a tethered interface. In yet other embodiments, some communications nodes 1804 may utilize a combined wireless and tethered interface.


A bottom side 1814 of the communication node 1804 can also comprise a plurality of antennas 1824 for wirelessly communicating with one or more mobile or stationary devices 1806 at a carrier frequency that is suitable for the mobile or stationary devices 1806. As noted earlier, the carrier frequency used by the communication node 1804 for communicating with the mobile or station devices over the wireless interface 1811 shown in FIG. 18B can be different from the carrier frequency used for communicating between the communication nodes 1804 over interface 1810. The plurality of antennas 1824 of the bottom portion 1814 of the communication node 1804 can also utilize a transceiver such as, for example, in whole or in part, the transceiver 1400 illustrated in FIG. 14.


Turning now to FIG. 19A, a block diagram illustrating an example, non-limiting embodiment of downlink and uplink communication techniques for enabling a base station to communicate with the communication nodes 1804 of FIG. 18A is shown. In the illustrations of FIG. 19A, downlink signals (i.e., signals directed from the macro base station 1802 to the communication nodes 1804) can be spectrally divided into control channels 1902, downlink spectral segments 1906 each including modulated signals which can be frequency converted to their original/native frequency band for enabling the communication nodes 1804 to communicate with one or more mobile or stationary devices 1906, and pilot signals 1904 which can be supplied with some or all of the spectral segments 1906 for mitigating distortion created between the communication nodes 1904. The pilot signals 1904 can be processed by the top side 1816 (tethered or wireless) transceivers of downstream communication nodes 1804 to remove distortion from a receive signal (e.g., phase distortion). Each downlink spectral segment 1906 can be allotted a bandwidth 1905 sufficiently wide (e.g., 50 MHz) to include a corresponding pilot signal 1904 and one or more downlink modulated signals located in frequency channels (or frequency slots) in the spectral segment 1906. The modulated signals can represent cellular channels, WLAN channels or other modulated communication signals (e.g., 10-20 MHz), which can be used by the communication nodes 1804 for communicating with one or more mobile or stationary devices 1806.


Uplink modulated signals generated by mobile or stationary communication devices in their native/original frequency bands can be frequency converted and thereby located in frequency channels (or frequency slots) in the uplink spectral segment 1910. The uplink modulated signals can represent cellular channels, WLAN channels or other modulated communication signals. Each uplink spectral segment 1910 can be allotted a similar or same bandwidth 1905 to include a pilot signal 1908 which can be provided with some or each spectral segment 1910 to enable upstream communication nodes 1804 and/or the macro base station 1802 to remove distortion (e.g., phase error).


In the embodiment shown, the downlink and uplink spectral segments 1906 and 1910 each comprise a plurality of frequency channels (or frequency slots), which can be occupied with modulated signals that have been frequency converted from any number of native/original frequency bands (e.g. a 900 MHz band, 1.9 GHz band, a 2.4 GHz band, and/or a 5.8 GHz band, etc.). The modulated signals can be up-converted to adjacent frequency channels in downlink and uplink spectral segments 1906 and 1910. In this fashion, while some adjacent frequency channels in a downlink spectral segment 1906 can include modulated signals originally in a same native/original frequency band, other adjacent frequency channels in the downlink spectral segment 1906 can also include modulated signals originally in different native/original frequency bands, but frequency converted to be located in adjacent frequency channels of the downlink spectral segment 1906. For example, a first modulated signal in a 1.9 GHz band and a second modulated signal in the same frequency band (i.e., 1.9 GHz) can be frequency converted and thereby positioned in adjacent frequency channels of a downlink spectral segment 1906. In another illustration, a first modulated signal in a 1.9 GHz band and a second communication signal in a different frequency band (i.e., 2.4 GHz) can be frequency converted and thereby positioned in adjacent frequency channels of a downlink spectral segment 1906. Accordingly, frequency channels of a downlink spectral segment 1906 can be occupied with any combination of modulated signals of the same or differing signaling protocols and of a same or differing native/original frequency bands.


Similarly, while some adjacent frequency channels in an uplink spectral segment 1910 can include modulated signals originally in a same frequency band, adjacent frequency channels in the uplink spectral segment 1910 can also include modulated signals originally in different native/original frequency bands, but frequency converted to be located in adjacent frequency channels of an uplink segment 1910. For example, a first communication signal in a 2.4 GHz band and a second communication signal in the same frequency band (i.e., 2.4 GHz) can be frequency converted and thereby positioned in adjacent frequency channels of an uplink spectral segment 1910. In another illustration, a first communication signal in a 1.9 GHz band and a second communication signal in a different frequency band (i.e., 2.4 GHz) can be frequency converted and thereby positioned in adjacent frequency channels of the uplink spectral segment 1906. Accordingly, frequency channels of an uplink spectral segment 1910 can be occupied with any combination of modulated signals of a same or differing signaling protocols and of a same or differing native/original frequency bands. It should be noted that a downlink spectral segment 1906 and an uplink spectral segment 1910 can themselves be adjacent to one another and separated by only a guard band or otherwise separated by a larger frequency spacing, depending on the spectral allocation in place.


Turning now to FIG. 19B, a block diagram 1920 illustrating an example, non-limiting embodiment of a communication node is shown. In particular, the communication node device such as communication node 1804A of a radio distributed antenna system includes a base station interface 1922, duplexer/diplexer assembly 1924, and two transceivers 1930 and 1932. It should be noted however, that when the communication node 1804A is collocated with a base station, such as a macro base station 1802, the duplexer/diplexer assembly 1924 and the transceiver 1930 can be omitted and the transceiver 1932 can be directly coupled to the base station interface 1922.


In various embodiments, the base station interface 1922 receives a first modulated signal having one or more down link channels in a first spectral segment for transmission to a client device such as one or more mobile communication devices. The first spectral segment represents an original/native frequency band of the first modulated signal. The first modulated signal can include one or more downlink communication channels conforming to a signaling protocol such as a LTE or other 4G wireless protocol, a 5G wireless communication protocol, an ultra-wideband protocol, a WiMAX protocol, a 802.11 or other wireless local area network protocol and/or other communication protocol. The duplexer/diplexer assembly 1924 transfers the first modulated signal in the first spectral segment to the transceiver 1930 for direct communication with one or more mobile communication devices in range of the communication node 1804A as a free space wireless signal. In various embodiments, the transceiver 1930 is implemented via analog circuitry that merely provides: filtration to pass the spectrum of the downlink channels and the uplink channels of modulated signals in their original/native frequency bands while attenuating out-of-band signals, power amplification, transmit/receive switching, duplexing, diplexing, and impedance matching to drive one or more antennas that sends and receives the wireless signals of interface 1810.


In other embodiments, the transceiver 1932 is configured to perform frequency conversion of the first modulated signal in the first spectral segment to the first modulated signal at a first carrier frequency—shifting the first modulated signal from the first spectral segment to another spectral segment. This frequency conversion can be performed based on, in various embodiments, an analog signal processing of the first modulated signal without modifying the signaling protocol of the first modulated signal. The first modulated signal at the first carrier frequency can occupy one or more frequency channels of a downlink spectral segment 1906. The first carrier frequency can be in a millimeter-wave or microwave frequency band. As used herein analog signal processing includes filtering, switching, duplexing, diplexing, amplification, frequency up and down conversion, and other analog processing that does not require digital signal processing, such as including without limitation either analog to digital conversion, digital to analog conversion, or digital frequency conversion. In other embodiments, the transceiver 1932 can be configured to perform frequency conversion of the first modulated signal in the first spectral segment to the first carrier frequency by applying digital signal processing to the first modulated signal without utilizing any form of analog signal processing and without modifying the signaling protocol of the first modulated signal. In yet other embodiments, the transceiver 1932 can be configured to perform frequency conversion of the first modulated signal in the first spectral segment to the first carrier frequency by applying a combination of digital signal processing and analog processing to the first modulated signal and without modifying the signaling protocol of the first modulated signal.


The transceiver 1932 can be further configured to transmit one or more control channels, one or more corresponding reference signals, such as pilot signals or other reference signals, and/or one or more clock signals together with the first modulated signal at the first carrier frequency to a network element of the distributed antenna system, such as one or more downstream communication nodes 1904B-E, for wireless distribution of the first modulated signal to one or more other mobile communication devices once frequency converted by the network element to the first spectral segment. In particular, the reference signal enables the network element to reduce a phase error (and/or other forms of signal distortion) during processing of the first modulated signal from the first carrier frequency to the first spectral segment. The control channel can include instructions to direct the communication node of the distributed antenna system to convert the first modulated signal at the first carrier frequency to the first modulated signal in the first spectral segment, to control frequency selections and reuse patterns, handoff and/or other control signaling. In embodiments where the instructions transmitted and received via the control channel are digital signals, the transceiver can 1932 can include a digital signal processing component that provides analog to digital conversion, digital to analog conversion and that processes the digital data sent and/or received via the control channel. The clock signals supplied with the downlink spectral segment 1906 can be utilized to synchronize timing of digital control channel processing by the downstream communication nodes 1904B-E to recover the instructions from the control channel and/or to provide other timing signals.


In various embodiments, the transceiver 1932 can receive a second modulated signal at a second carrier frequency from a network element such as a communication node 1804B-E. The second modulated signal can include one or more uplink frequency channels occupied by one or more modulated signals conforming to a signaling protocol such as a LTE or other 4G wireless protocol, a 5G wireless communication protocol, an ultra-wideband protocol, a 802.11 or other wireless local area network protocol and/or other communication protocol. In particular, the mobile or stationary communication device generates the second modulated signal in a second spectral segment such as an original/native frequency band and the network element frequency converts the second modulated signal in the second spectral segment to the second modulated signal at the second carrier frequency and transmits the second modulated signal at the second carrier frequency as received by the communication node 1804A. The transceiver 1932 operates to convert the second modulated signal at the second carrier frequency to the second modulated signal in the second spectral segment and sends the second modulated signal in the second spectral segment, via the duplexer/diplexer assembly 1924 and base station interface 1922, to a base station, such as macro base station 1802, for processing.


Consider the following examples where the communication node 1804A is implemented in a distributed antenna system. The uplink frequency channels in an uplink spectral segment 1910 and downlink frequency channels in a downlink spectral segment 1906 can be occupied with signals modulated and otherwise formatted in accordance with a DOCSIS 2.0 or higher standard protocol, a WiMAX standard protocol, an ultra-wideband protocol, a 802.11 standard protocol, a 4G or 5G voice and data protocol such as an LTE protocol and/or other standard communication protocol. In addition to protocols that conform with current standards, any of these protocols can be modified to operate in conjunction with the system of FIG. 18A. For example, a 802.11 protocol or other protocol can be modified to include additional guidelines and/or a separate data channel to provide collision detection/multiple access over a wider area (e.g. allowing network elements or communication devices communicatively coupled to the network elements that are communicating via a particular frequency channel of a downlink spectral segment 1906 or uplink spectral segment 1910 to hear one another). In various embodiments all of the uplink frequency channels of the uplink spectral segment 1910 and downlink frequency channel of the downlink spectral segment 1906 can all be formatted in accordance with the same communications protocol. In the alternative however, two or more differing protocols can be employed on both the uplink spectral segment 1910 and the downlink spectral segment 1906 to, for example, be compatible with a wider range of client devices and/or operate in different frequency bands.


When two or more differing protocols are employed, a first subset of the downlink frequency channels of the downlink spectral segment 1906 can be modulated in accordance with a first standard protocol and a second subset of the downlink frequency channels of the downlink spectral segment 1906 can be modulated in accordance with a second standard protocol that differs from the first standard protocol. Likewise a first subset of the uplink frequency channels of the uplink spectral segment 1910 can be received by the system for demodulation in accordance with the first standard protocol and a second subset of the uplink frequency channels of the uplink spectral segment 1910 can be received in accordance with a second standard protocol for demodulation in accordance with the second standard protocol that differs from the first standard protocol.


In accordance with these examples, the base station interface 1922 can be configured to receive modulated signals such as one or more downlink channels in their original/native frequency bands from a base station such as macro base station 1802 or other communications network element. Similarly, the base station interface 1922 can be configured to supply to a base station modulated signals received from another network device that is frequency converted to modulated signals having one or more uplink channels in their original/native frequency bands. The base station interface 1922 can be implemented via a wired or wireless interface that bidirectionally communicates communication signals such as uplink and downlink channels in their original/native frequency bands, communication control signals and other network signaling with a macro base station or other network element. The duplexer/diplexer assembly 1924 is configured to transfer the downlink channels in their original/native frequency bands to the transceiver 1932 which frequency converts the frequency of the downlink channels from their original/native frequency bands into the frequency spectrum of interface 1810—in this case a wireless communication link used to transport the communication signals downstream to one or more other communication nodes 1804B-E of the distributed antenna system in range of the communication device 1804A.


In various embodiments, the transceiver 1932 includes an analog radio that frequency converts the downlink channel signals in their original/native frequency bands via mixing or other heterodyne action to generate frequency converted downlink channels signals that occupy downlink frequency channels of the downlink spectral segment 1906. In this illustration, the downlink spectral segment 1906 is within the downlink frequency band of the interface 1810. In an embodiment, the downlink channel signals are up-converted from their original/native frequency bands to a 28 GHz, 38 GHz, 60 GHz, 70 GHz or 80 GHz band of the downlink spectral segment 1906 for line-of-sight wireless communications to one or more other communication nodes 1804B-E. It is noted, however, that other frequency bands can likewise be employed for a downlink spectral segment 1906 (e.g., 3 GHz to 5 GHz). For example, the transceiver 1932 can be configured for down-conversion of one or more downlink channel signals in their original/native spectral bands in instances where the frequency band of the interface 1810 falls below the original/native spectral bands of the one or more downlink channels signals.


The transceiver 1932 can be coupled to multiple individual antennas, such as antennas 1822 presented in conjunction with FIG. 18D, for communicating with the communication nodes 1804B, a phased antenna array or steerable beam or multi-beam antenna system for communicating with multiple devices at different locations. The duplexer/diplexer assembly 1924 can include a duplexer, triplexer, splitter, switch, router and/or other assembly that operates as a “channel duplexer” to provide bi-directional communications over multiple communication paths via one or more original/native spectral segments of the uplink and downlink channels.


In addition to forwarding frequency converted modulated signals downstream to other communication nodes 1804B-E at a carrier frequency that differs from their original/native spectral bands, the communication node 1804A can also communicate all or a selected portion of the modulated signals unmodified from their original/native spectral bands to client devices in a wireless communication range of the communication node 1804A via the wireless interface 1811. The duplexer/diplexer assembly 1924 transfers the modulated signals in their original/native spectral bands to the transceiver 1930. The transceiver 1930 can include a channel selection filter for selecting one or more downlink channels and a power amplifier coupled to one or more antennas, such as antennas 1824 presented in conjunction with FIG. 18D, for transmission of the downlink channels via wireless interface 1811 to mobile or fixed wireless devices.


In addition to downlink communications destined for client devices, communication node 1804A can operate in a reciprocal fashion to handle uplink communications originating from client devices as well. In operation, the transceiver 1932 receives uplink channels in the uplink spectral segment 1910 from communication nodes 1804B-E via the uplink spectrum of interface 1810. The uplink frequency channels in the uplink spectral segment 1910 include modulated signals that were frequency converted by communication nodes 1804B-E from their original/native spectral bands to the uplink frequency channels of the uplink spectral segment 1910. In situations where the interface 1810 operates in a higher frequency band than the native/original spectral segments of the modulated signals supplied by the client devices, the transceiver 1932 down-converts the up-converted modulated signals to their original frequency bands. In situations, however, where the interface 1810 operates in a lower frequency band than the native/original spectral segments of the modulated signals supplied by the client devices, the transceiver 1932 up-converts the down-converted modulated signals to their original frequency bands. Further, the transceiver 1930 operates to receive all or selected ones of the modulated signals in their original/native frequency bands from client devices via the wireless interface 1811. The duplexer/diplexer assembly 1924 transfers the modulated signals in their original/native frequency bands received via the transceiver 1930 to the base station interface 1922 to be sent to the macro base station 1802 or other network element of a communications network. Similarly, modulated signals occupying uplink frequency channels in an uplink spectral segment 1910 that are frequency converted to their original/native frequency bands by the transceiver 1932 are supplied to the duplexer/diplexer assembly 1924 for transfer to the base station interface 1922 to be sent to the macro base station 1802 or other network element of a communications network.


Turning now to FIG. 19C, a block diagram 1935 illustrating an example, non-limiting embodiment of a communication node is shown. In particular, the communication node device such as communication node 1804B, 1804C, 1804D or 1804E of a radio distributed antenna system includes transceiver 1933, duplexer/diplexer assembly 1924, an amplifier 1938 and two transceivers 1936A and 1936B.


In various embodiments, the transceiver 1936A receives, from a communication node 1804A or an upstream communication node 1804B-E, a first modulated signal at a first carrier frequency corresponding to the placement of the channels of the first modulated signal in the converted spectrum of the distributed antenna system (e.g., frequency channels of one or more downlink spectral segments 1906). The first modulated signal includes first communications data provided by a base station and directed to a mobile communication device. The transceiver 1936A is further configured to receive, from a communication node 1804A one or more control channels and one or more corresponding reference signals, such as pilot signals or other reference signals, and/or one or more clock signals associated with the first modulated signal at the first carrier frequency. The first modulated signal can include one or more downlink communication channels conforming to a signaling protocol such as a LTE or other 4G wireless protocol, a 5G wireless communication protocol, an ultra-wideband protocol, a WiMAX protocol, a 802.11 or other wireless local area network protocol and/or other communication protocol.


As previously discussed, the reference signal enables the network element to reduce a phase error (and/or other forms of signal distortion) during processing of the first modulated signal from the first carrier frequency to the first spectral segment (i.e., original/native spectrum). The control channel includes instructions to direct the communication node of the distributed antenna system to convert the first modulated signal at the first carrier frequency to the first modulated signal in the first spectral segment, to control frequency selections and reuse patterns, handoff and/or other control signaling. The clock signals can synchronize timing of digital control channel processing by the downstream communication nodes 1804B-E to recover the instructions from the control channel and/or to provide other timing signals.


The amplifier 1938 can be a bidirectional amplifier that amplifies the first modulated signal at the first carrier frequency together with the reference signals, control channels and/or clock signals for coupling via the duplexer/diplexer assembly 1924 to transceiver 1936B, which in this illustration, serves as a repeater for retransmission of the amplified the first modulated signal at the first carrier frequency together with the reference signals, control channels and/or clock signals to one or more others of the communication nodes 1804B-E that are downstream from the communication node 1804B-E that is shown and that operate in a similar fashion.


The amplified first modulated signal at the first carrier frequency together with the reference signals, control channels and/or clock signals are also coupled via the duplexer/diplexer assembly 1924 to the transceiver 1933. The transceiver 1933 performs digital signal processing on the control channel to recover the instructions, such as in the form of digital data, from the control channel. The clock signal is used to synchronize timing of the digital control channel processing. The transceiver 1933 then performs frequency conversion of the first modulated signal at the first carrier frequency to the first modulated signal in the first spectral segment in accordance with the instructions and based on an analog (and/or digital) signal processing of the first modulated signal and utilizing the reference signal to reduce distortion during the converting process. The transceiver 1933 wirelessly transmits the first modulated signal in the first spectral segment for direct communication with one or more mobile communication devices in range of the communication node 1804B-E as free space wireless signals.


In various embodiments, the transceiver 1936B receives a second modulated signal at a second carrier frequency in an uplink spectral segment 1910 from other network elements such as one or more other communication nodes 1804B-E that are downstream from the communication node 1804B-E that is shown. The second modulated signal can include one or more uplink communication channels conforming to a signaling protocol such as a LTE or other 4G wireless protocol, a 5G wireless communication protocol, an ultra-wideband protocol, a 802.11 or other wireless local area network protocol and/or other communication protocol. In particular, one or more mobile communication devices generate the second modulated signal in a second spectral segment such as an original/native frequency band and the downstream network element performs frequency conversion on the second modulated signal in the second spectral segment to the second modulated signal at the second carrier frequency and transmits the second modulated signal at the second carrier frequency in an uplink spectral segment 1910 as received by the communication node 1804B-E shown. The transceiver 1936B operates to send the second modulated signal at the second carrier frequency to amplifier 1938, via the duplexer/diplexer assembly 1924, for amplification and retransmission via the transceiver 1936A back to the communication node 1804A or upstream communication nodes 1804B-E for further retransmission back to a base station, such as macro base station 1802, for processing.


The transceiver 1933 may also receive a second modulated signal in the second spectral segment from one or more mobile communication devices in range of the communication node 1804B-E. The transceiver 1933 operates to perform frequency conversion on the second modulated signal in the second spectral segment to the second modulated signal at the second carrier frequency, for example, under control of the instructions received via the control channel, inserts the reference signals, control channels and/or clock signals for use by communication node 1804A in reconverting the second modulated signal back to the original/native spectral segments and sends the second modulated signal at the second carrier frequency, via the duplexer/diplexer assembly 1924 and amplifier 1938, to the transceiver 1936A for amplification and retransmission back to the communication node 1804A or upstream communication nodes 1804B-E for further retransmission back to a base station, such as macro base station 1802, for processing.


Turning now to FIG. 19D, a graphical diagram 1940 illustrating an example, non-limiting embodiment of a frequency spectrum is shown. In particular, a spectrum 1942 is shown for a distributed antenna system that conveys modulated signals that occupy frequency channels of a downlink segment 1906 or uplink spectral segment 1910 after they have been converted in frequency (e.g. via up-conversion or down-conversion) from one or more original/native spectral segments into the spectrum 1942.


In the example presented, the downstream (downlink) channel band 1944 includes a plurality of downstream frequency channels represented by separate downlink spectral segments 1906. Likewise the upstream (uplink) channel band 1946 includes a plurality of upstream frequency channels represented by separate uplink spectral segments 1910. The spectral shapes of the separate spectral segments are meant to be placeholders for the frequency allocation of each modulated signal along with associated reference signals, control channels and clock signals. The actual spectral response of each frequency channel in a downlink spectral segment 1906 or uplink spectral segment 1910 will vary based on the protocol and modulation employed and further as a function of time.


The number of the uplink spectral segments 1910 can be less than or greater than the number of the downlink spectral segments 1906 in accordance with an asymmetrical communication system. In this case, the upstream channel band 1946 can be narrower or wider than the downstream channel band 1944. In the alternative, the number of the uplink spectral segments 1910 can be equal to the number of the downlink spectral segments 1906 in the case where a symmetrical communication system is implemented. In this case, the width of the upstream channel band 1946 can be equal to the width of the downstream channel band 1944 and bit stuffing or other data filling techniques can be employed to compensate for variations in upstream traffic. While the downstream channel band 1944 is shown at a lower frequency than the upstream channel band 1946, in other embodiments, the downstream channel band 1844 can be at a higher frequency than the upstream channel band 1946. In addition, the number of spectral segments and their respective frequency positions in spectrum 1942 can change dynamically over time. For example, a general control channel can be provided in the spectrum 1942 (not shown) which can indicate to communication nodes 1804 the frequency position of each downlink spectral segment 1906 and each uplink spectral segment 1910. Depending on traffic conditions, or network requirements necessitating a reallocation of bandwidth, the number of downlink spectral segments 1906 and uplink spectral segments 1910 can be changed by way of the general control channel. Additionally, the downlink spectral segments 1906 and uplink spectral segments 1910 do not have to be grouped separately. For instance, a general control channel can identify a downlink spectral segment 1906 being followed by an uplink spectral segment 1910 in an alternating fashion, or in any other combination which may or may not be symmetric. It is further noted that instead of utilizing a general control channel, multiple control channels can be used, each identifying the frequency position of one or more spectral segments and the type of spectral segment (i.e., uplink or downlink).


Further, while the downstream channel band 1944 and upstream channel band 1946 are shown as occupying a single contiguous frequency band, in other embodiments, two or more upstream and/or two or more downstream channel bands can be employed, depending on available spectrum and/or the communication standards employed. Frequency channels of the uplink spectral segments 1910 and downlink spectral segments 1906 can be occupied by frequency converted signals modulated formatted in accordance with a DOCSIS 2.0 or higher standard protocol, a WiMAX standard protocol, an ultra-wideband protocol, a 802.11 standard protocol, a 4G or 5G voice and data protocol such as an LTE protocol and/or other standard communication protocol. In addition to protocols that conform with current standards, any of these protocols can be modified to operate in conjunction with the system shown. For example, a 802.11 protocol or other protocol can be modified to include additional guidelines and/or a separate data channel to provide collision detection/multiple access over a wider area (e.g. allowing devices that are communicating via a particular frequency channel to hear one another). In various embodiments all of the uplink frequency channels of the uplink spectral segments 1910 and downlink frequency channel of the downlink spectral segments 1906 are all formatted in accordance with the same communications protocol. In the alternative however, two or more differing protocols can be employed on both the uplink frequency channels of one or more uplink spectral segments 1910 and downlink frequency channels of one or more downlink spectral segments 1906 to, for example, be compatible with a wider range of client devices and/or operate in different frequency bands.


It should be noted that, the modulated signals can be gathered from differing original/native spectral segments for aggregation into the spectrum 1942. In this fashion, a first portion of uplink frequency channels of an uplink spectral segment 1910 may be adjacent to a second portion of uplink frequency channels of the uplink spectral segment 1910 that have been frequency converted from one or more differing original/native spectral segments. Similarly, a first portion of downlink frequency channels of a downlink spectral segment 1906 may be adjacent to a second portion of downlink frequency channels of the downlink spectral segment 1906 that have been frequency converted from one or more differing original/native spectral segments. For example, one or more 2.4 GHz 802.11 channels that have been frequency converted may be adjacent to one or more 5.8 GHz 802.11 channels that have also been frequency converted to a spectrum 1942 that is centered at 80 GHz. It should be noted that each spectral segment can have an associated reference signal such as a pilot signal that can be used in generating a local oscillator signal at a frequency and phase that provides the frequency conversion of one or more frequency channels of that spectral segment from its placement in the spectrum 1942 back into it original/native spectral segment.


Turning now to FIG. 19E, a graphical diagram 1950 illustrating an example, non-limiting embodiment of a frequency spectrum is shown. In particular a spectral segment selection is presented as discussed in conjunction with signal processing performed on the selected spectral segment by transceivers 1930 of communication node 1840A or transceiver 1932 of communication node 1804B-E. As shown, a particular uplink frequency portion 1958 including one of the uplink spectral segments 1910 of uplink frequency channel band 1946 and a particular downlink frequency portion 1956 including one of the downlink spectral segments 1906 of downlink channel frequency band 1944 is selected to be passed by channel selection filtration, with the remaining portions of uplink frequency channel band 1946 and downlink channel frequency band 1944 being filtered out—i.e. attenuated so as to mitigate adverse effects of the processing of the desired frequency channels that are passed by the transceiver. It should be noted that while a single particular uplink spectral segment 1910 and a particular downlink spectral segment 1906 are shown as being selected, two or more uplink and/or downlink spectral segments may be passed in other embodiments.


While the transceivers 1930 and 1932 can operate based on static channel filters with the uplink and downlink frequency portions 1958 and 1956 being fixed, as previously discussed, instructions sent to the transceivers 1930 and 1932 via the control channel can be used to dynamically configure the transceivers 1930 and 1932 to a particular frequency selection. In this fashion, upstream and downstream frequency channels of corresponding spectral segments can be dynamically allocated to various communication nodes by the macro base station 1802 or other network element of a communication network to optimize performance by the distributed antenna system.


Turning now to FIG. 19F, a graphical diagram 1960 illustrating an example, non-limiting embodiment of a frequency spectrum is shown. In particular, a spectrum 1962 is shown for a distributed antenna system that conveys modulated signals occupying frequency channels of uplink or downlink spectral segments after they have been converted in frequency (e.g. via up-conversion or down-conversion) from one or more original/native spectral segments into the spectrum 1962.


As previously discussed two or more different communication protocols can be employed to communicate upstream and downstream data. When two or more differing protocols are employed, a first subset of the downlink frequency channels of a downlink spectral segment 1906 can be occupied by frequency converted modulated signals in accordance with a first standard protocol and a second subset of the downlink frequency channels of the same or a different downlink spectral segment 1910 can be occupied by frequency converted modulated signals in accordance with a second standard protocol that differs from the first standard protocol. Likewise a first subset of the uplink frequency channels of an uplink spectral segment 1910 can be received by the system for demodulation in accordance with the first standard protocol and a second subset of the uplink frequency channels of the same or a different uplink spectral segment 1910 can be received in accordance with a second standard protocol for demodulation in accordance with the second standard protocol that differs from the first standard protocol.


In the example shown, the downstream channel band 1944 includes a first plurality of downstream spectral segments represented by separate spectral shapes of a first type representing the use of a first communication protocol. The downstream channel band 1944′ includes a second plurality of downstream spectral segments represented by separate spectral shapes of a second type representing the use of a second communication protocol. Likewise the upstream channel band 1946 includes a first plurality of upstream spectral segments represented by separate spectral shapes of the first type representing the use of the first communication protocol. The upstream channel band 1946′ includes a second plurality of upstream spectral segments represented by separate spectral shapes of the second type representing the use of the second communication protocol. These separate spectral shapes are meant to be placeholders for the frequency allocation of each individual spectral segment along with associated reference signals, control channels and/or clock signals. While the individual channel bandwidth is shown as being roughly the same for channels of the first and second type, it should be noted that upstream and downstream channel bands 1944, 1944′, 1946 and 1946′ may be of differing bandwidths. Additionally, the spectral segments in these channel bands of the first and second type may be of differing bandwidths, depending on available spectrum and/or the communication standards employed.


Turning now to FIG. 19G, a graphical diagram 1970 illustrating an example, non-limiting embodiment of a frequency spectrum is shown. In particular, a portion of the spectrum 1942 or 1962 of FIGS. 19D-19F is shown for a distributed antenna system that conveys modulated signals in the form of channel signals that have been converted in frequency (e.g. via up-conversion or down-conversion) from one or more original/native spectral segments.


The portion 1972 includes a portion of a downlink or uplink spectral segment 1906 and 1910 that is represented by a spectral shape and that represents a portion of the bandwidth set aside for a control channel, reference signal, and/or clock signal. The spectral shape 1974, for example, represents a control channel that is separate from reference signal 1979 and a clock signal 1978. It should be noted that the clock signal 1978 is shown with a spectral shape representing a sinusoidal signal that may require conditioning into the form of a more traditional clock signal. In other embodiments however, a traditional clock signal could be sent as a modulated carrier wave such by modulating the reference signal 1979 via amplitude modulation or other modulation technique that preserves the phase of the carrier for use as a phase reference. In other embodiments, the clock signal could be transmitted by modulating another carrier wave or as another signal. Further, it is noted that both the clock signal 1978 and the reference signal 1979 are shown as being outside the frequency band of the control channel 1974.


In another example, the portion 1975 includes a portion of a downlink or uplink spectral segment 1906 and 1910 that is represented by a portion of a spectral shape that represents a portion of the bandwidth set aside for a control channel, reference signal, and/or clock signal. The spectral shape 1976 represents a control channel having instructions that include digital data that modulates the reference signal, via amplitude modulation, amplitude shift keying or other modulation technique that preserves the phase of the carrier for use as a phase reference. The clock signal 1978 is shown as being outside the frequency band of the spectral shape 1976. The reference signal, being modulated by the control channel instructions, is in effect a subcarrier of the control channel and is in-band to the control channel. Again, the clock signal 1978 is shown with a spectral shape representing a sinusoidal signal, in other embodiments however, a traditional clock signal could be sent as a modulated carrier wave or other signal. In this case, the instructions of the control channel can be used to modulate the clock signal 1978 instead of the reference signal.


Consider the following example, where the control channel 1976 is carried via modulation of a reference signal in the form of a continuous wave (CW) from which the phase distortion in the receiver is corrected during frequency conversion of the downlink or uplink spectral segment 1906 and 1910 back to its original/native spectral segment. The control channel 1976 can be modulated with a robust modulation such as pulse amplitude modulation, binary phase shift keying, amplitude shift keying or other modulation scheme to carry instructions between network elements of the distributed antenna system such as network operations, administration and management traffic and other control data. In various embodiments, the control data can include without limitation:

    • Status information that indicates online status, offline status, and network performance parameters of each network element.
    • Network device information such as module names and addresses, hardware and software versions, device capabilities, etc.
    • Spectral information such as frequency conversion factors, channel spacing, guard bands, uplink/downlink allocations, uplink and downlink channel selections, etc.
    • Environmental measurements such as weather conditions, image data, power outage information, line of sight blockages, etc.
    • Fault mitigation messaging such as a fault detection indication, instructions to select a back-up communications link, test results for a back-up communication link, instructions to modify a spectral segment used for communication between network devices to a different range of frequencies, etc.


In a further example, the control channel data can be sent via ultra-wideband (UWB) signaling. The control channel data can be transmitted by generating radio energy at specific time intervals and occupying a larger bandwidth, via pulse-position or time modulation, by encoding the polarity or amplitude of the UWB pulses and/or by using orthogonal pulses. In particular, UWB pulses can be sent sporadically at relatively low pulse rates to support time or position modulation, but can also be sent at rates up to the inverse of the UWB pulse bandwidth. In this fashion, the control channel can be spread over an UWB spectrum with relatively low power, and without interfering with CW transmissions of the reference signal and/or clock signal that may occupy in-band portions of the UWB spectrum of the control channel.


Turning now to FIG. 19H, a block diagram 1980 illustrating an example, non-limiting embodiment of a transmitter is shown. In particular, a transmitter 1982 is shown for use with, for example, a receiver 1981 and a digital control channel processor 1995 in a transceiver, such as transceiver 1933 presented in conjunction with FIG. 19C. As shown, the transmitter 1982 includes an analog front-end 1986, clock signal generator 1989, a local oscillator 1992, a mixer 1996, and a transmitter front end 1984.


The amplified first modulated signal at the first carrier frequency together with the reference signals, control channels and/or clock signals are coupled from the amplifier 1938 to the analog front-end 1986. The analog front end 1986 includes one or more filters or other frequency selection to separate the control channel signal 1987, a clock reference signal 1978, a pilot signal 1991 and one or more selected channels signals 1994.


The digital control channel processor 1995 performs digital signal processing on the control channel to recover the instructions, such as via demodulation of digital control channel data, from the control channel signal 1987. The clock signal generator 1989 generates the clock signal 1990, from the clock reference signal 1978, to synchronize timing of the digital control channel processing by the digital control channel processor 1995. In embodiments where the clock reference signal 1978 is a sinusoid, the clock signal generator 1989 can provide amplification and limiting to create a traditional clock signal or other timing signal from the sinusoid. In embodiments where the clock reference signal 1978 is a modulated carrier signal, such as a modulation of the reference or pilot signal or other carrier wave, the clock signal generator 1989 can provide demodulation to create a traditional clock signal or other timing signal.


In various embodiments, the control channel signal 1987 can be either a digitally modulated signal in a range of frequencies separate from the pilot signal 1991 and the clock reference 1988 or as modulation of the pilot signal 1991. In operation, the digital control channel processor 1995 provides demodulation of the control channel signal 1987 to extract the instructions contained therein in order to generate a control signal 1993. In particular, the control signal 1993 generated by the digital control channel processor 1995 in response to instructions received via the control channel can be used to select the particular channel signals 1994 along with the corresponding pilot signal 1991 and/or clock reference 1988 to be used for converting the frequencies of channel signals 1994 for transmission via wireless interface 1811. It should be noted that in circumstances where the control channel signal 1987 conveys the instructions via modulation of the pilot signal 1991, the pilot signal 1991 can be extracted via the digital control channel processor 1995 rather than the analog front-end 1986 as shown.


The digital control channel processor 1995 may be implemented via a processing module such as a microprocessor, micro-controller, digital signal processor, microcomputer, central processing unit, field programmable gate array, programmable logic device, state machine, logic circuitry, digital circuitry, an analog to digital converter, a digital to analog converter and/or any device that manipulates signals (analog and/or digital) based on hard coding of the circuitry and/or operational instructions. The processing module may be, or further include, memory and/or an integrated memory element, which may be a single memory device, a plurality of memory devices, and/or embedded circuitry of another processing module, module, processing circuit, and/or processing unit. Such a memory device may be a read-only memory, random access memory, volatile memory, non-volatile memory, static memory, dynamic memory, flash memory, cache memory, and/or any device that stores digital information. Note that if the processing module includes more than one processing device, the processing devices may be centrally located (e.g., directly coupled together via a wired and/or wireless bus structure) or may be distributedly located (e.g., cloud computing via indirect coupling via a local area network and/or a wide area network). Further note that the memory and/or memory element storing the corresponding operational instructions may be embedded within, or external to, the microprocessor, micro-controller, digital signal processor, microcomputer, central processing unit, field programmable gate array, programmable logic device, state machine, logic circuitry, digital circuitry, an analog to digital converter, a digital to analog converter or other device. Still further note that, the memory element may store, and the processing module executes, hard coded and/or operational instructions corresponding to at least some of the steps and/or functions described herein and such a memory device or memory element can be implemented as an article of manufacture.


The local oscillator 1992 generates the local oscillator signal 1997 utilizing the pilot signal 1991 to reduce distortion during the frequency conversion process. In various embodiments the pilot signal 1991 is at the correct frequency and phase of the local oscillator signal 1997 to generate the local oscillator signal 1997 at the proper frequency and phase to convert the channel signals 1994 at the carrier frequency associated with their placement in the spectrum of the distributed antenna system to their original/native spectral segments for transmission to fixed or mobile communication devices. In this case, the local oscillator 1992 can employ bandpass filtration and/or other signal conditioning to generate a sinusoidal local oscillator signal 1997 that preserves the frequency and phase of the pilot signal 1991. In other embodiments, the pilot signal 1991 has a frequency and phase that can be used to derive the local oscillator signal 1997. In this case, the local oscillator 1992 employs frequency division, frequency multiplication or other frequency synthesis, based on the pilot signal 1991, to generate the local oscillator signal 1997 at the proper frequency and phase to convert the channel signals 1994 at the carrier frequency associated with their placement in the spectrum of the distributed antenna system to their original/native spectral segments for transmission to fixed or mobile communication devices.


The mixer 1996 operates based on the local oscillator signal 1997 to shift the channel signals 1994 in frequency to generate frequency converted channel signals 1998 at their corresponding original/native spectral segments. While a single mixing stage is shown, multiple mixing stages can be employed to shift the channel signals to baseband and/or one or more intermediate frequencies as part of the total frequency conversion. The transmitter (Xmtr) front-end 1984 includes a power amplifier and impedance matching to wirelessly transmit the frequency converted channel signals 1998 as a free space wireless signals via one or more antennas, such as antennas 1824, to one or more mobile or fixed communication devices in range of the communication node 1804B-E.


Turning now to FIG. 19I, a block diagram 1985 illustrating an example, non-limiting embodiment of a receiver is shown. In particular, a receiver 1981 is shown for use with, for example, transmitter 1982 and digital control channel processor 1995 in a transceiver, such as transceiver 1933 presented in conjunction with FIG. 19C. As shown, the receiver 1981 includes an analog receiver (RCVR) front-end 1983, local oscillator 1992, and mixer 1996. The digital control channel processor 1995 operates under control of instructions from the control channel to generate the pilot signal 1991, control channel signal 1987 and clock reference signal 1978.


The control signal 1993 generated by the digital control channel processor 1995 in response to instructions received via the control channel can also be used to select the particular channel signals 1994 along with the corresponding pilot signal 1991 and/or clock reference 1988 to be used for converting the frequencies of channel signals 1994 for reception via wireless interface 1811. The analog receiver front end 1983 includes a low noise amplifier and one or more filters or other frequency selection to receive one or more selected channels signals 1994 under control of the control signal 1993.


The local oscillator 1992 generates the local oscillator signal 1997 utilizing the pilot signal 1991 to reduce distortion during the frequency conversion process. In various embodiments the local oscillator employs bandpass filtration and/or other signal conditioning, frequency division, frequency multiplication or other frequency synthesis, based on the pilot signal 1991, to generate the local oscillator signal 1997 at the proper frequency and phase to frequency convert the channel signals 1994, the pilot signal 1991, control channel signal 1987 and clock reference signal 1978 to the spectrum of the distributed antenna system for transmission to other communication nodes 1804A-E. In particular, the mixer 1996 operates based on the local oscillator signal 1997 to shift the channel signals 1994 in frequency to generate frequency converted channel signals 1998 at the desired placement within spectrum spectral segment of the distributed antenna system for coupling to the amplifier 1938, to transceiver 1936A for amplification and retransmission via the transceiver 1936A back to the communication node 1804A or upstream communication nodes 1804B-E for further retransmission back to a base station, such as macro base station 1802, for processing. Again, while a single mixing stage is shown, multiple mixing stages can be employed to shift the channel signals to baseband and/or one or more intermediate frequencies as part of the total frequency conversion.


Turning now to FIG. 20A, a flow diagram of an example, non-limiting embodiment of a method 2040 is shown for mitigating faults in a communication system of FIG. 20B. Method 2040 can begin at step 2042 where a waveguide system such as shown in FIG. 16A detects a fault in a primary communication link depicted by reference 2030 of FIG. 20B (herein referred to as primary communication link 2030). For long-haul communications, the primary communication link 2030 can represent a high voltage power line (e.g., 100 kV-138 kV), an extra high voltage power line (e.g., 230 kV-800 kV), or an ultra high voltage power line (e.g., >800 kV) of the power grid. Generally, such power lines are placed at a high altitude on utility poles in one embodiment for safety reasons and to reduce a likelihood of obstructions from tree limbs. For short-haul communications (e.g., urban, suburban, or rural areas), the primary communication link 2030 can represent a medium voltage power line (e.g., 4 kV to 69 kV), which are generally positioned above lower voltage power lines, telephone lines, and/or coaxial cable lines. Thus it will be appreciated that the primary communication link 2030 can include non-high-voltage (e.g., medium or low voltage) power lines as well at various positions on utility poles without departing from example embodiments.


However, obstructions from tree limbs can happen with such power lines, which as can be sensed by sensors of the waveguide system 1602 described in FIG. 16A. Generally, a fault can represent any disturbance sensed or detected by the sensors of the waveguide system that can adversely affect the transmission or reception of electromagnetic waves that transport data and that propagate on a surface of the primary communication link 2030. A non-limiting illustration of data can include data associated with voice communication services, internet services, broadcast video services, control data for controlling the distribution of content and/or for establishing voice and/or data communication sessions, voice or data communications from other networks, or other types of data services in any combination thereof.


At step 2044, the waveguide system 1602 can report the fault, or information associated therewith, to a network management system 1601 such as shown in FIG. 16A. For example, the waveguide system 1400 can identify a type of fault, a location of the fault, quality metrics (described herein) and/or other communication parameter information associated with a fault including signal strength, signal loss, latency, packet loss, etc. In one embodiment, the network management system 1601 can take evasive action by instructing the waveguide system 1400 to select at step 2046 one or more backup communication mediums or links that provide backup communication services in the event of a fault at the primary communication link 2030. In another embodiment, the waveguide system 1602 can autonomously take fault mitigating action to maintain communication services active by selecting at step 2046 one or more backup communication mediums or links. The waveguide system 1602 can be configured to select a backup communication medium or link based on selection criteria. The selection criteria can include quality metrics that can be used to verify that the backup communication medium is suitable for backup communication services. Quality metrics can include without limitation a desired communications bandwidth, a desired Quality of Service (QoS), a desired signal to noise ratio, a desired bit error rate performance, a desired packet loss performance, a desired data throughput, a desired jitter performance, a desired latency performance, and so on.


The waveguide system, which can be represented by any of references 2006, 2008, or 2010 of FIG. 20B (herein referred to as waveguide systems 2006, 2008, or 2010) can have multiple options for initiating backup communication services. For example, waveguide system 2006 can have an antenna 2012 that can be coupled to a communications interface such as reference 205 of FIG. 14 to provide a control channel to enable the waveguide system 2006 to engage in wireless communications that include control data such as fault mitigation messaging or other control channel data (e.g., LTE, WiFi, 4/5G, or otherwise) with base station 2002, base station 2004, or other waveguide systems such as waveguide system 2008 deploying a wireless communications interface with an antenna 2012. Waveguide system 2006 can thus redirect data to base station 2002 over a first wireless link. Base station 2002 can in turn redirect the data to waveguide system 2008 over a second wireless link. Waveguide system 2008 can then retransmit the data using electromagnetic waves that propagate on the primary link 2030.


Similarly, waveguide system 2006 can redirect data to base station 2004 over a first wireless link. Base station 2004 in turn can redirect the data to a landline network 2020 over a high speed wired link 2013 (e.g., fiber). The landline network 2020 can also redirect the data to a local base station 2014 (e.g., a microcell) over another high speed link 2013. The local base station 2014 can then supply the data to waveguide system 2010 which retransmits the data using electromagnetic waves that propagate on the primary communication link 2030. Additionally, waveguide system 2006 can redirect data to waveguide system 2008 over a wireless link. Waveguide system 2008 can then retransmit the data using electromagnetic waves that propagate on the primary communication link 2030.


In each of the above example embodiments, the data is sent by the waveguide system 2006 to the backup communication medium or link, which redirects it back to a portion of the primary communication link 2030 unaffected by the fault. Unaffected portions of the primary communication link 2030 can be identified by the network management system 1601. The network management system 1601 can in turn coordinate the flow of traffic with communication nodes of the backup communication medium selected by waveguide system 2006 via fault mitigation messaging or other control channel data to redirect data back to unaffected portions of the primary communication link 2030.


Using a wireless link to connect to any of the backup communication mediums or link may, however, in some embodiments result in less bandwidth than the original bandwidth capacity of the affected primary communication link 2030. In such embodiments, waveguide system 2006 may need to adjust the bandwidth of the data to accommodate retransmission over a selected backup communication medium as will be addressed by method 2040 at steps 2060, 2062 and 2064. To reduce or eliminate the need for bandwidth adjustments, the waveguide system 2006 can select multiple wireless backup communication mediums to mitigate the need for adjusting the bandwidth of the data by distributing portions of the data between the selected backup communication mediums.


In addition to wireless backup links, the waveguide system 2006 can use a waveguide 2005 (incorporated in waveguide system 2006) that can couple to an unaffected line in its vicinity such as line 2040, which can serve as secondary communication link (herein referred to as secondary communication link 2040) for providing backup communication services. For long-haul communications, the secondary communication link 2040 can represent another high power line if more than one high power line is available, or a medium voltage power line if available. For short-haul communications (e.g., urban, suburban, or rural areas), the secondary communication link 2040 can represent a low voltage power line (e.g., less than 1000 volts such as 240V) for distributing electrical power to commercial and/or residential establishments, telephone lines, or coaxial cable lines. For illustration purposes, line 2040 will be assumed to be a power line, and thus referred to herein as power line 2040. However, it is noted that line 2040 can be a non-power line such as a telephone line, or a coaxial cable accessible to the waveguide system 2006. It is further noted that the low voltage power line, telephone lines, or coaxial cable lines are generally positioned below the medium voltage power line and thus may be more susceptible to obstructions such as tree limbs that may cause a disturbance that adversely affects the transmission or reception of electromagnetic waves on a surface of secondary communication link 2040.


Secondary communication link 2040 enables waveguide system 2006 to communicate with waveguide system 2008, which also has a waveguide 2009 incorporated therein and coupled to the secondary communication link 2040. In this configuration, the secondary communication link 2040 can include a control channel that can be used to transport fault mitigation messaging or other control channel data and also be used to bypass a fault in the primary communication link 2030 that may be occurring between waveguide system 2006 and waveguide system 2008. In this illustration, waveguide system 2008 can reestablish communication services back to a portion of the primary communication link 2030 that is unaffected by the fault detected by waveguide system 2006. If, however, the fault on the primary communication link 2030 affects both waveguide system 2006 and waveguide system 2008, waveguide system 2006 can use the secondary communication link 2040 to communicate with the local base station 2014, which can be configured with a waveguide system of its own such as shown in FIG. 16A to receive and transmit electromagnetic waves that transport the data and that propagate on a surface of the secondary communication link 2040. The local base station 2014 can in turn supply the data to waveguide system 2010 which can redirect its transmission to the primary communication link 2030 to downstream waveguide systems (not shown).


It is further noted that data can be redirected to the secondary communication link 2040 in several ways. In one embodiment, electromagnetic waves propagating on the primary communication link 2030 can be redirected to the secondary communication link 2040. This can be accomplished by connecting one end of waveguide 2005 to the secondary communication link 2040 and the other end of waveguide 2005 to an unaffected portion of the primary communication link 2030. In this configuration, electromagnetic waves flowing on the primary communication link 2030 can be redirected by the waveguide 2005 to the secondary communication link 2040, and electromagnetic waves flowing on the secondary communication link 2030 can be redirected by the waveguide 2005 to the primary communication link 2040.


In one embodiment, the electromagnetic waves propagating through the waveguide 2005 in a direction of the primary communication link 2030 or in a direction of the secondary communication link 2040 can be unamplified. For instance, the waveguide 2005 can be a passive dielectric waveguide device coupled to both ends of the primary and secondary communication links 2030 and 2040, respectively, having no active circuitry for modifying the electromagnetic waves flowing through the waveguide 2005 in either direction. Alternatively, one or more amplifiers can be added to the waveguide 2005 to amplify the electromagnetic waves propagating through the waveguide 2005 in a direction of the primary communication link 2030 and/or in a direction of the secondary communication link 2040. For example, the waveguide 2005 can include active circuits that amplify the electromagnetic waves propagating in a direction of the primary communication link 2030 and/or active circuits that amplify electromagnetic waves propagating in a direction of the secondary communication link 2040.


In yet another embodiment, the waveguide device 2005 can be represented by a repeater such as shown in FIG. 13 which can utilize active circuitry such as shown in FIG. 14 to extract the data included in the electromagnetic waves propagating in the primary communication link 2030, and retransmitting the same data with new electromagnetic waves that are sent to the secondary communication link 2040. Similarly, the circuitry of FIG. 14 can be used to extract data included in the electromagnetic waves propagating in the secondary communication link 2040, and retransmitting the same data with new electromagnetic waves that are sent to the primary communication link 2030.


In yet another embodiment, the waveguide system 2006 can also include a link 2007 that couples the waveguide system 2006 to a local base station 2015 (e.g., a microcell). Link 2007 can represent a high speed communication link such as a fiber link enabling the waveguide system 2006 to redirect data to the local base station 2015, which in turn can direct data to a landline network 2020 that in turn supplies the data to another local base station 2014 that can present such signals to waveguide system 2010 for redirecting the data back to the primary communication link 2030.


Based on the above illustrations, the waveguide system 2006 has several options for selecting at step 2046 one or more backup communication mediums or links depending on its bandwidth needs, which include: (1) a wired connection to local base station 2015 via high speed link 2007 which enables waveguide system 2006 to redirect data back to the primary communication link 2030 via waveguide system 2010, (2) a connection to secondary communication link 2040 via waveguide 2005 of the waveguide system 2006 which enables waveguide system 2006 to redirect data back to the primary communication link 2030 via waveguide system 2008, (3) a connection to secondary communication link 2040 via waveguide 2005 of the waveguide system 2006 which also enables waveguide system 2006 to redirect data back to the primary communication link 2030 via waveguide system 2010 using the local base station 2014, (4) a wireless link to base station 2002 which enables waveguide system 2006 to redirect data back to the primary communication link 2030 via waveguide system 2008, (5) a wireless link to base station 2004 which enables waveguide system 2006 to redirect data back to the primary communication link 2030 via waveguide system 2010 using the local base station 2014, and (6) a wireless link to waveguide system 2008 which can redirect data back to the primary communication link 2030.


Once waveguide system 2006 has selected one or more backup communication links, it can proceed to step 2048 where it can determine whether a particular backup communication link is part of the power grid or otherwise (e.g., wireless link or wired link to a local base station). Since it is possible that more than one backup communication link can be selected by waveguide system 2006, steps 2050 and 2054 may be invoked simultaneously or in sequence for each instance of a backup link of the power grid, a backup wireless link, and/or a backup wired link to a local base station.


For backup links of the power grid, the waveguide system 2006 can be configured to transmit electromagnetic wave test signals on the secondary communication link 2040. The electromagnetic wave test signals can be received by waveguide system 2008 and/or local base station 2014 (assuming it has an integrated waveguide system). The test signals can be analyzed by the waveguide system 2008 and/or the local base station 2014. The test signals can be measured, for example, for signal to noise ratio, data throughput, bit error rate, packet loss rate, jitter, latency, and other metrics that can be compared to the selection criteria by waveguide system 2006. The test results can be transmitted back at step 2052 to waveguide system 2006 by waveguide system 2008 and/or by the local base station 2014 over the secondary communication link 2040, or in the case of waveguide system 2008 over a wireless link, and in the case of local base station 2014 over wired links 2013 and 2011. In addition to analyzing test results sent back from waveguide system 2008 and/or local base station 2014 according to the selection criteria, waveguide system 2006 can also perform autonomous tests on the secondary communication link 2040 such as signal reflection measurements and other measurements described in the subject disclosure.


For non-power grid backup links, the waveguide system 2006 can send test signals appropriate for the type of transmission medium being used. In the case of wireless links, the waveguide system 2006 can send wireless test signals to base station 2002, base station 2004, and/or waveguide system 2008. The waveguide system 2006 can determine a received signal strength indication (RSSI) for each wireless link, signal to noise ratios for each wireless link, data throughputs, bit error rates, packet loss rates, and other measurements applicable to the selection criteria for determining the suitability of each wireless link. Test results can also be received at step 2052 by waveguide system 2006 from base station 2002, 2004, and/or waveguide system 2008 over the wireless link. In the case of a wired (non-power grid) link such as link 2007, the waveguide 2006 can send test signals for testing communications with waveguide system 2010. Similarly, test results can be received back from waveguide system 2010 and/or intermediate nodes (e.g., landline network 2020 and/or local base station 2015) for comparison to the selection criteria.


At step 2056, the waveguide system 2006 can assess whether a backup link is suitable for backup communication services in accordance with the selection criteria used by the waveguide system 2006. If a backup link is not available or suitable for backup communication services, the waveguide system 2006 can proceed to step 2058 and report this issue to the network management system 1601 via an available backup link, and proceed to select another backup link (if available) at step 2046. If another backup link is selected, the waveguide system 2006 can perform steps 2048-2052 as previously described. If one or more backup links have been verified at step 2056 to be suitable for backup communication services, then the waveguide system 2006 can proceed to step 2060 to determine if the backup link(s) provide sufficient bandwidth to support the bandwidth being used in the primary communication link 2030 to transport the data.


If the backup link(s) cannot support the bandwidth originally used for transmission of the data on the primary communication link 2030, the waveguide system 2006 can proceed to step 2062 to adjust the bandwidth of the data so that it is suitable for the backup link(s). If real-time transmissions are present, for example, real-time audio or video signals, a transcoder can transcode these real-time signals to reduce the bit rate to conform to the adjusted bandwidth. In another embodiment, the transmission rate of non-real-time signals can be reduced to preserve the quality of service associated with real-time signals included in the data. In this step, the waveguide system 2006 can inform the network management system 1601 via fault mitigation messaging or other control channel data sent via an available backup link that the bandwidth of the data will be adjusted. The network management system 1601 can in one embodiment inform devices affected by the fault via fault mitigation messaging or other control channel data (via, for example, backup links) that communications bandwidth must be adjusted to accommodate backup services. Alternatively, the waveguide system 2006 can notify the affected devices via fault mitigation messaging or other control channel data via the backup link(s) of the change in bandwidth.


Once bandwidth has been adjusted at step 2062, the waveguide system 2006 can proceed to step 2064 and begin to redirect data via the backup link(s). If bandwidth adjustment is not necessary, the waveguide system 2006 can proceed to step 2066 and redirect data according to its original bandwidth. In another embodiment, if the bandwidth capacity of the backup link(s) cannot support the bandwidth originally used for transmission of the data on the primary communication link 2030, the waveguide system 2006 can proceed to step 2046 to select a different backup link.


In one embodiment, the backup link(s) (i.e., secondary communication links) may be shared with other communication devices (e.g., waveguide systems or other communication nodes). In one embodiment, the waveguide system 2006 can be configured to select an operating frequency for transmitting and receiving data over the backup link(s) via fault mitigation messaging or other control channel data that differs from the operating frequency used by the other communication devices. In another embodiment, the waveguide system 2006 can be configured via fault mitigation messaging or other control channel data to select time slot assignments for transmitting and receiving data over the backup link(s) that differs from time slot assignments used by the other communication devices. In yet another embodiment, the waveguide system 2006 can be configured via fault mitigation messaging or other control channel data to select a combination of one or more operating frequencies and one or more time slot assignments for transmitting and receiving data over the backup link(s) that differ from one or more operating frequencies and one or more time slot assignments used by the other communication devices.


In instances where the backup link(s) have communication access to the power grid at a point where the primary communication link 2030 is unaffected by the fault, the waveguide system 2006 can instruct at step 2068 one or more communication nodes in the backup link(s) via fault mitigation messaging or other control channel data to redirect the data back to the primary communication link 2030 at an unaffected location in the power grid determined by the waveguide system 2006 or at an unaffected location identified by the network management system 1601 and conveyed to the waveguide system 2006, thereby circumventing the fault.


While the backup link(s) are in use, the network management system 1601 can be directing personnel of a power utility or communications company to resolve the fault as previously described in the subject disclosure. Once the fault has been resolved at step 2070, the network management system 1601 can instruct at step 2072 the waveguide system 2006 (and other communication nodes in the backup link(s)) via fault mitigation messaging or other control channel data to restore or reconfigure routing of the data according a mitigation strategy used to resolve the fault. Alternatively, the waveguide system 2006 can monitor the power grid for mitigation of the fault, and autonomously determine whether it can reuse a prior routing configuration or whether it must use a new routing configuration based on a detectable change in the network topology of the power grid. It will be appreciated that faults detected by one or more waveguide systems 2006 can be the result of power outages due to broken power lines caused by weather conditions, malfunctioning transformers, or otherwise. The network management system 1601 can also be used to coordinate mitigation of power outages based on fault notices sent to the network management system 1601 via fault mitigation messaging or other control channel data by one or more waveguide systems 2006. It is also appreciated that secondary communication links (e.g., backup links) can also be represented by underground transmission mediums such as conduits, underground power lines, and so on.


While for purposes of simplicity of explanation, the respective processes are shown and described as a series of blocks in FIG. 20A, it is to be understood and appreciated that the claimed subject matter is not limited by the order of the blocks, as some blocks may occur in different orders and/or concurrently with other blocks from what is depicted and described herein. Moreover, not all illustrated blocks may be required to implement the methods described herein. It is further noted that the processes of FIG. 20A can be further modified to perform any of the embodiments described in the subject disclosure, such as, for example, embodiments relating to circumventing disturbances in a power grid such as shown in FIGS. 17A and 17B.


Furthermore, while the foregoing description has primarily focused mitigating faults in guided wave communications between waveguide systems, similar techniques can likewise be employed in the mitigation of faults in a radio distributed antenna system (RDAS), such as any of the systems described in conjunction with FIGS. 18A-18D and 19A-19I. In particular, fault mitigation messaging or other control data can be shared between network devices in such a distributed antenna system via an in-band or out-of-band wireless control channel.


In various embodiments, a network device of a distributed antenna system, such as communication nodes 1804A-1804E, includes a base station interface 1922 or other interface configured to receive a modulated signal in a first spectral segment directed to a mobile communication device. As previously discussed, the modulated signal can conform to a wireless signaling protocol such as LTE, an 802.11 protocol, a DOCSIS protocol, WIMAX protocol, a 5G wireless protocol or other signal format. A transceiver, such as transceivers 1932, 1936A, 1926B or other transceiver is configured to: convert the modulated signal in the first spectral segment to the first modulated signal in a second spectral segment based on a signal processing of the modulated signal and without modifying the wireless signaling protocol of the modulated signal, wherein the second spectral segment is outside the first spectral segment; generate fault mitigation messaging in a control channel; and transmit the modulated signal in the second spectral segment and the control channel to another network device, such as another communication node 1804A-1804E or other network device, of the distributed antenna system.


In various embodiments, the fault mitigation messaging includes one of: heartbeat signals indicating the links is functioning; a fault detection indication; instructions to select a back-up communications link; test results for a back-up communication link; and/or or instructions to modify the first spectral segment to a different range of frequencies. In this fashion, the fault mitigation messaging shared between network devices can be used to identify fault conditions, to coordinate testing of a back-up communications link, to coordinate a shift to or from a back-up communications link, to change the spectral segment used in the primary communications link, to exchange other messaging to facilitate the mitigation of a fault conditions and/or to provide other fault mitigation procedures.


The control channel can be transmitted in a spectral segment that is spaced apart from the spectral segment used for primary communications between network devices. In this fashion, a fault occurring in the primary communication link may not affect the control channel communications and the control channel can still be used to coordinate the transfer of communications to an alternate spectral segment or to a back-up communications link. In one example, when the primary communications link is in a millimeter wave or microwave band, the LTE or 802.11 band can be used for control channel communications, however, alternative millimeter wave or microwave bands or other non-millimeter wave or non-microwave bands or a wired link via the can likewise be used for this purpose.


Turning now to FIG. 20C, a flow diagram of an example, non-limiting embodiment of a method 2075, is shown. Method 2075 can be used with one or more functions and features presented in conjunction with FIGS. 1-19 and 20A-B. Step 2080 includes receiving, by a system of a first network element of a distributed antenna system including signal processing circuitry, a modulated signal in a first spectral segment directed to a mobile communication device, wherein the modulated signal conforms to a wireless signaling protocol. Step 2082 includes converting, by the system, the modulated signal in the first spectral segment to the first modulated signal in a second spectral segment based on a signal processing of the modulated signal and without modifying the wireless signaling protocol of the modulated signal, wherein the second spectral segment is outside the first spectral segment. Step 2084 includes generating, by the system, fault mitigation messaging in a control channel; and Step 2086 includes transmitting, by the system, the modulated signal in the second spectral segment and the control channel to a second network element of the distributed antenna system.


In various embodiments, fault mitigation messaging includes one of: a fault detection indication; instructions to select a back-up communications link; test results for a back-up communication link; or instructions to modify the first spectral segment to a different range of frequencies. The wireless signaling protocol can be a Long-Term Evolution (LTE) wireless protocol, a fifth generation cellular communications protocol or other wireless communication protocols. The control channel can be transmitted in a third spectral segment that is spaced apart from the second spectral segment. The signal processing circuitry can comprise analog signal processing circuitry that facilitates analog signal processing, wherein the signal processing comprises the analog signal processing, and wherein the analog signal processing does not require either an analog to digital conversion or a digital to analog conversion.


In various embodiments, the method can further include transmitting a reference signal enabling the second network element to reduce a phase error when reconverting the modulated signal in the second spectral segment to the modulated signal in the first spectral segment for wireless distribution of the modulated signal to the mobile communication device in the first spectral segment. The method can also include transmitting, by the system, instructions in the control channel to direct the second network element of the distributed antenna system to convert the modulated signal in the second spectral segment to the modulated signal in the first spectral segment.


In various embodiments, the converting by the system comprises up-converting the modulated signal in the first spectral segment to the modulated signal in the second spectral segment and the converting by the network element comprises down-converting the modulated signal in the second spectral segment to the modulated signal in the first spectral segment. Alternatively, converting by the system comprises down-converting the modulated signal in the first spectral segment to the modulated signal in the second spectral segment and the converting by the network element comprises up-converting the modulated signal in the second spectral segment to the modulated signal in the first spectral segment.


While for purposes of simplicity of explanation, the respective processes are shown and described as a series of blocks in FIG. 20C, it is to be understood and appreciated that the claimed subject matter is not limited by the order of the blocks, as some blocks may occur in different orders and/or concurrently with other blocks from what is depicted and described herein. Moreover, not all illustrated blocks may be required to implement the methods described herein.


Referring now to FIG. 21, there is illustrated a block diagram of a computing environment in accordance with various aspects described herein. In order to provide additional context for various embodiments of the embodiments described herein, FIG. 21 and the following discussion are intended to provide a brief, general description of a suitable computing environment 2100 in which the various embodiments of the subject disclosure can be implemented. While the embodiments have been described above in the general context of computer-executable instructions that can run on one or more computers, those skilled in the art will recognize that the embodiments can be also implemented in combination with other program modules and/or as a combination of hardware and software.


Generally, program modules comprise routines, programs, components, data structures, etc., that perform particular tasks or implement particular abstract data types. Moreover, those skilled in the art will appreciate that the inventive methods can be practiced with other computer system configurations, comprising single-processor or multiprocessor computer systems, minicomputers, mainframe computers, as well as personal computers, hand-held computing devices, microprocessor-based or programmable consumer electronics, and the like, each of which can be operatively coupled to one or more associated devices.


As used herein, a processing circuit includes processor as well as other application specific circuits such as an application specific integrated circuit, digital logic circuit, state machine, programmable gate array or other circuit that processes input signals or data and that produces output signals or data in response thereto. It should be noted that while any functions and features described herein in association with the operation of a processor could likewise be performed by a processing circuit.


The terms “first,” “second,” “third,” and so forth, as used in the claims, unless otherwise clear by context, is for clarity only and doesn't otherwise indicate or imply any order in time. For instance, “a first determination,” “a second determination,” and “a third determination,” does not indicate or imply that the first determination is to be made before the second determination, or vice versa, etc.


The illustrated embodiments of the embodiments herein can be also practiced in distributed computing environments where certain tasks are performed by remote processing devices that are linked through a communications network. In a distributed computing environment, program modules can be located in both local and remote memory storage devices.


Computing devices typically comprise a variety of media, which can comprise computer-readable storage media and/or communications media, which two terms are used herein differently from one another as follows. Computer-readable storage media can be any available storage media that can be accessed by the computer and comprises both volatile and nonvolatile media, removable and non-removable media. By way of example, and not limitation, computer-readable storage media can be implemented in connection with any method or technology for storage of information such as computer-readable instructions, program modules, structured data or unstructured data.


Computer-readable storage media can comprise, but are not limited to, random access memory (RAM), read only memory (ROM), electrically erasable programmable read only memory (EEPROM), flash memory or other memory technology, compact disk read only memory (CD-ROM), digital versatile disk (DVD) or other optical disk storage, magnetic cassettes, magnetic tape, magnetic disk storage or other magnetic storage devices or other tangible and/or non-transitory media which can be used to store desired information. In this regard, the terms “tangible” or “non-transitory” herein as applied to storage, memory or computer-readable media, are to be understood to exclude only propagating transitory signals per se as modifiers and do not relinquish rights to all standard storage, memory or computer-readable media that are not only propagating transitory signals per se.


Computer-readable storage media can be accessed by one or more local or remote computing devices, e.g., via access requests, queries or other data retrieval protocols, for a variety of operations with respect to the information stored by the medium.


Communications media typically embody computer-readable instructions, data structures, program modules or other structured or unstructured data in a data signal such as a modulated data signal, e.g., a carrier wave or other transport mechanism, and comprises any information delivery or transport media. The term “modulated data signal” or signals refers to a signal that has one or more of its characteristics set or changed in such a manner as to encode information in one or more signals. By way of example, and not limitation, communication media comprise wired media, such as a wired network or direct-wired connection, and wireless media such as acoustic, RF, infrared and other wireless media.


With reference again to FIG. 21, the example environment 2100 for transmitting and receiving signals via or forming at least part of a base station (e.g., base station devices 1504, macrocell site 1502, or base stations 1614) or central office (e.g., central office 1501 or 1611). At least a portion of the example environment 2100 can also be used for transmission devices 101 or 102. The example environment can comprise a computer 2102, the computer 2102 comprising a processing unit 2104, a system memory 2106 and a system bus 2108. The system bus 2108 couples system components including, but not limited to, the system memory 2106 to the processing unit 2104. The processing unit 2104 can be any of various commercially available processors. Dual microprocessors and other multiprocessor architectures can also be employed as the processing unit 2104.


The system bus 2108 can be any of several types of bus structure that can further interconnect to a memory bus (with or without a memory controller), a peripheral bus, and a local bus using any of a variety of commercially available bus architectures. The system memory 2106 comprises ROM 2110 and RAM 2112. A basic input/output system (BIOS) can be stored in a non-volatile memory such as ROM, erasable programmable read only memory (EPROM), EEPROM, which BIOS contains the basic routines that help to transfer information between elements within the computer 2102, such as during startup. The RAM 2112 can also comprise a high-speed RAM such as static RAM for caching data.


The computer 2102 further comprises an internal hard disk drive (HDD) 2114 (e.g., EIDE, SATA), which internal hard disk drive 2114 can also be configured for external use in a suitable chassis (not shown), a magnetic floppy disk drive (FDD) 2116, (e.g., to read from or write to a removable diskette 2118) and an optical disk drive 2120, (e.g., reading a CD-ROM disk 2122 or, to read from or write to other high capacity optical media such as the DVD). The hard disk drive 2114, magnetic disk drive 2116 and optical disk drive 2120 can be connected to the system bus 2108 by a hard disk drive interface 2124, a magnetic disk drive interface 2126 and an optical drive interface 2128, respectively. The interface 2124 for external drive implementations comprises at least one or both of Universal Serial Bus (USB) and Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 1394 interface technologies. Other external drive connection technologies are within contemplation of the embodiments described herein.


The drives and their associated computer-readable storage media provide nonvolatile storage of data, data structures, computer-executable instructions, and so forth. For the computer 2102, the drives and storage media accommodate the storage of any data in a suitable digital format. Although the description of computer-readable storage media above refers to a hard disk drive (HDD), a removable magnetic diskette, and a removable optical media such as a CD or DVD, it should be appreciated by those skilled in the art that other types of storage media which are readable by a computer, such as zip drives, magnetic cassettes, flash memory cards, cartridges, and the like, can also be used in the example operating environment, and further, that any such storage media can contain computer-executable instructions for performing the methods described herein.


A number of program modules can be stored in the drives and RAM 2112, comprising an operating system 2130, one or more application programs 2132, other program modules 2134 and program data 2136. All or portions of the operating system, applications, modules, and/or data can also be cached in the RAM 2112. The systems and methods described herein can be implemented utilizing various commercially available operating systems or combinations of operating systems. Examples of application programs 2132 that can be implemented and otherwise executed by processing unit 2104 include the diversity selection determining performed by transmission device 101 or 102.


A user can enter commands and information into the computer 2102 through one or more wired/wireless input devices, e.g., a keyboard 2138 and a pointing device, such as a mouse 2140. Other input devices (not shown) can comprise a microphone, an infrared (IR) remote control, a joystick, a game pad, a stylus pen, touch screen or the like. These and other input devices are often connected to the processing unit 2104 through an input device interface 2142 that can be coupled to the system bus 2108, but can be connected by other interfaces, such as a parallel port, an IEEE 1394 serial port, a game port, a universal serial bus (USB) port, an IR interface, etc.


A monitor 2144 or other type of display device can be also connected to the system bus 2108 via an interface, such as a video adapter 2146. It will also be appreciated that in alternative embodiments, a monitor 2144 can also be any display device (e.g., another computer having a display, a smart phone, a tablet computer, etc.) for receiving display information associated with computer 2102 via any communication means, including via the Internet and cloud-based networks. In addition to the monitor 2144, a computer typically comprises other peripheral output devices (not shown), such as speakers, printers, etc.


The computer 2102 can operate in a networked environment using logical connections via wired and/or wireless communications to one or more remote computers, such as a remote computer(s) 2148. The remote computer(s) 2148 can be a workstation, a server computer, a router, a personal computer, portable computer, microprocessor-based entertainment appliance, a peer device or other common network node, and typically comprises many or all of the elements described relative to the computer 2102, although, for purposes of brevity, only a memory/storage device 2150 is illustrated. The logical connections depicted comprise wired/wireless connectivity to a local area network (LAN) 2152 and/or larger networks, e.g., a wide area network (WAN) 2154. Such LAN and WAN networking environments are commonplace in offices and companies, and facilitate enterprise-wide computer networks, such as intranets, all of which can connect to a global communications network, e.g., the Internet.


When used in a LAN networking environment, the computer 2102 can be connected to the local network 2152 through a wired and/or wireless communication network interface or adapter 2156. The adapter 2156 can facilitate wired or wireless communication to the LAN 2152, which can also comprise a wireless AP disposed thereon for communicating with the wireless adapter 2156.


When used in a WAN networking environment, the computer 2102 can comprise a modem 2158 or can be connected to a communications server on the WAN 2154 or has other means for establishing communications over the WAN 2154, such as by way of the Internet. The modem 2158, which can be internal or external and a wired or wireless device, can be connected to the system bus 2108 via the input device interface 2142. In a networked environment, program modules depicted relative to the computer 2102 or portions thereof, can be stored in the remote memory/storage device 2150. It will be appreciated that the network connections shown are example and other means of establishing a communications link between the computers can be used.


The computer 2102 can be operable to communicate with any wireless devices or entities operatively disposed in wireless communication, e.g., a printer, scanner, desktop and/or portable computer, portable data assistant, communications satellite, any piece of equipment or location associated with a wirelessly detectable tag (e.g., a kiosk, news stand, restroom), and telephone. This can comprise Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) and BLUETOOTH® wireless technologies. Thus, the communication can be a predefined structure as with a conventional network or simply an ad hoc communication between at least two devices.


Wi-Fi can allow connection to the Internet from a couch at home, a bed in a hotel room or a conference room at work, without wires. Wi-Fi is a wireless technology similar to that used in a cell phone that enables such devices, e.g., computers, to send and receive data indoors and out; anywhere within the range of a base station. Wi-Fi networks use radio technologies called IEEE 802.11 (a, b, g, n, ac, ag etc.) to provide secure, reliable, fast wireless connectivity. A Wi-Fi network can be used to connect computers to each other, to the Internet, and to wired networks (which can use IEEE 802.3 or Ethernet). Wi-Fi networks operate in the unlicensed 2.4 and 5 GHz radio bands for example or with products that contain both bands (dual band), so the networks can provide real-world performance similar to the basic 10BaseT wired Ethernet networks used in many offices.



FIG. 22 presents an example embodiment 2200 of a mobile network platform 2210 that can implement and exploit one or more aspects of the disclosed subject matter described herein. In one or more embodiments, the mobile network platform 2210 can generate and receive signals transmitted and received by base stations (e.g., base station devices 1504, macrocell site 1502, or base stations 1614), central office (e.g., central office 1501 or 1611), or transmission device 101 or 102 associated with the disclosed subject matter. Generally, wireless network platform 2210 can comprise components, e.g., nodes, gateways, interfaces, servers, or disparate platforms, that facilitate both packet-switched (PS) (e.g., internet protocol (IP), frame relay, asynchronous transfer mode (ATM)) and circuit-switched (CS) traffic (e.g., voice and data), as well as control generation for networked wireless telecommunication. As a non-limiting example, wireless network platform 2210 can be included in telecommunications carrier networks, and can be considered carrier-side components as discussed elsewhere herein. Mobile network platform 2210 comprises CS gateway node(s) 2222 which can interface CS traffic received from legacy networks like telephony network(s) 2240 (e.g., public switched telephone network (PSTN), or public land mobile network (PLMN)) or a signaling system #7 (SS7) network 2270. Circuit switched gateway node(s) 2222 can authorize and authenticate traffic (e.g., voice) arising from such networks. Additionally, CS gateway node(s) 2222 can access mobility, or roaming, data generated through SS7 network 2270; for instance, mobility data stored in a visited location register (VLR), which can reside in memory 2230. Moreover, CS gateway node(s) 2222 interfaces CS-based traffic and signaling and PS gateway node(s) 2218. As an example, in a 3GPP UMTS network, CS gateway node(s) 2222 can be realized at least in part in gateway GPRS support node(s) (GGSN). It should be appreciated that functionality and specific operation of CS gateway node(s) 2222, PS gateway node(s) 2218, and serving node(s) 2216, is provided and dictated by radio technology(ies) utilized by mobile network platform 2210 for telecommunication.


In addition to receiving and processing CS-switched traffic and signaling, PS gateway node(s) 2218 can authorize and authenticate PS-based data sessions with served mobile devices. Data sessions can comprise traffic, or content(s), exchanged with networks external to the wireless network platform 2210, like wide area network(s) (WANs) 2250, enterprise network(s) 2270, and service network(s) 2280, which can be embodied in local area network(s) (LANs), can also be interfaced with mobile network platform 2210 through PS gateway node(s) 2218. It is to be noted that WANs 2250 and enterprise network(s) 2260 can embody, at least in part, a service network(s) like IP multimedia subsystem (IMS). Based on radio technology layer(s) available in technology resource(s) 2217, packet-switched gateway node(s) 2218 can generate packet data protocol contexts when a data session is established; other data structures that facilitate routing of packetized data also can be generated. To that end, in an aspect, PS gateway node(s) 2218 can comprise a tunnel interface (e.g., tunnel termination gateway (TTG) in 3GPP UMTS network(s) (not shown)) which can facilitate packetized communication with disparate wireless network(s), such as Wi-Fi networks.


In embodiment 2200, wireless network platform 2210 also comprises serving node(s) 2216 that, based upon available radio technology layer(s) within technology resource(s) 2217, convey the various packetized flows of data streams received through PS gateway node(s) 2218. It is to be noted that for technology resource(s) 2217 that rely primarily on CS communication, server node(s) can deliver traffic without reliance on PS gateway node(s) 2218; for example, server node(s) can embody at least in part a mobile switching center. As an example, in a 3GPP UMTS network, serving node(s) 2216 can be embodied in serving GPRS support node(s) (SGSN).


For radio technologies that exploit packetized communication, server(s) 2214 in wireless network platform 2210 can execute numerous applications that can generate multiple disparate packetized data streams or flows, and manage (e.g., schedule, queue, format . . . ) such flows. Such application(s) can comprise add-on features to standard services (for example, provisioning, billing, customer support . . . ) provided by wireless network platform 2210. Data streams (e.g., content(s) that are part of a voice call or data session) can be conveyed to PS gateway node(s) 2218 for authorization/authentication and initiation of a data session, and to serving node(s) 2216 for communication thereafter. In addition to application server, server(s) 2214 can comprise utility server(s), a utility server can comprise a provisioning server, an operations and maintenance server, a security server that can implement at least in part a certificate authority and firewalls as well as other security mechanisms, and the like. In an aspect, security server(s) secure communication served through wireless network platform 2210 to ensure network's operation and data integrity in addition to authorization and authentication procedures that CS gateway node(s) 2222 and PS gateway node(s) 2218 can enact. Moreover, provisioning server(s) can provision services from external network(s) like networks operated by a disparate service provider; for instance, WAN 2250 or Global Positioning System (GPS) network(s) (not shown). Provisioning server(s) can also provision coverage through networks associated to wireless network platform 2210 (e.g., deployed and operated by the same service provider), such as the distributed antennas networks shown in FIG. 1(s) that enhance wireless service coverage by providing more network coverage. Repeater devices such as those shown in FIGS. 7, 8, and 9 also improve network coverage in order to enhance subscriber service experience by way of UE 2275.


It is to be noted that server(s) 2214 can comprise one or more processors configured to confer at least in part the functionality of macro network platform 2210. To that end, the one or more processor can execute code instructions stored in memory 2230, for example. It is should be appreciated that server(s) 2214 can comprise a content manager 2215, which operates in substantially the same manner as described hereinbefore.


In example embodiment 2200, memory 2230 can store information related to operation of wireless network platform 2210. Other operational information can comprise provisioning information of mobile devices served through wireless platform network 2210, subscriber databases; application intelligence, pricing schemes, e.g., promotional rates, flat-rate programs, couponing campaigns; technical specification(s) consistent with telecommunication protocols for operation of disparate radio, or wireless, technology layers; and so forth. Memory 2230 can also store information from at least one of telephony network(s) 2240, WAN 2250, enterprise network(s) 2270, or SS7 network 2260. In an aspect, memory 2230 can be, for example, accessed as part of a data store component or as a remotely connected memory store.


In order to provide a context for the various aspects of the disclosed subject matter, FIG. 22, and the following discussion, are intended to provide a brief, general description of a suitable environment in which the various aspects of the disclosed subject matter can be implemented. While the subject matter has been described above in the general context of computer-executable instructions of a computer program that runs on a computer and/or computers, those skilled in the art will recognize that the disclosed subject matter also can be implemented in combination with other program modules. Generally, program modules comprise routines, programs, components, data structures, etc. that perform particular tasks and/or implement particular abstract data types.



FIG. 23 depicts an illustrative embodiment of a communication device 2300. The communication device 2300 can serve as an illustrative embodiment of devices such as mobile devices and in-building devices referred to by the subject disclosure (e.g., in FIGS. 15, 16A and 16B).


The communication device 2300 can comprise a wireline and/or wireless transceiver 2302 (herein transceiver 2302), a user interface (UI) 2304, a power supply 2314, a location receiver 2316, a motion sensor 2318, an orientation sensor 2320, and a controller 2306 for managing operations thereof. The transceiver 2302 can support short-range or long-range wireless access technologies such as Bluetooth®, ZigBee®, WiFi, DECT, or cellular communication technologies, just to mention a few (Bluetooth® and ZigBee® are trademarks registered by the Bluetooth® Special Interest Group and the ZigBee® Alliance, respectively). Cellular technologies can include, for example, CDMA-1X, UMTS/HSDPA, GSM/GPRS, TDMA/EDGE, EV/DO, WiMAX, SDR, LTE, as well as other next generation wireless communication technologies as they arise. The transceiver 2302 can also be adapted to support circuit-switched wireline access technologies (such as PSTN), packet-switched wireline access technologies (such as TCP/IP, VoIP, etc.), and combinations thereof.


The UI 2304 can include a depressible or touch-sensitive keypad 2308 with a navigation mechanism such as a roller ball, a joystick, a mouse, or a navigation disk for manipulating operations of the communication device 2300. The keypad 2308 can be an integral part of a housing assembly of the communication device 2300 or an independent device operably coupled thereto by a tethered wireline interface (such as a USB cable) or a wireless interface supporting for example Bluetooth®. The keypad 2308 can represent a numeric keypad commonly used by phones, and/or a QWERTY keypad with alphanumeric keys. The UI 2304 can further include a display 2310 such as monochrome or color LCD (Liquid Crystal Display), OLED (Organic Light Emitting Diode) or other suitable display technology for conveying images to an end user of the communication device 2300. In an embodiment where the display 2310 is touch-sensitive, a portion or all of the keypad 2308 can be presented by way of the display 2310 with navigation features.


The display 2310 can use touch screen technology to also serve as a user interface for detecting user input. As a touch screen display, the communication device 2300 can be adapted to present a user interface having graphical user interface (GUI) elements that can be selected by a user with a touch of a finger. The touch screen display 2310 can be equipped with capacitive, resistive or other forms of sensing technology to detect how much surface area of a user's finger has been placed on a portion of the touch screen display. This sensing information can be used to control the manipulation of the GUI elements or other functions of the user interface. The display 2310 can be an integral part of the housing assembly of the communication device 2300 or an independent device communicatively coupled thereto by a tethered wireline interface (such as a cable) or a wireless interface.


The UI 2304 can also include an audio system 2312 that utilizes audio technology for conveying low volume audio (such as audio heard in proximity of a human ear) and high volume audio (such as speakerphone for hands free operation). The audio system 2312 can further include a microphone for receiving audible signals of an end user. The audio system 2312 can also be used for voice recognition applications. The UI 2304 can further include an image sensor 2313 such as a charged coupled device (CCD) camera for capturing still or moving images.


The power supply 2314 can utilize common power management technologies such as replaceable and rechargeable batteries, supply regulation technologies, and/or charging system technologies for supplying energy to the components of the communication device 2300 to facilitate long-range or short-range portable communications. Alternatively, or in combination, the charging system can utilize external power sources such as DC power supplied over a physical interface such as a USB port or other suitable tethering technologies.


The location receiver 2316 can utilize location technology such as a global positioning system (GPS) receiver capable of assisted GPS for identifying a location of the communication device 2300 based on signals generated by a constellation of GPS satellites, which can be used for facilitating location services such as navigation. The motion sensor 2318 can utilize motion sensing technology such as an accelerometer, a gyroscope, or other suitable motion sensing technology to detect motion of the communication device 2300 in three-dimensional space. The orientation sensor 2320 can utilize orientation sensing technology such as a magnetometer to detect the orientation of the communication device 2300 (north, south, west, and east, as well as combined orientations in degrees, minutes, or other suitable orientation metrics).


The communication device 2300 can use the transceiver 2302 to also determine a proximity to a cellular, WiFi, Bluetooth®, or other wireless access points by sensing techniques such as utilizing a received signal strength indicator (RSSI) and/or signal time of arrival (TOA) or time of flight (TOF) measurements. The controller 2306 can utilize computing technologies such as a microprocessor, a digital signal processor (DSP), programmable gate arrays, application specific integrated circuits, and/or a video processor with associated storage memory such as Flash, ROM, RAM, SRAM, DRAM or other storage technologies for executing computer instructions, controlling, and processing data supplied by the aforementioned components of the communication device 2300.


Other components not shown in FIG. 23 can be used in one or more embodiments of the subject disclosure. For instance, the communication device 2300 can include a slot for adding or removing an identity module such as a Subscriber Identity Module (SIM) card or Universal Integrated Circuit Card (UICC). SIM or UICC cards can be used for identifying subscriber services, executing programs, storing subscriber data, and so on.


In the subject specification, terms such as “store,” “storage,” “data store,” data storage,” “database,” and substantially any other information storage component relevant to operation and functionality of a component, refer to “memory components,” or entities embodied in a “memory” or components comprising the memory. It will be appreciated that the memory components described herein can be either volatile memory or nonvolatile memory, or can comprise both volatile and nonvolatile memory, by way of illustration, and not limitation, volatile memory, non-volatile memory, disk storage, and memory storage. Further, nonvolatile memory can be included in read only memory (ROM), programmable ROM (PROM), electrically programmable ROM (EPROM), electrically erasable ROM (EEPROM), or flash memory. Volatile memory can comprise random access memory (RAM), which acts as external cache memory. By way of illustration and not limitation, RAM is available in many forms such as synchronous RAM (SRAM), dynamic RAM (DRAM), synchronous DRAM (SDRAM), double data rate SDRAM (DDR SDRAM), enhanced SDRAM (ESDRAM), Synchlink DRAM (SLDRAM), and direct Rambus RAM (DRRAM). Additionally, the disclosed memory components of systems or methods herein are intended to comprise, without being limited to comprising, these and any other suitable types of memory.


Moreover, it will be noted that the disclosed subject matter can be practiced with other computer system configurations, comprising single-processor or multiprocessor computer systems, mini-computing devices, mainframe computers, as well as personal computers, hand-held computing devices (e.g., PDA, phone, smartphone, watch, tablet computers, netbook computers, etc.), microprocessor-based or programmable consumer or industrial electronics, and the like. The illustrated aspects can also be practiced in distributed computing environments where tasks are performed by remote processing devices that are linked through a communications network; however, some if not all aspects of the subject disclosure can be practiced on stand-alone computers. In a distributed computing environment, program modules can be located in both local and remote memory storage devices.


Some of the embodiments described herein can also employ artificial intelligence (AI) to facilitate automating one or more features described herein. For example, artificial intelligence can be used in optional training controller 230 evaluate and select candidate frequencies, modulation schemes, MIMO modes, and/or guided wave modes in order to maximize transfer efficiency. The embodiments (e.g., in connection with automatically identifying acquired cell sites that provide a maximum value/benefit after addition to an existing communication network) can employ various AI-based schemes for carrying out various embodiments thereof. Moreover, the classifier can be employed to determine a ranking or priority of the each cell site of the acquired network. A classifier is a function that maps an input attribute vector, x=(x1, x2, x3, x4, . . . , xn), to a confidence that the input belongs to a class, that is, f(x)=confidence (class). Such classification can employ a probabilistic and/or statistical-based analysis (e.g., factoring into the analysis utilities and costs) to prognose or infer an action that a user desires to be automatically performed. A support vector machine (SVM) is an example of a classifier that can be employed. The SVM operates by finding a hypersurface in the space of possible inputs, which the hypersurface attempts to split the triggering criteria from the non-triggering events. Intuitively, this makes the classification correct for testing data that is near, but not identical to training data. Other directed and undirected model classification approaches comprise, e.g., naïve Bayes, Bayesian networks, decision trees, neural networks, fuzzy logic models, and probabilistic classification models providing different patterns of independence can be employed. Classification as used herein also is inclusive of statistical regression that is utilized to develop models of priority.


As will be readily appreciated, one or more of the embodiments can employ classifiers that are explicitly trained (e.g., via a generic training data) as well as implicitly trained (e.g., via observing UE behavior, operator preferences, historical information, receiving extrinsic information). For example, SVMs can be configured via a learning or training phase within a classifier constructor and feature selection module. Thus, the classifier(s) can be used to automatically learn and perform a number of functions, including but not limited to determining according to a predetermined criteria which of the acquired cell sites will benefit a maximum number of subscribers and/or which of the acquired cell sites will add minimum value to the existing communication network coverage, etc.


As used in some contexts in this application, in some embodiments, the terms “component,” “system” and the like are intended to refer to, or comprise, a computer-related entity or an entity related to an operational apparatus with one or more specific functionalities, wherein the entity can be either hardware, a combination of hardware and software, software, or software in execution. As an example, a component may be, but is not limited to being, a process running on a processor, a processor, an object, an executable, a thread of execution, computer-executable instructions, a program, and/or a computer. By way of illustration and not limitation, both an application running on a server and the server can be a component. One or more components may reside within a process and/or thread of execution and a component may be localized on one computer and/or distributed between two or more computers. In addition, these components can execute from various computer readable media having various data structures stored thereon. The components may communicate via local and/or remote processes such as in accordance with a signal having one or more data packets (e.g., data from one component interacting with another component in a local system, distributed system, and/or across a network such as the Internet with other systems via the signal). As another example, a component can be an apparatus with specific functionality provided by mechanical parts operated by electric or electronic circuitry, which is operated by a software or firmware application executed by a processor, wherein the processor can be internal or external to the apparatus and executes at least a part of the software or firmware application. As yet another example, a component can be an apparatus that provides specific functionality through electronic components without mechanical parts, the electronic components can comprise a processor therein to execute software or firmware that confers at least in part the functionality of the electronic components. While various components have been illustrated as separate components, it will be appreciated that multiple components can be implemented as a single component, or a single component can be implemented as multiple components, without departing from example embodiments.


Further, the various embodiments can be implemented as a method, apparatus or article of manufacture using standard programming and/or engineering techniques to produce software, firmware, hardware or any combination thereof to control a computer to implement the disclosed subject matter. The term “article of manufacture” as used herein is intended to encompass a computer program accessible from any computer-readable device or computer-readable storage/communications media. For example, computer readable storage media can include, but are not limited to, magnetic storage devices (e.g., hard disk, floppy disk, magnetic strips), optical disks (e.g., compact disk (CD), digital versatile disk (DVD)), smart cards, and flash memory devices (e.g., card, stick, key drive). Of course, those skilled in the art will recognize many modifications can be made to this configuration without departing from the scope or spirit of the various embodiments.


In addition, the words “example” and “exemplary” are used herein to mean serving as an instance or illustration. Any embodiment or design described herein as “example” or “exemplary” is not necessarily to be construed as preferred or advantageous over other embodiments or designs. Rather, use of the word example or exemplary is intended to present concepts in a concrete fashion. As used in this application, the term “or” is intended to mean an inclusive “or” rather than an exclusive “or”. That is, unless specified otherwise or clear from context, “X employs A or B” is intended to mean any of the natural inclusive permutations. That is, if X employs A; X employs B; or X employs both A and B, then “X employs A or B” is satisfied under any of the foregoing instances. In addition, the articles “a” and “an” as used in this application and the appended claims should generally be construed to mean “one or more” unless specified otherwise or clear from context to be directed to a singular form.


Moreover, terms such as “user equipment,” “mobile station,” “mobile,” subscriber station,” “access terminal,” “terminal,” “handset,” “mobile device” (and/or terms representing similar terminology) can refer to a wireless device utilized by a subscriber or user of a wireless communication service to receive or convey data, control, voice, video, sound, gaming or substantially any data-stream or signaling-stream. The foregoing terms are utilized interchangeably herein and with reference to the related drawings.


Furthermore, the terms “user,” “subscriber,” “customer,” “consumer” and the like are employed interchangeably throughout, unless context warrants particular distinctions among the terms. It should be appreciated that such terms can refer to human entities or automated components supported through artificial intelligence (e.g., a capacity to make inference based, at least, on complex mathematical formalisms), which can provide simulated vision, sound recognition and so forth.


As employed herein, the term “processor” can refer to substantially any computing processing unit or device comprising, but not limited to comprising, single-core processors; single-processors with software multithread execution capability; multi-core processors; multi-core processors with software multithread execution capability; multi-core processors with hardware multithread technology; parallel platforms; and parallel platforms with distributed shared memory. Additionally, a processor can refer to an integrated circuit, an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a digital signal processor (DSP), a field programmable gate array (FPGA), a programmable logic controller (PLC), a complex programmable logic device (CPLD), a discrete gate or transistor logic, discrete hardware components or any combination thereof designed to perform the functions described herein. Processors can exploit nano-scale architectures such as, but not limited to, molecular and quantum-dot based transistors, switches and gates, in order to optimize space usage or enhance performance of user equipment. A processor can also be implemented as a combination of computing processing units.


As used herein, terms such as “data storage,” data storage,” “database,” and substantially any other information storage component relevant to operation and functionality of a component, refer to “memory components,” or entities embodied in a “memory” or components comprising the memory. It will be appreciated that the memory components or computer-readable storage media, described herein can be either volatile memory or nonvolatile memory or can include both volatile and nonvolatile memory.


What has been described above includes mere examples of various embodiments. It is, of course, not possible to describe every conceivable combination of components or methodologies for purposes of describing these examples, but one of ordinary skill in the art can recognize that many further combinations and permutations of the present embodiments are possible. Accordingly, the embodiments disclosed and/or claimed herein are intended to embrace all such alterations, modifications and variations that fall within the spirit and scope of the appended claims. Furthermore, to the extent that the term “includes” is used in either the detailed description or the claims, such term is intended to be inclusive in a manner similar to the term “comprising” as “comprising” is interpreted when employed as a transitional word in a claim.


In addition, a flow diagram may include a “start” and/or “continue” indication. The “start” and “continue” indications reflect that the steps presented can optionally be incorporated in or otherwise used in conjunction with other routines. In this context, “start” indicates the beginning of the first step presented and may be preceded by other activities not specifically shown. Further, the “continue” indication reflects that the steps presented may be performed multiple times and/or may be succeeded by other activities not specifically shown. Further, while a flow diagram indicates a particular ordering of steps, other orderings are likewise possible provided that the principles of causality are maintained.


As may also be used herein, the term(s) “operably coupled to”, “coupled to”, and/or “coupling” includes direct coupling between items and/or indirect coupling between items via one or more intervening items. Such items and intervening items include, but are not limited to, junctions, communication paths, components, circuit elements, circuits, functional blocks, and/or devices. As an example of indirect coupling, a signal conveyed from a first item to a second item may be modified by one or more intervening items by modifying the form, nature or format of information in a signal, while one or more elements of the information in the signal are nevertheless conveyed in a manner than can be recognized by the second item. In a further example of indirect coupling, an action in a first item can cause a reaction on the second item, as a result of actions and/or reactions in one or more intervening items.


Although specific embodiments have been illustrated and described herein, it should be appreciated that any arrangement which achieves the same or similar purpose may be substituted for the embodiments described or shown by the subject disclosure. The subject disclosure is intended to cover any and all adaptations or variations of various embodiments. Combinations of the above embodiments, and other embodiments not specifically described herein, can be used in the subject disclosure. For instance, one or more features from one or more embodiments can be combined with one or more features of one or more other embodiments. In one or more embodiments, features that are positively recited can also be negatively recited and excluded from the embodiment with or without replacement by another structural and/or functional feature. The steps or functions described with respect to the embodiments of the subject disclosure can be performed in any order. The steps or functions described with respect to the embodiments of the subject disclosure can be performed alone or in combination with other steps or functions of the subject disclosure, as well as from other embodiments or from other steps that have not been described in the subject disclosure. Further, more than or less than all of the features described with respect to an embodiment can also be utilized.

Claims
  • 1. A method, comprising: receiving a modulated signal, by a system of a first network element of a distributed antenna system, the first network element including signal processing circuitry, wherein the modulated signal is in a first spectral segment, and the modulated signal conforms to a wireless signaling protocol;converting, by the system, the modulated signal in the first spectral segment to a modulated signal in a second spectral segment based on an analog signal processing of the modulated signal in the first spectral segment that does not require digital signal processing and without modifying the wireless signaling protocol of the modulated signal in the first spectral segment, wherein the second spectral segment is outside the first spectral segment;generating, by the system, fault mitigation messaging in a control channel, the fault mitigation messaging including test results for a back-up communication link; andtransmitting, by the system, the modulated signal in the second spectral segment and the control channel including the test results for the back-up communication link to a second network element of the distributed antenna system, the control channel further including instructions directing the second network element of the distributed antenna system to convert the modulated signal in the second spectral segment to the modulated signal in the first spectral segment.
  • 2. The method of claim 1, wherein the fault mitigation messaging further includes one of: a fault detection indication; instructions to select the back-up communication link; or instructions to modify the first spectral segment to a different range of frequencies.
  • 3. The method of claim 1, wherein the control channel is transmitted in a third spectral segment that is spaced apart from the second spectral segment.
  • 4. The method of claim 1, further comprising: transmitting a reference signal enabling the second network element to reduce a phase error when reconverting the modulated signal in the second spectral segment to the modulated signal in the first spectral segment for wireless distribution of the modulated signal in the first spectral segment to a communication device.
  • 5. The method of claim 1, wherein the wireless signaling protocol comprises a Long-Term Evolution (LTE) wireless protocol or a fifth generation mobile communications protocol.
  • 6. The method of claim 1, wherein the converting by the system comprises up-converting the modulated signal in the first spectral segment to the modulated signal in the second spectral segment.
  • 7. The method of claim 6, wherein the converting by the second network element comprises down-converting the modulated signal in the second spectral segment to the modulated signal in the first spectral segment.
  • 8. The method of claim 1, wherein the converting by the system comprises down-converting the modulated signal in the first spectral segment to the modulated signal in the second spectral segment.
  • 9. The method of claim 8, wherein the converting by the second network element comprises up-converting the modulated signal in the second spectral segment to the modulated signal in the first spectral segment.
  • 10. The method of claim 1, wherein the signal processing circuitry comprises analog signal processing circuitry that facilitates the analog signal processing, and wherein the analog signal processing does not require either an analog to digital conversion or a digital to analog conversion.
  • 11. A network device of a distributed antenna system, the network device comprising: a base station interface configured to receive a modulated signal in a first spectral segment, wherein the modulated signal conforms to a wireless signaling protocol; anda transceiver configured to: convert the modulated signal in the first spectral segment to a modulated signal in a second spectral segment based on an analog signal processing of the modulated signal in the first spectral segment that does not require digital signal processing and without modifying the wireless signaling protocol of the modulated signal in the first spectral segment, wherein the second spectral segment is outside the first spectral segment;generate fault mitigation messaging in a control channel, the fault mitigation messaging including test results for a back-up communication link; andtransmit the modulated signal in the second spectral segment and the control channel including the test results for the back-up communication link to another network device of the distributed antenna system, the control channel further including instructions directing the another network device of the distributed antenna system to convert the modulated signal in the second spectral segment to the modulated signal in the first spectral segment.
  • 12. The network device of claim 11, wherein the fault mitigation messaging further includes one of: a fault detection indication; instructions to select the back-up communication link; or instructions to modify the first spectral segment to a different range of frequencies.
  • 13. The network device of claim 11, wherein the control channel is transmitted in a third spectral segment that is spaced apart from the second spectral segment.
  • 14. The network device of claim 11, wherein the transceiver is further configured to transmit a reference signal enabling the another network device to reduce a phase error when reconverting the modulated signal in the second spectral segment to the modulated signal in the first spectral segment for wireless distribution of the modulated signal in the first spectral segment to a communication device.
  • 15. The network device of claim 11, wherein the analog signal processing does not require either an analog to digital conversion or a digital to analog conversion.
  • 16. A network device of a distributed antenna system, the network device comprising: receiver means for receiving a modulated signal in a first spectral segment, wherein the modulated signal is directed to a communication device, and wherein the modulated signal conforms to a wireless signaling protocol; andtransceiver means for: converting the modulated signal in the first spectral segment to a modulated signal in a second spectral segment based on an analog signal processing of the modulated signal in the first spectral segment that does not require digital signal processing and without modifying the wireless signaling protocol of the modulated signal in the first spectral segment, wherein the second spectral segment is outside the first spectral segment;generating fault mitigation messaging in a control channel, the fault mitigation messaging including test results for a back-up communication link; andtransmitting the modulated signal in the second spectral segment and the control channel including the test results for the back-up communication link to another network device of the distributed antenna system, the control channel further including instructions directing the another network device of the distributed antenna system to convert the modulated signal in the second spectral segment to the modulated signal in the first spectral segment.
  • 17. The network device of claim 16, wherein the fault mitigation messaging further includes one of: a fault detection indication; instructions to select the back-up communication link; or instructions to modify the first spectral segment to a different range of frequencies.
  • 18. The network device of claim 16, wherein the transceiver means also transmits a reference signal enabling the another network device to reduce a phase error when reconverting the modulated signal in the second spectral segment to the modulated signal in the first spectral segment for wireless distribution of the modulated signal in the first spectral segment to the communication device.
  • 19. The network device of claim 16, wherein the control channel is transmitted in a third spectral segment that is spaced apart from the second spectral segment.
  • 20. The network device of claim 16, wherein the wireless signaling protocol comprises a Long-Term Evolution (LTE) wireless protocol or a fifth generation mobile communications protocol.
US Referenced Citations (2207)
Number Name Date Kind
395814 Henry et al. Jan 1889 A
529290 Harry et al. Nov 1894 A
1721785 Meyer Jul 1929 A
1860123 Yagi May 1932 A
2129711 Southworth Sep 1938 A
2147717 Schelkunoff Feb 1939 A
2187908 McCreary Jan 1940 A
2199083 Schelkunoff Apr 1940 A
2232179 King Feb 1941 A
2283935 King May 1942 A
2398095 Katzin Apr 1946 A
2402622 Hansen Jun 1946 A
2407068 Fiske et al. Sep 1946 A
2407069 Fiske Sep 1946 A
2411338 Roberts Nov 1946 A
2415089 Feldman et al. Feb 1947 A
2415807 Barrow et al. Feb 1947 A
2420007 Olden May 1947 A
2422058 Whinnery Jun 1947 A
2432134 Bagnall Dec 1947 A
2461005 Southworth Feb 1949 A
2471021 Bradley May 1949 A
2488400 Harder Nov 1949 A
2513205 Roberts et al. Jun 1950 A
2514679 Southworth Jul 1950 A
2519603 Reber Aug 1950 A
2540839 Southworth Feb 1951 A
2542980 Barrow Feb 1951 A
2557110 Jaynes Jun 1951 A
2562281 Mumford Jul 1951 A
2596190 Wiley May 1952 A
2599864 Robertson-Shersby-Ha et al. Jun 1952 A
2659817 Cutler et al. Nov 1953 A
2677055 Allen Apr 1954 A
2685068 Goubau Jul 1954 A
2688732 Kock Sep 1954 A
2691766 Clapp Oct 1954 A
2706279 Aron Apr 1955 A
2711514 Rines Jun 1955 A
2723378 Clavier et al. Nov 1955 A
2727232 Pryga Dec 1955 A
2740826 Bondon Apr 1956 A
2745101 Marie May 1956 A
2748350 Miller et al. May 1956 A
2749545 Kostriza Jun 1956 A
2754513 Goubau Jul 1956 A
2761137 Atta et al. Aug 1956 A
2769147 Black et al. Oct 1956 A
2769148 Clogston et al. Oct 1956 A
2794959 Fox Jun 1957 A
2805415 Berkowitz Sep 1957 A
2806972 Sensiper Sep 1957 A
2810111 Cohn Oct 1957 A
2819451 Sims et al. Jan 1958 A
2820083 Hendrix Jan 1958 A
2825060 Ruze et al. Feb 1958 A
2835871 Raabe May 1958 A
2852753 Gent et al. Sep 1958 A
2867776 Wilkinson, Jr. Jan 1959 A
2912695 Cutler Nov 1959 A
2914741 Unger Nov 1959 A
2915270 Gladsden et al. Dec 1959 A
2921277 Goubau Jan 1960 A
2925458 Lester et al. Feb 1960 A
2946970 Hafner et al. Jul 1960 A
2949589 Hafner Aug 1960 A
2960670 Marcatili et al. Nov 1960 A
2972148 Rupp et al. Feb 1961 A
2974297 Ros Mar 1961 A
2981949 Elliott et al. Apr 1961 A
2993205 Cooper et al. Jul 1961 A
3025478 Marcatili et al. Mar 1962 A
3028565 Walker et al. Apr 1962 A
3040278 Griemsmann et al. Jun 1962 A
3047822 Lakatos et al. Jul 1962 A
3072870 Walker Jan 1963 A
3077569 Ikrath et al. Feb 1963 A
3101472 Goubau Aug 1963 A
3109175 Lloyd Oct 1963 A
3129356 Phillips Apr 1964 A
3134951 Huber et al. May 1964 A
3146297 Hahne Aug 1964 A
3146453 Hagaman Aug 1964 A
3201724 Hafner Aug 1965 A
3205462 Meinke Sep 1965 A
3218384 Shaw Nov 1965 A
3234559 Bartholoma et al. Feb 1966 A
3255454 Walter et al. Jun 1966 A
3296364 Jefferson et al. Jan 1967 A
3296685 Menahem et al. Jan 1967 A
3316344 Toms et al. Apr 1967 A
3316345 Toms et al. Apr 1967 A
3318561 Robertson, Jr. et al. May 1967 A
3321763 Ikrath et al. May 1967 A
3329958 Anderson et al. Jul 1967 A
3351947 Hart et al. Nov 1967 A
3389394 Lewis et al. Jun 1968 A
3392388 Tsuneo et al. Jul 1968 A
3392395 Hannan Jul 1968 A
3411112 Honig et al. Nov 1968 A
3413642 Cook Nov 1968 A
3414903 Bartlett et al. Dec 1968 A
3420596 Osterberg Jan 1969 A
3427573 White et al. Feb 1969 A
3448455 Alfandari et al. Jun 1969 A
3459873 Harris et al. Aug 1969 A
3465346 Patterson et al. Sep 1969 A
3487158 Killian Dec 1969 A
3500422 Grady et al. Mar 1970 A
3509463 Woodward et al. Apr 1970 A
3522560 Hayany Aug 1970 A
3524192 Sakiotis et al. Aug 1970 A
3529205 Miller Sep 1970 A
3530481 Tanaka et al. Sep 1970 A
3531803 Hudspeth et al. Sep 1970 A
3555553 Boyns Jan 1971 A
3557341 Sochilin Jan 1971 A
3566317 Theodore Feb 1971 A
3588754 Theodore Jun 1971 A
3589121 Mulvey Jun 1971 A
3599219 Hansen et al. Aug 1971 A
3603904 Hafner Sep 1971 A
3609247 Halstead Sep 1971 A
3623114 Seaton Nov 1971 A
3668459 Symons et al. Jun 1972 A
3668574 Barlow Jun 1972 A
3672202 Barber et al. Jun 1972 A
3686596 Albee Aug 1972 A
3693922 Gueguen Sep 1972 A
3699574 Plunk et al. Oct 1972 A
3703690 Ravenscroft et al. Nov 1972 A
3725937 Schreiber Apr 1973 A
3753086 Shoemaker et al. Aug 1973 A
3760127 Grossi et al. Sep 1973 A
3772528 Anderson et al. Nov 1973 A
3796970 Snell Mar 1974 A
3806931 Wright Apr 1974 A
3833909 Schaufelberger Sep 1974 A
3835407 Yariv et al. Sep 1974 A
3845426 Barlow Oct 1974 A
3888446 O'Brien et al. Jun 1975 A
3896380 Martin Jul 1975 A
3911415 Whyte Oct 1975 A
3935577 Hansen et al. Jan 1976 A
3936838 Foldes et al. Feb 1976 A
3952984 Dimitry et al. Apr 1976 A
3959794 Chrepta et al. May 1976 A
3973087 Fong et al. Aug 1976 A
3973240 Fong et al. Aug 1976 A
3983560 MacDougall et al. Sep 1976 A
4010799 Kern et al. Mar 1977 A
4020431 Saunders et al. Apr 1977 A
4026632 Hill et al. May 1977 A
4030048 Foldes et al. Jun 1977 A
4035054 Lattanzi et al. Jul 1977 A
4047180 Kuo et al. Sep 1977 A
4060735 Pascucci Nov 1977 A
4080600 Toman et al. Mar 1978 A
4099184 Rapshys et al. Jul 1978 A
4123759 Hines et al. Oct 1978 A
4125768 Jackson et al. Nov 1978 A
4149170 Campbell et al. Apr 1979 A
4155108 Tuttle et al. May 1979 A
4156241 Mobley et al. May 1979 A
4175257 Smith et al. Nov 1979 A
4188595 Cronson et al. Feb 1980 A
4190137 Shimada et al. Feb 1980 A
4195302 Leupelt et al. Mar 1980 A
4210357 Adachi et al. Jul 1980 A
4216449 Kach Aug 1980 A
4234753 Clutter Nov 1980 A
4238974 Fawcett et al. Dec 1980 A
4246584 Noerpel et al. Jan 1981 A
4250489 Dudash et al. Feb 1981 A
4274097 Krall et al. Jun 1981 A
4274112 Leysieffer et al. Jun 1981 A
4278955 Lunden et al. Jul 1981 A
4293833 Popa et al. Oct 1981 A
4307938 Dyott et al. Dec 1981 A
4316646 Siebens et al. Feb 1982 A
4319074 Yaste et al. Mar 1982 A
4329690 Parker et al. May 1982 A
4333082 Susman et al. Jun 1982 A
4336719 Lynnworth Jun 1982 A
4345256 Rainwater et al. Aug 1982 A
4366565 Herskowitz Dec 1982 A
4367446 Hall et al. Jan 1983 A
4378143 Winzer et al. Mar 1983 A
4384289 Fernandes et al. May 1983 A
4398058 Gerth et al. Aug 1983 A
4398121 Chodorow et al. Aug 1983 A
4447811 Hamid et al. May 1984 A
4463329 Suzuki et al. Jul 1984 A
4475209 Udren Oct 1984 A
4477814 Brumbaugh et al. Oct 1984 A
4482899 Dragone et al. Nov 1984 A
4488156 DuFort et al. Dec 1984 A
4491386 Negishi et al. Jan 1985 A
4495498 Petrelis et al. Jan 1985 A
4516130 Dragone May 1985 A
4525432 Saito et al. Jun 1985 A
4525693 Suzuki et al. Jun 1985 A
4533875 Lau et al. Aug 1985 A
4541303 Kuzunishi et al. Sep 1985 A
4550271 Lau et al. Oct 1985 A
4553112 Saad et al. Nov 1985 A
4556271 Hubbard Dec 1985 A
4558325 Stroem et al. Dec 1985 A
4566012 Choung et al. Jan 1986 A
4567401 Barnett et al. Jan 1986 A
4573215 Oates et al. Feb 1986 A
4589424 Vaguine et al. May 1986 A
4598262 Chen et al. Jul 1986 A
4599598 Komoda et al. Jul 1986 A
4604551 Moeller et al. Aug 1986 A
4604627 Saad et al. Aug 1986 A
4636753 Geller et al. Jan 1987 A
4638322 Lamberty et al. Jan 1987 A
4641916 Oestreich et al. Feb 1987 A
4644365 Horning et al. Feb 1987 A
4660050 Phillips et al. Apr 1987 A
4665660 Krall et al. May 1987 A
4672384 Roy et al. Jun 1987 A
4673943 Hannan Jun 1987 A
4680558 Ghosh et al. Jul 1987 A
4694599 Hart et al. Sep 1987 A
4704611 Edwards et al. Nov 1987 A
4715695 Nishimura et al. Dec 1987 A
4717974 Baumeister et al. Jan 1988 A
4728910 Owens et al. Mar 1988 A
4730172 Bengeult Mar 1988 A
4730888 Darcie et al. Mar 1988 A
4731810 Watkins Mar 1988 A
4735097 Lynnworth et al. Apr 1988 A
4743916 Bengeult May 1988 A
4745377 Stern et al. May 1988 A
4746241 Burbank, III et al. May 1988 A
4749244 Luh Jun 1988 A
4758962 Fernandes Jul 1988 A
4764738 Fried et al. Aug 1988 A
4772891 Svy Sep 1988 A
4777457 Ghosh et al. Oct 1988 A
4783665 Lier et al. Nov 1988 A
4786913 Barendregt et al. Nov 1988 A
4788553 Phillips et al. Nov 1988 A
4792771 Siu et al. Dec 1988 A
4792812 Rinehart et al. Dec 1988 A
4799031 Lang et al. Jan 1989 A
4800350 Bridges et al. Jan 1989 A
4801937 Fernandes Jan 1989 A
4818963 Green et al. Apr 1989 A
4818990 Fernandes Apr 1989 A
4821006 Ishikawa et al. Apr 1989 A
4825221 Suzuki et al. Apr 1989 A
4829310 Losee et al. May 1989 A
4829314 Barbier et al. May 1989 A
4831346 Brooker et al. May 1989 A
4832148 Becker et al. May 1989 A
4835517 Van et al. May 1989 A
4845508 Krall et al. Jul 1989 A
4849611 Whitney et al. Jul 1989 A
4851788 Ives et al. Jul 1989 A
4866454 Droessler et al. Sep 1989 A
4873534 Wohlleben et al. Oct 1989 A
4879544 Maki et al. Nov 1989 A
4881028 Bright et al. Nov 1989 A
4886980 Fernandes et al. Dec 1989 A
4897663 Kusano et al. Jan 1990 A
4904996 Fernandes Feb 1990 A
4915468 Kim et al. Apr 1990 A
4929962 Begout et al. May 1990 A
4931808 Munson et al. Jun 1990 A
4932620 Foy Jun 1990 A
4946202 Perricone et al. Aug 1990 A
4956620 Moeller et al. Sep 1990 A
4977593 Ballance Dec 1990 A
4977618 Allen Dec 1990 A
5003318 Hall et al. Mar 1991 A
5006846 Granville et al. Apr 1991 A
5006859 Wong et al. Apr 1991 A
5015914 Ives et al. May 1991 A
5017936 Massey et al. May 1991 A
5017937 Newham et al. May 1991 A
5018180 Shoulders May 1991 A
5019832 Ekdahl et al. May 1991 A
5042903 Jakubowski et al. Aug 1991 A
5043538 Hughey et al. Aug 1991 A
5043629 Doane et al. Aug 1991 A
5044722 Voser et al. Sep 1991 A
5045820 Oehlerking et al. Sep 1991 A
5065760 Krause et al. Nov 1991 A
5065969 McLean et al. Nov 1991 A
5072228 Kuwahara et al. Dec 1991 A
5082349 Cordova-Plaza et al. Jan 1992 A
5086467 Malek Feb 1992 A
5107231 Knox et al. Apr 1992 A
5109232 Monte et al. Apr 1992 A
5117237 Legg May 1992 A
5126750 Wang et al. Jun 1992 A
5132968 Cephus Jul 1992 A
5134251 Martin et al. Jul 1992 A
5134423 Haupt et al. Jul 1992 A
RE34036 McGeehan Aug 1992 E
5134965 Tokuda et al. Aug 1992 A
5142767 Adams et al. Sep 1992 A
5148509 Kannabiran et al. Sep 1992 A
5153676 Bergh et al. Oct 1992 A
5166698 Ashbaugh et al. Nov 1992 A
5174164 Wilheim et al. Dec 1992 A
5182427 McGaffigan et al. Jan 1993 A
5187409 Ito et al. Feb 1993 A
5193774 Rogers et al. Mar 1993 A
5198823 Litchford et al. Mar 1993 A
5212755 Holmberg et al. May 1993 A
5214394 Wong et al. May 1993 A
5214438 Smith et al. May 1993 A
5218657 Tokudome et al. Jun 1993 A
5235662 Prince et al. Aug 1993 A
5239537 Sakauchi Aug 1993 A
5241321 Tsao et al. Aug 1993 A
5241701 Andoh et al. Aug 1993 A
5248876 Kerstens et al. Sep 1993 A
5254809 Martin Oct 1993 A
5265266 Trinh Nov 1993 A
5266961 Milroy et al. Nov 1993 A
5276455 Fitzsimmons et al. Jan 1994 A
5278687 Jannson et al. Jan 1994 A
5280297 Profera et al. Jan 1994 A
5291211 Tropper et al. Mar 1994 A
5298911 Li et al. Mar 1994 A
5299773 Bertrand et al. Apr 1994 A
5304999 Roberts et al. Apr 1994 A
5311596 Scott et al. May 1994 A
5327149 Kuffer et al. Jul 1994 A
5329285 McCandless et al. Jul 1994 A
5341088 David Aug 1994 A
5345522 Vali et al. Sep 1994 A
5352984 Piesinger et al. Oct 1994 A
5371623 Eastmond et al. Dec 1994 A
5380224 Dicicco Jan 1995 A
5389442 Kathiresan et al. Feb 1995 A
5402140 Rodeffer et al. Mar 1995 A
5410318 Wong et al. Apr 1995 A
5412654 Perkins May 1995 A
5428818 Meidan et al. Jun 1995 A
5434575 Jelinek et al. Jul 1995 A
5440660 Dombrowski et al. Aug 1995 A
5451969 Toth et al. Sep 1995 A
5479176 Zavrel et al. Dec 1995 A
5481268 Higgins Jan 1996 A
5482525 Kajioka et al. Jan 1996 A
5486839 Rodeffer et al. Jan 1996 A
5488380 Harvey et al. Jan 1996 A
5495546 Bottoms et al. Feb 1996 A
5499308 Arai et al. Mar 1996 A
5499311 DeCusatis et al. Mar 1996 A
5512906 Speciale et al. Apr 1996 A
5513176 Dean et al. Apr 1996 A
5514965 Westwood et al. May 1996 A
5515059 How et al. May 1996 A
5528208 Kobayashi et al. Jun 1996 A
5543000 Lique Aug 1996 A
5559359 Reyes Sep 1996 A
5566022 Segev Oct 1996 A
5566196 Scifres Oct 1996 A
5576721 Hwang et al. Nov 1996 A
5586054 Jensen et al. Dec 1996 A
5592183 Henf Jan 1997 A
5600630 Takahashi et al. Feb 1997 A
5603089 Searle et al. Feb 1997 A
5619015 Kirma Apr 1997 A
5621421 Kolz et al. Apr 1997 A
5630223 Bahu et al. May 1997 A
5637521 Rhodes et al. Jun 1997 A
5640168 Heger et al. Jun 1997 A
5642121 Martek et al. Jun 1997 A
5646936 Shah et al. Jul 1997 A
5650788 Jha Jul 1997 A
5652554 Krieg et al. Jul 1997 A
5671304 Duguay Sep 1997 A
5677909 Heide Oct 1997 A
5680139 Huguenin et al. Oct 1997 A
5682256 Motley et al. Oct 1997 A
5684495 Dyott et al. Nov 1997 A
5724168 Oschmann et al. Mar 1998 A
5726980 Rickard et al. Mar 1998 A
5757323 Spencer et al. May 1998 A
5767807 Pritchett et al. Jun 1998 A
5768689 Borg Jun 1998 A
5769879 Levay et al. Jun 1998 A
5784033 Boldissar, Jr. et al. Jul 1998 A
5784683 Sistanizadeh et al. Jul 1998 A
5787673 Noble Aug 1998 A
5793334 Harrison et al. Aug 1998 A
5805983 Naidu et al. Sep 1998 A
5812524 Moran et al. Sep 1998 A
5818396 Harrison et al. Oct 1998 A
5818512 Fuller Oct 1998 A
5848054 Mosebrook et al. Dec 1998 A
5850199 Wan et al. Dec 1998 A
5854608 Leisten Dec 1998 A
5859618 Miller, II et al. Jan 1999 A
5861843 Sorace et al. Jan 1999 A
5867763 Dean et al. Feb 1999 A
5870060 Chen et al. Feb 1999 A
5872544 Schay et al. Feb 1999 A
5872547 Martek Feb 1999 A
5873324 Kaddas et al. Feb 1999 A
5890055 Chu et al. Mar 1999 A
5898133 Bleich et al. Apr 1999 A
5898830 Wesinger, Jr. et al. Apr 1999 A
5900847 Ishikawa et al. May 1999 A
5903373 Welch et al. May 1999 A
5905949 Hawkes et al. May 1999 A
5917977 Barrett et al. Jun 1999 A
5926128 Brash et al. Jul 1999 A
5933422 Suzuki et al. Aug 1999 A
5936589 Kawahata Aug 1999 A
5937335 Park et al. Aug 1999 A
5948044 Varley et al. Sep 1999 A
5948108 Lu et al. Sep 1999 A
5952964 Chan et al. Sep 1999 A
5952972 Ittipiboon et al. Sep 1999 A
5952984 Kuramoto et al. Sep 1999 A
5959578 Kreutel et al. Sep 1999 A
5959590 Sanford et al. Sep 1999 A
5977650 Rickard et al. Nov 1999 A
5982276 Stewart Nov 1999 A
5986331 Letavic et al. Nov 1999 A
5994984 Stancil et al. Nov 1999 A
5994998 Fisher et al. Nov 1999 A
6005694 Liu Dec 1999 A
6005758 Spencer et al. Dec 1999 A
6009124 Smith Dec 1999 A
6011520 Howell et al. Jan 2000 A
6011524 Jervis et al. Jan 2000 A
6014110 Bridges et al. Jan 2000 A
6023619 Kaminsky Feb 2000 A
6026173 Svenson et al. Feb 2000 A
6026208 Will et al. Feb 2000 A
6026331 Feldberg et al. Feb 2000 A
6034638 Thiel et al. Mar 2000 A
6037894 Pfizenmaier et al. Mar 2000 A
6038425 Jeffrey et al. Mar 2000 A
6049647 Register et al. Apr 2000 A
6061035 Kinasewitz et al. May 2000 A
6063234 Chen et al. May 2000 A
6078297 Kormanyos et al. Jun 2000 A
6088001 Burger et al. Jul 2000 A
6095820 Luxon et al. Aug 2000 A
6100846 Li et al. Aug 2000 A
6103031 Aeschbacher et al. Aug 2000 A
6107897 Hewett et al. Aug 2000 A
6111553 Steenbuck et al. Aug 2000 A
6114998 Schefte et al. Sep 2000 A
6122753 Masuo et al. Sep 2000 A
6140911 Fisher et al. Oct 2000 A
6140976 Locke et al. Oct 2000 A
6142434 Brinkman et al. Nov 2000 A
6146330 Tujino et al. Nov 2000 A
6150612 Grandy et al. Nov 2000 A
6151145 Srivastava et al. Nov 2000 A
6154488 Hunt Nov 2000 A
6158383 Watanabe et al. Dec 2000 A
6166694 Ying et al. Dec 2000 A
6167055 Ganek et al. Dec 2000 A
6175917 Arrow et al. Jan 2001 B1
6177801 Chong et al. Jan 2001 B1
6184828 Shoki et al. Feb 2001 B1
6195058 Nakamura et al. Feb 2001 B1
6195395 Frodsham et al. Feb 2001 B1
6208161 Suda et al. Mar 2001 B1
6208308 Lemons et al. Mar 2001 B1
6208903 Richards et al. Mar 2001 B1
6211836 Manasson et al. Apr 2001 B1
6211837 Crouch et al. Apr 2001 B1
6215443 Komatsu et al. Apr 2001 B1
6222503 Gietema et al. Apr 2001 B1
6225960 Collins et al. May 2001 B1
6229327 Boll et al. May 2001 B1
6239377 Nishikawa et al. May 2001 B1
6239379 Cotter et al. May 2001 B1
6241045 Reeve et al. Jun 2001 B1
6243049 Chandler et al. Jun 2001 B1
6246821 Hemken et al. Jun 2001 B1
6252553 Solomon et al. Jun 2001 B1
6259337 Wen et al. Jul 2001 B1
6266016 Bergstedt et al. Jul 2001 B1
6266025 Popa et al. Jul 2001 B1
6271790 Smith et al. Aug 2001 B2
6271799 Rief et al. Aug 2001 B1
6271952 Epworth et al. Aug 2001 B1
6278357 Croushore et al. Aug 2001 B1
6281855 Aoki et al. Aug 2001 B1
6282354 Jones et al. Aug 2001 B1
6292139 Yamamoto et al. Sep 2001 B1
6292143 Romanofsky et al. Sep 2001 B1
6301420 Greenaway et al. Oct 2001 B1
6311288 Heeren et al. Oct 2001 B1
6317092 de Schweinitz et al. Nov 2001 B1
6320509 Brady et al. Nov 2001 B1
6323819 Ergene et al. Nov 2001 B1
6329959 Varadan et al. Dec 2001 B1
6348683 Verghese et al. Feb 2002 B1
6351247 Linstrom et al. Feb 2002 B1
6357709 Parduhn et al. Mar 2002 B1
6362789 Trumbull et al. Mar 2002 B1
6366238 DeMore et al. Apr 2002 B1
6373436 Chen et al. Apr 2002 B1
6396440 Chen et al. May 2002 B1
6404773 Williams et al. Jun 2002 B1
6421021 Rupp et al. Jul 2002 B1
6433736 Timothy et al. Aug 2002 B1
6433741 Tanizaki et al. Aug 2002 B2
6436536 Peruzzotti et al. Aug 2002 B2
6445351 Baker et al. Sep 2002 B1
6445774 Kidder et al. Sep 2002 B1
6452467 McEwan Sep 2002 B1
6452923 Gerszberg et al. Sep 2002 B1
6455769 Belli et al. Sep 2002 B1
6456251 Rao et al. Sep 2002 B1
6462700 Schmidt et al. Oct 2002 B1
6463295 Yun et al. Oct 2002 B1
6469676 Fehrenbach et al. Oct 2002 B1
6473049 Takeuchi et al. Oct 2002 B2
6483470 Hohnstein et al. Nov 2002 B1
6489928 Sakurada Dec 2002 B2
6489931 Liu et al. Dec 2002 B2
6501433 Popa et al. Dec 2002 B2
6507573 Brandt et al. Jan 2003 B1
6510152 Gerszberg et al. Jan 2003 B1
6515635 Chiang et al. Feb 2003 B2
6522305 Sharman et al. Feb 2003 B2
6531991 Adachi et al. Mar 2003 B2
6532215 Muntz et al. Mar 2003 B1
6534996 Amrany et al. Mar 2003 B1
6542739 Garner Apr 2003 B1
6549106 Martin et al. Apr 2003 B2
6549173 King et al. Apr 2003 B1
6552693 Leisten et al. Apr 2003 B1
6563981 Weisberg et al. May 2003 B2
6567573 Domash et al. May 2003 B1
6573803 Ziegner et al. Jun 2003 B1
6573813 Joannopoulos et al. Jun 2003 B1
6580295 Takekuma et al. Jun 2003 B2
6584084 Barany et al. Jun 2003 B1
6584252 Schier et al. Jun 2003 B1
6587077 Vail et al. Jul 2003 B2
6593893 Hou et al. Jul 2003 B2
6596944 Clark et al. Jul 2003 B1
6600456 Gothard et al. Jul 2003 B2
6606057 Chiang et al. Aug 2003 B2
6606066 Fawcett et al. Aug 2003 B1
6606077 Ebling et al. Aug 2003 B2
6628859 Huang et al. Sep 2003 B2
6631229 Norris et al. Oct 2003 B1
6639484 Tzuang et al. Oct 2003 B2
6639566 Knop et al. Oct 2003 B2
6642887 Owechko et al. Nov 2003 B2
6643254 Abe et al. Nov 2003 B1
6650296 Wong et al. Nov 2003 B2
6653598 Sullivan et al. Nov 2003 B2
6657437 LeCroy et al. Dec 2003 B1
6659655 Dair et al. Dec 2003 B2
6661391 Ohara et al. Dec 2003 B2
6671824 Hyland et al. Dec 2003 B1
6675024 Loke Jan 2004 B1
6677899 Lee et al. Jan 2004 B1
6680903 Moriguchi et al. Jan 2004 B1
6683580 Kuramoto Jan 2004 B2
6686832 Abraham et al. Feb 2004 B2
6686873 Patel et al. Feb 2004 B2
6686875 Wolfson et al. Feb 2004 B1
6697027 Mahon et al. Feb 2004 B2
6697030 Gleener Feb 2004 B2
6703981 Meitzler et al. Mar 2004 B2
6714165 Verstraeten Mar 2004 B2
6720935 Lamensdorf et al. Apr 2004 B2
6725035 Jochim et al. Apr 2004 B2
6727470 Reichle et al. Apr 2004 B2
6728439 Weisberg et al. Apr 2004 B2
6731649 Silverman May 2004 B1
6741705 Nelson et al. May 2004 B1
6750827 Manasson et al. Jun 2004 B2
6755312 Dziedzic et al. Jun 2004 B2
6756538 Murga-Gonzalez et al. Jun 2004 B1
6765479 Stewart et al. Jul 2004 B2
6768456 Lalezari et al. Jul 2004 B1
6768471 Bostwick et al. Jul 2004 B2
6768474 Hunt et al. Jul 2004 B2
6771216 Patel et al. Aug 2004 B2
6771225 Tits et al. Aug 2004 B2
6771739 Beamon et al. Aug 2004 B1
6774859 Schantz et al. Aug 2004 B2
6788865 Kawanishi et al. Sep 2004 B2
6788951 Aoki et al. Sep 2004 B2
6789119 Zhu et al. Sep 2004 B1
6792290 Proctor, Jr. et al. Sep 2004 B2
6809633 Cern et al. Oct 2004 B2
6809695 Le Bayon et al. Oct 2004 B2
6812895 Anderson et al. Nov 2004 B2
6822615 Quan et al. Nov 2004 B2
6839032 Teshirogi et al. Jan 2005 B2
6839160 Tsuda et al. Jan 2005 B2
6839846 Mangold et al. Jan 2005 B2
6842157 Phelan et al. Jan 2005 B2
6842430 Melnik et al. Jan 2005 B1
6850128 Park Feb 2005 B2
6859185 Royalty et al. Feb 2005 B2
6859187 Ohlsson et al. Feb 2005 B2
6859590 Zaccone Feb 2005 B1
6864851 McGrath et al. Mar 2005 B2
6867744 Toncich et al. Mar 2005 B2
6868258 Hayata et al. Mar 2005 B2
6870465 Song et al. Mar 2005 B1
6885674 Hunt et al. Apr 2005 B2
6886065 Sides et al. Apr 2005 B2
6888623 Clements May 2005 B2
6901064 Billhartz et al. May 2005 B2
6904218 Sun et al. Jun 2005 B2
6906676 Killen et al. Jun 2005 B2
6906681 Hoppenstein et al. Jun 2005 B2
6909893 Aoki et al. Jun 2005 B2
6917974 Stytz et al. Jul 2005 B1
6920289 Zimmerman et al. Jul 2005 B2
6920315 Wilcox et al. Jul 2005 B1
6922135 Abraham et al. Jul 2005 B2
6924776 Le et al. Aug 2005 B2
6933887 Regnier et al. Aug 2005 B2
6934655 Jones et al. Aug 2005 B2
6937595 Barzegar et al. Aug 2005 B2
6943553 Zimmermann et al. Sep 2005 B2
6944555 Blackett et al. Sep 2005 B2
6947376 Deng et al. Sep 2005 B1
6947635 Kohns et al. Sep 2005 B2
6950567 Kline et al. Sep 2005 B2
6952143 Kinayman et al. Oct 2005 B2
6952183 Yuanzhu et al. Oct 2005 B2
6958729 Metz et al. Oct 2005 B1
6965302 Mollenkopf et al. Nov 2005 B2
6965355 Durham et al. Nov 2005 B1
6965784 Kanamaluru et al. Nov 2005 B2
6970502 Kim et al. Nov 2005 B2
6972729 Wang et al. Dec 2005 B2
6980091 White, II et al. Dec 2005 B2
6982611 Cope et al. Jan 2006 B2
6982679 Kralovec et al. Jan 2006 B2
6983174 Hoppenstein et al. Jan 2006 B2
6985118 Killen et al. Jan 2006 B2
6992639 Lier et al. Jan 2006 B1
6999667 Jang et al. Feb 2006 B2
7008120 Zaborsky et al. Mar 2006 B2
7009471 Elmore Mar 2006 B2
7012489 Fisher et al. Mar 2006 B2
7012572 Schaffner et al. Mar 2006 B1
7016585 Diggle, III et al. Mar 2006 B2
7019704 Weiss et al. Mar 2006 B2
7023400 Hill et al. Apr 2006 B2
7026917 Berkman et al. Apr 2006 B2
7027003 Sasaki et al. Apr 2006 B2
7032016 Cerami et al. Apr 2006 B2
7039048 Monta et al. May 2006 B1
7042403 Sievenpiper et al. May 2006 B2
7042416 Kingsley et al. May 2006 B2
7042420 Ebling et al. May 2006 B2
7043271 Seto et al. May 2006 B1
7054286 Ertel et al. May 2006 B2
7054376 Rubinstain et al. May 2006 B1
7054513 Herz et al. May 2006 B2
7055148 Marsh et al. May 2006 B2
7057558 Yasuho et al. Jun 2006 B2
7057573 Ohira et al. Jun 2006 B2
7061370 Cern et al. Jun 2006 B2
7061891 Kilfoyle et al. Jun 2006 B1
7068998 Zavidniak et al. Jun 2006 B2
7069163 Gunther et al. Jun 2006 B2
7075414 Giannini et al. Jul 2006 B2
7075485 Song et al. Jul 2006 B2
7075496 Hidai et al. Jul 2006 B2
7082321 Kuwahara et al. Jul 2006 B2
7088306 Chiang et al. Aug 2006 B2
7098405 Glew et al. Aug 2006 B2
7098773 Berkman et al. Aug 2006 B2
7102581 West et al. Sep 2006 B1
7106265 Robertson et al. Sep 2006 B2
7106273 Brunson et al. Sep 2006 B1
7113002 Otsuka et al. Sep 2006 B2
7113134 Berkman et al. Sep 2006 B1
7119755 Harvey et al. Oct 2006 B2
7120345 Naitou et al. Oct 2006 B2
7122012 Bouton et al. Oct 2006 B2
7123191 Goldberg et al. Oct 2006 B2
7123801 Fitz et al. Oct 2006 B2
7126711 Fruth Oct 2006 B2
7130516 Wu et al. Oct 2006 B2
7132950 Stewart et al. Nov 2006 B2
7133930 Munger et al. Nov 2006 B2
7134012 Doyle et al. Nov 2006 B2
7134135 Cerami et al. Nov 2006 B2
7136397 Sharma et al. Nov 2006 B2
7136772 Duchi et al. Nov 2006 B2
7137605 Guertler et al. Nov 2006 B1
7138767 Chen et al. Nov 2006 B2
7138958 Syed et al. Nov 2006 B2
7139328 Thomas et al. Nov 2006 B2
7145440 Gerszberg et al. Dec 2006 B2
7151497 Crystal et al. Dec 2006 B2
7161934 Buchsbaum et al. Jan 2007 B2
7167139 Kim et al. Jan 2007 B2
7171087 Takahashi et al. Jan 2007 B2
7171493 Shu et al. Jan 2007 B2
7176589 Rouquette et al. Feb 2007 B2
7180459 Damini et al. Feb 2007 B2
7180467 Fabrega-Sanchez Feb 2007 B2
7183991 Bhattacharyya et al. Feb 2007 B2
7193562 Kish et al. Mar 2007 B2
7194528 Davidow et al. Mar 2007 B1
7199680 Fukunaga et al. Apr 2007 B2
7200391 Chung et al. Apr 2007 B2
7200658 Goeller et al. Apr 2007 B2
7205950 Imai et al. Apr 2007 B2
7212163 Huang et al. May 2007 B2
7215220 Jia et al. May 2007 B1
7215928 Gage et al. May 2007 B2
7218285 Davis et al. May 2007 B2
7224170 Graham et al. May 2007 B2
7224243 Cope et al. May 2007 B2
7224272 White, II et al. May 2007 B2
7224320 Cook et al. May 2007 B2
7224985 Caci et al. May 2007 B2
7228123 Moursund et al. Jun 2007 B2
7234413 Suzuki et al. Jun 2007 B2
7234895 Richardson et al. Jun 2007 B2
7239284 Staal et al. Jul 2007 B1
7243610 Ishii et al. Jul 2007 B2
7248148 Kline et al. Jul 2007 B2
7250772 Furse et al. Jul 2007 B2
7259657 Mollenkopf et al. Aug 2007 B2
7260424 Schmidt et al. Aug 2007 B2
7266154 Gundrum et al. Sep 2007 B2
7266275 Hansen et al. Sep 2007 B2
7272281 Stahulak et al. Sep 2007 B2
7272362 Jeong et al. Sep 2007 B2
7274305 Luttrell Sep 2007 B1
7274936 Stern-Berkowitz et al. Sep 2007 B2
7276990 Sievenpiper et al. Oct 2007 B2
7280033 Berkman et al. Oct 2007 B2
7282922 Lo et al. Oct 2007 B2
7289449 Rubinstein et al. Oct 2007 B1
7289704 Wagman et al. Oct 2007 B1
7289828 Cha et al. Oct 2007 B2
7295161 Gaucher et al. Nov 2007 B2
7297869 Hiller et al. Nov 2007 B2
7301424 Suarez-gartner et al. Nov 2007 B2
7301440 Mollenkopf Nov 2007 B2
7307357 Kopp et al. Dec 2007 B2
7307596 West et al. Dec 2007 B1
7308264 Stern-Berkowitz et al. Dec 2007 B2
7308370 Mason, Jr. et al. Dec 2007 B2
7310335 Garcia-Luna-Aceves et al. Dec 2007 B1
7311605 Moser Dec 2007 B2
7312686 Bruno Dec 2007 B2
7313087 Patil et al. Dec 2007 B2
7313312 Kimball et al. Dec 2007 B2
7315224 Gurovich et al. Jan 2008 B2
7315678 Siegel Jan 2008 B2
7318564 Marshall et al. Jan 2008 B1
7319717 Zitting et al. Jan 2008 B2
7321291 Gidge et al. Jan 2008 B2
7321707 Noda et al. Jan 2008 B2
7324046 Wu et al. Jan 2008 B1
7324817 Iacono et al. Jan 2008 B2
7329815 Johnston et al. Feb 2008 B2
7333064 Timothy et al. Feb 2008 B1
7333593 Beamon et al. Feb 2008 B2
7339466 Mansfield et al. Mar 2008 B2
7339897 Larsson et al. Mar 2008 B2
7340768 Rosenberger et al. Mar 2008 B2
7345623 McEwan et al. Mar 2008 B2
7346244 Gowan et al. Mar 2008 B2
7346359 Damarla et al. Mar 2008 B2
7353293 Hipfinger et al. Apr 2008 B2
7355560 Nagai et al. Apr 2008 B2
7358808 Berkman et al. Apr 2008 B2
7358921 Snyder et al. Apr 2008 B2
7369085 Jacomb-Hood et al. May 2008 B1
7380272 Sharp et al. May 2008 B2
7381089 Hosler, Sr. Jun 2008 B2
7382232 Gidge et al. Jun 2008 B2
7383577 Hrastar et al. Jun 2008 B2
7388450 Camiade et al. Jun 2008 B2
7397422 Tekawy et al. Jul 2008 B2
7398946 Marshall Jul 2008 B1
7400304 Lewis et al. Jul 2008 B2
7406337 Kim et al. Jul 2008 B2
7408426 Broyde et al. Aug 2008 B2
7408923 Khan et al. Aug 2008 B1
7417587 Iskander et al. Aug 2008 B2
7418178 Kudou et al. Aug 2008 B2
7420474 Elks et al. Sep 2008 B1
7420525 Colburn et al. Sep 2008 B2
7426554 Kennedy et al. Sep 2008 B2
7430257 Shattil et al. Sep 2008 B1
7430932 Mekhanoshin et al. Oct 2008 B2
7443334 Rees et al. Oct 2008 B2
7444404 Wetherall et al. Oct 2008 B2
7446567 Otsuka et al. Nov 2008 B2
7450001 Berkman Nov 2008 B2
7453352 Kline et al. Nov 2008 B2
7453393 Duivenvoorden et al. Nov 2008 B2
7456650 Lee et al. Nov 2008 B2
7459834 Knowles et al. Dec 2008 B2
7460834 Johnson et al. Dec 2008 B2
7463877 Iwamura Dec 2008 B2
7465879 Glew et al. Dec 2008 B2
7466225 White, II et al. Dec 2008 B2
7468657 Yaney Dec 2008 B2
7479841 Stenger et al. Jan 2009 B2
7490275 Zerbe et al. Feb 2009 B2
7492317 Tinsley et al. Feb 2009 B2
7496674 Jorgensen et al. Feb 2009 B2
7508834 Berkman et al. Mar 2009 B2
7509009 Suzuki et al. Mar 2009 B2
7509675 Aaron et al. Mar 2009 B2
7512090 Benitez Pelaez et al. Mar 2009 B2
7516487 Szeto et al. Apr 2009 B1
7518529 O'Sullivan et al. Apr 2009 B2
7518952 Padden et al. Apr 2009 B1
7519323 Mohebbi et al. Apr 2009 B2
7522115 Waltman et al. Apr 2009 B2
7522812 Zitting Apr 2009 B2
7525501 Black et al. Apr 2009 B2
7531803 Mittleman et al. May 2009 B2
7532792 Skovgaard et al. May 2009 B2
7535867 Kilfoyle et al. May 2009 B1
7539381 Li et al. May 2009 B2
7541981 Piskun et al. Jun 2009 B2
7545818 Chen et al. Jun 2009 B2
7546214 Rivers, Jr. et al. Jun 2009 B2
7554998 Simonsson et al. Jun 2009 B2
7555182 Martin et al. Jun 2009 B2
7555186 De et al. Jun 2009 B2
7555187 Bickham et al. Jun 2009 B2
7557563 Cowan et al. Jul 2009 B2
7561025 Gerszberg et al. Jul 2009 B2
7567154 Elmore Jul 2009 B2
7567740 Bayindir et al. Jul 2009 B2
7570137 Kintis et al. Aug 2009 B2
7570470 Holley Aug 2009 B2
7573891 Chow Aug 2009 B1
7577398 Tennant et al. Aug 2009 B2
7580643 Moore et al. Aug 2009 B2
7581702 Wheeler et al. Sep 2009 B2
7583074 Lynch et al. Sep 2009 B1
7584470 Barker et al. Sep 2009 B2
7589470 Oksuz et al. Sep 2009 B2
7589686 Balzovsky et al. Sep 2009 B2
7590404 Johnson Sep 2009 B1
7591020 Kammer et al. Sep 2009 B2
7591792 Bouton et al. Sep 2009 B2
7596222 Jonas et al. Sep 2009 B2
7598844 Corcoran et al. Oct 2009 B2
7602333 Hiramatsu et al. Oct 2009 B2
7602815 Houghton et al. Oct 2009 B2
7620370 Barak et al. Nov 2009 B2
7625131 Zienkewicz et al. Dec 2009 B2
7626489 Berkman et al. Dec 2009 B2
7626542 Kober et al. Dec 2009 B2
7627300 Abramov et al. Dec 2009 B2
7633442 Lynch et al. Dec 2009 B2
7634250 Prasad et al. Dec 2009 B1
7639201 Marklein et al. Dec 2009 B2
7640562 Bouilloux-Lafont et al. Dec 2009 B2
7640581 Brenton et al. Dec 2009 B1
7653363 Karr et al. Jan 2010 B2
RE41147 Pang et al. Feb 2010 E
7656167 McLean et al. Feb 2010 B1
7660252 Huang et al. Feb 2010 B1
7660328 Oz et al. Feb 2010 B1
7664117 Lou et al. Feb 2010 B2
7669049 Wang et al. Feb 2010 B2
7671701 Radtke Mar 2010 B2
7671820 Tokoro et al. Mar 2010 B2
7676679 Weis et al. Mar 2010 B2
7680478 Willars et al. Mar 2010 B2
7680516 Lovberg et al. Mar 2010 B2
7680561 Rodgers et al. Mar 2010 B2
7683848 Musch et al. Mar 2010 B2
7684383 Thompson et al. Mar 2010 B1
7693079 Cerami et al. Apr 2010 B2
7693162 McKenna et al. Apr 2010 B2
7693939 Wu et al. Apr 2010 B2
7697417 Chen et al. Apr 2010 B2
7701931 Kajiwara Apr 2010 B2
7705747 Twitchell, Jr. Apr 2010 B2
7714536 Silberg et al. May 2010 B1
7715672 Dong et al. May 2010 B2
7716660 Mackay et al. May 2010 B2
7724782 Wang et al. May 2010 B2
7728772 Mortazawi et al. Jun 2010 B2
7729285 Yoon et al. Jun 2010 B2
7733094 Bright et al. Jun 2010 B2
7734717 Saarimäki et al. Jun 2010 B2
7739402 Graham et al. Jun 2010 B2
7743403 McCarty et al. Jun 2010 B2
7747356 Andarawis et al. Jun 2010 B2
7747774 Aaron et al. Jun 2010 B2
7750244 Melding et al. Jul 2010 B1
7750763 Praβmayer et al. Jul 2010 B2
7760978 Fishteyn et al. Jul 2010 B2
7761079 Mollenkopf et al. Jul 2010 B2
7764943 Radtke et al. Jul 2010 B2
7773664 Myers et al. Aug 2010 B2
7782156 Woods et al. Aug 2010 B2
7783195 Riggsby et al. Aug 2010 B2
7786894 Polk et al. Aug 2010 B2
7786945 Baldauf et al. Aug 2010 B2
7786946 Diaz et al. Aug 2010 B2
7791549 Clymer et al. Sep 2010 B2
7792016 Arai et al. Sep 2010 B2
7795877 Radtke et al. Sep 2010 B2
7795994 Radtke et al. Sep 2010 B2
7796025 Berkman et al. Sep 2010 B2
7796890 Johnson Sep 2010 B1
7805029 Bayindir et al. Sep 2010 B2
7808441 Parsche et al. Oct 2010 B2
7809223 Miyabe et al. Oct 2010 B2
7812686 Woods et al. Oct 2010 B2
7812778 Hasegawa et al. Oct 2010 B2
7813344 Cheswick Oct 2010 B2
7817063 Hawkins et al. Oct 2010 B2
7825793 Spillman et al. Nov 2010 B1
7825867 Tuttle et al. Nov 2010 B2
7826602 Hunyady et al. Nov 2010 B1
7827610 Wang et al. Nov 2010 B2
7830228 Brown et al. Nov 2010 B2
7835128 Divan et al. Nov 2010 B2
7835600 Yap et al. Nov 2010 B1
7843375 Rennie et al. Nov 2010 B1
7848517 Britz et al. Dec 2010 B2
7852752 Kano Dec 2010 B2
7852837 Au et al. Dec 2010 B1
7855612 Zienkewicz et al. Dec 2010 B2
7856007 Corcoran et al. Dec 2010 B2
7869391 Lee et al. Jan 2011 B2
7872610 Motzer et al. Jan 2011 B2
7873249 Kachmar et al. Jan 2011 B2
7876174 Radtke et al. Jan 2011 B2
7884285 Spencer Feb 2011 B2
7884648 Broyde et al. Feb 2011 B2
7885542 Riggsby et al. Feb 2011 B2
7889129 Fox et al. Feb 2011 B2
7889148 Diaz et al. Feb 2011 B2
7889149 Peebles et al. Feb 2011 B2
7890053 Washiro Feb 2011 B2
7893789 Paynter et al. Feb 2011 B2
7894770 Washiro et al. Feb 2011 B2
7903918 Bickham et al. Mar 2011 B1
7903972 Riggsby et al. Mar 2011 B2
7906973 Orr et al. Mar 2011 B1
7915980 Hardacker et al. Mar 2011 B2
7916081 Lakkis et al. Mar 2011 B2
7925235 Konya et al. Apr 2011 B2
7929940 Dianda et al. Apr 2011 B1
7930750 Gauvin et al. Apr 2011 B1
7937699 Schneider et al. May 2011 B2
7940207 Kienzle et al. May 2011 B1
7940731 Gao et al. May 2011 B2
7945678 Skene May 2011 B1
7956818 Hsu et al. Jun 2011 B1
7958120 Muntz et al. Jun 2011 B2
7962957 Keohane et al. Jun 2011 B2
7965842 Whelan et al. Jun 2011 B2
7970365 Martin et al. Jun 2011 B2
7970937 Shuster et al. Jun 2011 B2
7971053 Gibson, Sr. et al. Jun 2011 B2
7974387 Lutz et al. Jul 2011 B2
7983740 Culver et al. Jul 2011 B2
7986711 Horvath et al. Jul 2011 B2
7990329 Deng et al. Aug 2011 B2
7991877 Keohane et al. Aug 2011 B2
7992014 Langgood et al. Aug 2011 B2
7994996 Rebeiz et al. Aug 2011 B2
7994999 Maeda et al. Aug 2011 B2
7997546 Andersen et al. Aug 2011 B1
8013694 Sagala et al. Sep 2011 B2
8019288 Yu et al. Sep 2011 B2
8022885 Smoyer et al. Sep 2011 B2
8022887 Zarnaghi et al. Sep 2011 B1
8027391 Matsubara et al. Sep 2011 B2
8036207 Chen et al. Oct 2011 B2
8049576 Broyde et al. Nov 2011 B2
8059576 Vavik et al. Nov 2011 B2
8059593 Shih et al. Nov 2011 B2
8064944 Yun et al. Nov 2011 B2
8065099 Gibala et al. Nov 2011 B2
8069483 Matlock et al. Nov 2011 B1
8072323 Kodama et al. Dec 2011 B2
8072386 Lier et al. Dec 2011 B2
8073810 Maes Dec 2011 B2
8077049 Yaney et al. Dec 2011 B2
8077113 Renilson et al. Dec 2011 B2
8081854 Yoon et al. Dec 2011 B2
8089404 Nichols et al. Jan 2012 B2
8089952 Spade et al. Jan 2012 B2
8090258 DeLew et al. Jan 2012 B2
8090379 Lambert et al. Jan 2012 B2
8094081 Boone et al. Jan 2012 B1
8094985 Imamura et al. Jan 2012 B2
8095093 Takinami et al. Jan 2012 B2
8098198 Thiesen et al. Jan 2012 B2
8102324 Tuau et al. Jan 2012 B2
8102779 Kim et al. Jan 2012 B2
RE43163 Andrews Feb 2012 E
8111148 Parker et al. Feb 2012 B2
8112649 Potkonjak et al. Feb 2012 B2
8120488 Bloy et al. Feb 2012 B2
8121624 Cai et al. Feb 2012 B2
8125282 Bao et al. Feb 2012 B2
8125399 McKinzie et al. Feb 2012 B2
8126393 Wu et al. Feb 2012 B2
8129817 Jou et al. Mar 2012 B2
8131125 Molin et al. Mar 2012 B2
8131266 Cai et al. Mar 2012 B2
8132239 Wahl Mar 2012 B2
8134424 Kato et al. Mar 2012 B2
8134458 Lund Mar 2012 B2
8140113 Rofougaran et al. Mar 2012 B2
8150311 Hart et al. Apr 2012 B2
8151306 Rakib Apr 2012 B2
8156520 Casagrande et al. Apr 2012 B2
8159316 Miyazato et al. Apr 2012 B2
8159385 Farneth et al. Apr 2012 B2
8159394 Hayes et al. Apr 2012 B2
8159742 Dong et al. Apr 2012 B2
8159933 Henry Apr 2012 B2
8159955 Larsson et al. Apr 2012 B2
8160064 Kokernak et al. Apr 2012 B2
8160530 Corman et al. Apr 2012 B2
8160825 Roe, Jr. et al. Apr 2012 B1
8164531 Lier et al. Apr 2012 B2
8171146 Chen et al. May 2012 B2
8172173 Carlson et al. May 2012 B2
8173943 Vilo et al. May 2012 B2
8175535 Mu et al. May 2012 B2
8175649 Harel et al. May 2012 B2
8179787 Knapp et al. May 2012 B2
8180917 Yan et al. May 2012 B1
8184015 Lilien et al. May 2012 B2
8184059 Bunch et al. May 2012 B2
8184311 Sakai et al. May 2012 B2
8185062 Rofougaran et al. May 2012 B2
8188855 Sharma et al. May 2012 B2
8199762 Michelson et al. Jun 2012 B2
8203501 Kim et al. Jun 2012 B2
8212635 Miller, II et al. Jul 2012 B2
8212722 Ngo et al. Jul 2012 B2
8213758 Dong et al. Jul 2012 B2
8218929 Bickham et al. Jul 2012 B2
8222919 Broyde et al. Jul 2012 B2
8222977 Oyama et al. Jul 2012 B2
8225379 van de Groenendaal et al. Jul 2012 B2
8233905 Vaswani et al. Jul 2012 B2
8237617 Johnson et al. Aug 2012 B1
8238824 Washiro Aug 2012 B2
8242358 Park et al. Aug 2012 B2
8243603 Gossain et al. Aug 2012 B2
8249028 Porras et al. Aug 2012 B2
8251307 Goossen et al. Aug 2012 B2
8253516 Miller, II et al. Aug 2012 B2
8255952 Boylan, III et al. Aug 2012 B2
8258743 Tyler et al. Sep 2012 B2
8259028 Hills et al. Sep 2012 B2
8264417 Snow et al. Sep 2012 B2
8269583 Miller, II et al. Sep 2012 B2
8295301 Yonge, III et al. Oct 2012 B2
8300538 Kim et al. Oct 2012 B2
8300640 Al-Banna et al. Oct 2012 B2
8316228 Winslow et al. Nov 2012 B2
8316364 Stein et al. Nov 2012 B2
8324990 Vouloumanos Dec 2012 B2
8325693 Binder et al. Dec 2012 B2
8343145 Brannan et al. Jan 2013 B2
8344829 Miller, II et al. Jan 2013 B2
8363313 Nakaguma et al. Jan 2013 B2
8369667 Rose et al. Feb 2013 B2
8373095 Huynh et al. Feb 2013 B2
8373597 Schadler et al. Feb 2013 B2
8374821 Rousselle et al. Feb 2013 B2
8384600 Huang et al. Feb 2013 B2
8385978 Leung et al. Feb 2013 B2
8386198 Lancaster Feb 2013 B2
8390402 Kunes et al. Mar 2013 B2
8405567 Park et al. Mar 2013 B2
8406239 Hurwitz et al. Mar 2013 B2
8406593 Molin et al. Mar 2013 B2
8407687 Moshir et al. Mar 2013 B2
8412130 Suematsu et al. Apr 2013 B2
8414326 Bowman Apr 2013 B2
8415884 Chen et al. Apr 2013 B2
8428033 Hettstedt et al. Apr 2013 B2
8433168 Filippov et al. Apr 2013 B2
8434103 Tsuchida et al. Apr 2013 B2
8437383 Wiwel et al. May 2013 B2
8457027 Dougherty et al. Jun 2013 B2
8458453 Mahalingaiah et al. Jun 2013 B1
8462063 Gummalla et al. Jun 2013 B2
8467363 Lea et al. Jun 2013 B2
8468244 Redlich et al. Jun 2013 B2
8472327 DelRegno et al. Jun 2013 B2
8484511 Tidwell et al. Jul 2013 B2
8495718 Han et al. Jul 2013 B2
8497749 Elmore Jul 2013 B2
8503845 Winzer et al. Aug 2013 B2
8505057 Rogers Aug 2013 B2
8509114 Szajdecki Aug 2013 B1
8514980 Kuhtz Aug 2013 B2
8515383 Prince et al. Aug 2013 B2
8516470 Joshi et al. Aug 2013 B1
8516474 Lamba et al. Aug 2013 B2
8519892 Ding et al. Aug 2013 B2
8520578 Rayment et al. Aug 2013 B2
8520636 Xu Aug 2013 B2
8528059 Saluzzo et al. Sep 2013 B1
8532023 Buddhikot et al. Sep 2013 B2
8532046 Hu et al. Sep 2013 B2
8532492 Sadowski et al. Sep 2013 B2
8536857 Nero, Jr. et al. Sep 2013 B2
8537068 Call et al. Sep 2013 B2
8537705 Afkhamie et al. Sep 2013 B2
8539540 Zenoni Sep 2013 B2
8539569 Mansour Sep 2013 B2
8542968 Dong et al. Sep 2013 B2
8548294 Toge et al. Oct 2013 B2
8553646 Kumar Oct 2013 B2
8561104 Dow et al. Oct 2013 B1
8561181 Sobel et al. Oct 2013 B1
8565568 Bigot-Astruc et al. Oct 2013 B2
8572247 Larson et al. Oct 2013 B2
8572639 Ficco Oct 2013 B2
8572661 Strong et al. Oct 2013 B2
8578076 van der Linden et al. Nov 2013 B2
8578486 Lifliand et al. Nov 2013 B2
8582502 Conte Nov 2013 B2
8584195 Sherlock et al. Nov 2013 B2
8587490 Niver et al. Nov 2013 B2
8587492 Runyon et al. Nov 2013 B2
8588567 Kamps et al. Nov 2013 B2
8588840 Truong et al. Nov 2013 B2
8588991 Forbes, Jr. Nov 2013 B1
8593238 Miller, II et al. Nov 2013 B2
8594956 Mcbee et al. Nov 2013 B2
8600602 Watson et al. Dec 2013 B1
8604982 Gummalla et al. Dec 2013 B2
8604999 Abumrad et al. Dec 2013 B2
8605579 Abraham et al. Dec 2013 B2
8612550 Yoo et al. Dec 2013 B2
8613020 Knudson et al. Dec 2013 B2
8615190 Lu Dec 2013 B2
8625547 Miller et al. Jan 2014 B1
8629811 Gaynor et al. Jan 2014 B2
8639934 Kruglick Jan 2014 B2
8644219 Nishizaka et al. Feb 2014 B2
8653906 Mahon et al. Feb 2014 B2
8655396 Malladi et al. Feb 2014 B2
8656458 Heffez et al. Feb 2014 B2
8660526 Heiderscheit et al. Feb 2014 B1
8660698 Phillips et al. Feb 2014 B2
8665102 Salewske et al. Mar 2014 B2
8666553 Phillips et al. Mar 2014 B2
8674630 Cornelius et al. Mar 2014 B1
8676186 Niu Mar 2014 B2
8680450 Pritchard et al. Mar 2014 B2
8681463 Franks et al. Mar 2014 B2
8686911 Kim et al. Apr 2014 B2
8687650 King Apr 2014 B2
8688153 Komori et al. Apr 2014 B2
8699454 Hapsari et al. Apr 2014 B2
8699461 Qian et al. Apr 2014 B2
8705925 Terada et al. Apr 2014 B2
8706026 Truong et al. Apr 2014 B2
8707432 Rathi et al. Apr 2014 B1
8711732 Johnson et al. Apr 2014 B2
8711806 Lim et al. Apr 2014 B2
8711857 Jackson et al. Apr 2014 B2
8712200 Abernathy et al. Apr 2014 B1
8719938 Demeter et al. May 2014 B2
8723730 Lu et al. May 2014 B2
8724102 Urban et al. May 2014 B2
8731358 Pare et al. May 2014 B2
8732476 Van et al. May 2014 B1
8737793 Imamura et al. May 2014 B2
8738318 Spillane May 2014 B2
8743004 Haziza Jun 2014 B2
8749449 Caldwell et al. Jun 2014 B2
8750097 Maenpaa et al. Jun 2014 B2
8750664 Huang et al. Jun 2014 B2
8755659 Imamura et al. Jun 2014 B2
8760354 Flannery et al. Jun 2014 B2
8761792 Sennett et al. Jun 2014 B2
8763097 Bhatnagar et al. Jun 2014 B2
8767071 Marshall Jul 2014 B1
8769622 Chang et al. Jul 2014 B2
8780012 Llombart Juan et al. Jul 2014 B2
8782195 Foti Jul 2014 B2
8786284 Sirigiri et al. Jul 2014 B2
8786514 Dickie et al. Jul 2014 B2
8789091 Eldering et al. Jul 2014 B2
8792760 Choi et al. Jul 2014 B2
8792933 Chen et al. Jul 2014 B2
8793363 Sater et al. Jul 2014 B2
8793742 Macrae et al. Jul 2014 B2
8797207 Kienzle et al. Aug 2014 B2
8804667 Wang Aug 2014 B2
8806202 Shoemake et al. Aug 2014 B2
8810404 Bertoncini et al. Aug 2014 B2
8810421 Deaver, Sr. et al. Aug 2014 B2
8810468 Cannon et al. Aug 2014 B2
8811278 Hori et al. Aug 2014 B2
8812050 Bencheikh et al. Aug 2014 B1
8812154 Vian et al. Aug 2014 B2
8817741 Shaheen Aug 2014 B2
8824380 Jetcheva et al. Sep 2014 B2
8825239 Cooper et al. Sep 2014 B2
8830112 Buehler et al. Sep 2014 B1
8831506 Claret et al. Sep 2014 B2
8836607 Cook et al. Sep 2014 B2
8839350 Shapcott et al. Sep 2014 B1
8847840 Diaz et al. Sep 2014 B1
8847846 Diaz et al. Sep 2014 B1
8856239 Oliver et al. Oct 2014 B1
8856530 Lamberg et al. Oct 2014 B2
8863245 Abhyanker Oct 2014 B1
8866691 Montgomery et al. Oct 2014 B2
8867226 Colomb et al. Oct 2014 B2
8872032 Su et al. Oct 2014 B2
8875224 Gross et al. Oct 2014 B2
8878740 Coupland et al. Nov 2014 B2
8881588 Baer et al. Nov 2014 B2
8885689 Blasco et al. Nov 2014 B2
8887212 Dua Nov 2014 B2
8890759 Pantea et al. Nov 2014 B2
8893246 El-Moussa et al. Nov 2014 B2
8897215 Hazani et al. Nov 2014 B2
8897695 Becker et al. Nov 2014 B2
8897697 Bennett et al. Nov 2014 B1
8901916 Rodriguez et al. Dec 2014 B2
8903214 Alkeskjold Dec 2014 B2
8907222 Stranskky Dec 2014 B2
8907845 Jones Dec 2014 B2
8908502 Hayashitani Dec 2014 B2
8908573 Wang et al. Dec 2014 B1
8913862 Emmerich et al. Dec 2014 B1
8917210 Shamim et al. Dec 2014 B2
8917215 Pohl Dec 2014 B2
8917964 Blew et al. Dec 2014 B2
8918108 Van et al. Dec 2014 B2
8918135 Kang et al. Dec 2014 B2
8922447 Gao et al. Dec 2014 B2
8925079 Miyake et al. Dec 2014 B2
8934747 Smith et al. Jan 2015 B2
8937577 Gerini et al. Jan 2015 B2
8938144 Hennink et al. Jan 2015 B2
8938255 Dalla et al. Jan 2015 B2
8941912 Ichii et al. Jan 2015 B2
8947258 Reid et al. Feb 2015 B2
8948235 Proctor, Jr. et al. Feb 2015 B2
8952678 Giboney et al. Feb 2015 B2
8955051 Marzii Feb 2015 B2
8955075 Smith et al. Feb 2015 B2
8957818 Chen et al. Feb 2015 B2
8957821 Matyas et al. Feb 2015 B1
8958665 Ziari et al. Feb 2015 B2
8958812 Weiguo Feb 2015 B2
8963424 Neilson et al. Feb 2015 B1
8963790 Brown et al. Feb 2015 B2
8964433 Hai-Maharsi Feb 2015 B2
8966609 Lee et al. Feb 2015 B2
8970438 Hager et al. Mar 2015 B2
8984113 Li et al. Mar 2015 B2
8989788 Kim et al. Mar 2015 B2
8994473 Levi et al. Mar 2015 B2
8994474 Mahon et al. Mar 2015 B2
8996188 Frader-thompson et al. Mar 2015 B2
8996728 Cochinwala et al. Mar 2015 B2
9000353 Seo et al. Apr 2015 B2
9001689 Ponnampalam et al. Apr 2015 B1
9001717 Chun et al. Apr 2015 B2
9003492 Katar Apr 2015 B2
9008208 Khandani Apr 2015 B2
9008513 Kim et al. Apr 2015 B2
9009460 Chen Apr 2015 B2
9014621 Mohebbi Apr 2015 B2
9015467 Buer et al. Apr 2015 B2
9019164 Syed et al. Apr 2015 B2
9019595 Jain et al. Apr 2015 B2
9019892 Zhou et al. Apr 2015 B2
9020555 Sheikh et al. Apr 2015 B2
9021251 Chawla Apr 2015 B2
9021575 Martini Apr 2015 B2
9037516 Abhyanker May 2015 B2
9042245 Tzannes et al. May 2015 B2
9042812 Bennett et al. May 2015 B1
9065172 Lewry et al. Jun 2015 B2
9070962 Kobayashi Jun 2015 B2
9082307 Sharawi Jul 2015 B2
9083083 Hills et al. Jul 2015 B2
9094407 Matthieu Jul 2015 B1
9098325 Reddin Aug 2015 B2
9099787 Blech Aug 2015 B2
9103864 Ali Aug 2015 B2
9106617 Kshirsagar et al. Aug 2015 B2
9113347 Henry Aug 2015 B2
9119127 Henry Aug 2015 B1
9128941 Shulman Sep 2015 B2
9130641 Mohebbi Sep 2015 B2
9134945 Husain Sep 2015 B2
9137485 Bar-Niv et al. Sep 2015 B2
9142334 Muto et al. Sep 2015 B2
9143084 Perez et al. Sep 2015 B2
9167535 Christoffersson et al. Oct 2015 B2
9173217 Teng et al. Oct 2015 B2
9202371 Jain Dec 2015 B2
9204418 Siomina et al. Dec 2015 B2
9209902 Willis, III et al. Dec 2015 B2
9219594 Khlat Dec 2015 B2
9246231 Ju Jan 2016 B2
9260244 Cohn Feb 2016 B1
9264204 Seo et al. Feb 2016 B2
9265078 Lim et al. Feb 2016 B2
9270013 Ley Feb 2016 B2
9271185 Abdelmonem et al. Feb 2016 B2
9276303 Chang et al. Mar 2016 B2
9276304 Behan Mar 2016 B2
9281564 Vincent Mar 2016 B2
9282144 Tebay et al. Mar 2016 B2
9285461 Townley et al. Mar 2016 B2
9287605 Daughenbaugh et al. Mar 2016 B2
9293798 Ye Mar 2016 B2
9293801 Courtney et al. Mar 2016 B2
9302770 Cohen et al. Apr 2016 B2
9306682 Singh Apr 2016 B2
9312919 Barzegar et al. Apr 2016 B1
9312929 Forenza et al. Apr 2016 B2
9324020 Nazarov Apr 2016 B2
9325067 Ali et al. Apr 2016 B2
9326316 Yonge et al. Apr 2016 B2
9334052 Ubhi et al. May 2016 B2
9338823 Saban et al. May 2016 B2
9346560 Wang May 2016 B2
9350063 Herbsommer et al. May 2016 B2
9351182 Elliott et al. May 2016 B2
9356358 Hu et al. May 2016 B2
9362629 Miller et al. Jun 2016 B2
9363690 Suthar et al. Jun 2016 B1
9363761 Venkatraman Jun 2016 B2
9368275 McBee et al. Jun 2016 B2
9369177 Hui et al. Jun 2016 B2
9379556 Haensgen et al. Jul 2016 B2
9380857 Davis et al. Jul 2016 B2
9391874 Corti et al. Jul 2016 B2
9393683 Kimberlin et al. Jul 2016 B2
9397380 Kudela et al. Jul 2016 B2
9401863 Hui et al. Jul 2016 B2
9414126 Zinevich Aug 2016 B1
9421869 Ananthanarayanan et al. Aug 2016 B1
9422139 Bialkowski et al. Aug 2016 B1
9439092 Chukka et al. Sep 2016 B1
9458974 Townsend, Jr. et al. Oct 2016 B2
9461706 Bennett et al. Oct 2016 B1
9467219 Vilhar Oct 2016 B2
9520945 Gerszberg et al. Dec 2016 B2
9525524 Barzegar et al. Dec 2016 B2
9564947 Stuckman et al. Feb 2017 B2
9608740 Henry et al. Mar 2017 B2
9627768 Henry et al. Apr 2017 B2
9640850 Henry et al. May 2017 B2
9653770 Henry et al. May 2017 B2
9680670 Henry et al. Jun 2017 B2
9705561 Henry et al. Jul 2017 B2
9705571 Gerszberg et al. Jul 2017 B2
9742462 Bennett et al. Aug 2017 B2
9748626 Henry et al. Aug 2017 B2
9749053 Henry et al. Aug 2017 B2
9768833 Fuchs et al. Sep 2017 B2
9769020 Henry et al. Sep 2017 B2
9780834 Henry et al. Oct 2017 B2
9793951 Henry et al. Oct 2017 B2
9793954 Bennett et al. Oct 2017 B2
9847566 Henry et al. Dec 2017 B2
9853342 Henry et al. Dec 2017 B2
9860075 Gerszberg et al. Jan 2018 B1
9865911 Henry et al. Jan 2018 B2
9866309 Bennett et al. Jan 2018 B2
9871282 Henry et al. Jan 2018 B2
9871283 Henry et al. Jan 2018 B2
9876264 Barnickel et al. Jan 2018 B2
9876570 Henry et al. Jan 2018 B2
9876605 Henry et al. Jan 2018 B1
9882257 Henry et al. Jan 2018 B2
9893795 Willis et al. Feb 2018 B1
9912381 Bennett et al. Mar 2018 B2
9917341 Henry et al. Mar 2018 B2
9991580 Henry et al. Jun 2018 B2
9997819 Bennett et al. Jun 2018 B2
9998172 Barzegar et al. Jun 2018 B1
9998870 Bennett et al. Jun 2018 B1
9999038 Barzegar et al. Jun 2018 B2
10003364 Willis, III et al. Jun 2018 B1
10009063 Gerszberg et al. Jun 2018 B2
10009065 Henry Jun 2018 B2
10009067 Birk et al. Jun 2018 B2
10009901 Gerszberg Jun 2018 B2
10027397 Kim Jul 2018 B2
10027427 Vannucci et al. Jul 2018 B2
10033107 Henry et al. Jul 2018 B2
10033108 Henry et al. Jul 2018 B2
10044409 Barzegar et al. Aug 2018 B2
10051483 Barzegar et al. Aug 2018 B2
10051488 Vannucci et al. Aug 2018 B1
10062970 Vannucci et al. Aug 2018 B1
10069535 Vannucci et al. Sep 2018 B2
10079661 Gerszberg et al. Sep 2018 B2
10090606 Henry et al. Oct 2018 B2
10096883 Henry et al. Oct 2018 B2
10103777 Henry et al. Oct 2018 B1
10103801 Bennett et al. Oct 2018 B2
10123217 Barzegar et al. Nov 2018 B1
10129057 Willis, III et al. Nov 2018 B2
10135145 Henry et al. Nov 2018 B2
10136434 Gerszberg et al. Nov 2018 B2
10142086 Bennett et al. Nov 2018 B2
10148016 Johnson et al. Dec 2018 B2
10154493 Bennett Dec 2018 B2
10170840 Henry et al. Jan 2019 B2
10171158 Barzegar et al. Jan 2019 B1
10200106 Barzegar et al. Feb 2019 B1
10205212 Henry et al. Feb 2019 B2
10205231 Henry et al. Feb 2019 B1
10205655 Barzegar et al. Feb 2019 B2
10224981 Henry et al. Mar 2019 B2
10230426 Henry et al. Mar 2019 B1
10230428 Barzegar et al. Mar 2019 B1
10243270 Henry et al. Mar 2019 B2
10244408 Vannucci et al. Mar 2019 B1
10264586 Beattie, Jr. et al. Apr 2019 B2
10276907 Bennett et al. Apr 2019 B2
10284261 Barzegar et al. May 2019 B1
10291286 Henry et al. May 2019 B2
10305190 Britz et al. May 2019 B2
10305192 Rappaport May 2019 B1
10305197 Henry et al. May 2019 B2
10312567 Bennett et al. Jun 2019 B2
10320586 Henry et al. Jun 2019 B2
10326495 Barzegar et al. Jun 2019 B1
10340573 Johnson et al. Jul 2019 B2
10340600 Henry et al. Jul 2019 B2
10340979 Barzegar et al. Jul 2019 B1
10348391 Bennett et al. Jul 2019 B2
10355745 Henry et al. Jul 2019 B2
10361489 Britz et al. Jul 2019 B2
10371889 Barzegar et al. Aug 2019 B1
10374277 Henry et al. Aug 2019 B2
10374278 Henry et al. Aug 2019 B2
10374281 Henry et al. Aug 2019 B2
10374316 Bennett et al. Aug 2019 B2
10389029 Henry et al. Aug 2019 B2
10389037 Johnson et al. Aug 2019 B2
10389403 Henry et al. Aug 2019 B2
10389419 Johnson et al. Aug 2019 B2
10405199 Henry et al. Sep 2019 B1
10411356 Johnson et al. Sep 2019 B2
10411920 Henry et al. Sep 2019 B2
10424845 Johnson et al. Sep 2019 B2
10439290 Adriazola et al. Oct 2019 B2
10446899 Henry et al. Oct 2019 B2
10446936 Henry et al. Oct 2019 B2
10454151 Henry et al. Oct 2019 B2
10469156 Barzegar et al. Nov 2019 B1
10469192 Wolniansky et al. Nov 2019 B2
10469228 Barzegar et al. Nov 2019 B2
10498589 Barzegar et al. Dec 2019 B2
10505248 Henry et al. Dec 2019 B2
10505249 Henry et al. Dec 2019 B2
10505250 Henry et al. Dec 2019 B2
10505252 Stuckman et al. Dec 2019 B2
10505584 Henry et al. Dec 2019 B1
10511346 Henry et al. Dec 2019 B2
10516555 Henry et al. Dec 2019 B2
10523269 Henry et al. Dec 2019 B1
10523388 Gerszberg et al. Dec 2019 B2
10530505 Henry et al. Jan 2020 B2
10547545 Barzegar et al. Jan 2020 B2
10553959 Vannucci et al. Feb 2020 B2
10553960 Vannucci et al. Feb 2020 B2
10554454 Henry et al. Feb 2020 B2
10555249 Barzegar et al. Feb 2020 B2
10555318 Willis, III et al. Feb 2020 B2
10581275 Vannucci et al. Mar 2020 B2
10587310 Bennett et al. Mar 2020 B1
10601494 Vannucci Mar 2020 B2
10608312 Henry et al. Mar 2020 B2
10623033 Henry et al. Apr 2020 B1
10623056 Bennett et al. Apr 2020 B1
10623057 Bennett et al. Apr 2020 B1
10629995 Rappaport Apr 2020 B2
10637149 Britz Apr 2020 B2
10637535 Vannucci et al. Apr 2020 B1
20010030789 Jiang et al. Oct 2001 A1
20020002040 Kline et al. Jan 2002 A1
20020008672 Gothard et al. Jan 2002 A1
20020021716 Terk et al. Feb 2002 A1
20020024424 Burns et al. Feb 2002 A1
20020027481 Fiedziuszko et al. Mar 2002 A1
20020040439 Kellum et al. Apr 2002 A1
20020057223 Hook May 2002 A1
20020069417 Kliger et al. Jun 2002 A1
20020083194 Bak et al. Jun 2002 A1
20020099949 Fries et al. Jul 2002 A1
20020101852 Say et al. Aug 2002 A1
20020111997 Herlihy et al. Aug 2002 A1
20020156917 Nye et al. Oct 2002 A1
20020186694 Mahajan et al. Dec 2002 A1
20020197979 Vanderveen et al. Dec 2002 A1
20030002125 Fuse et al. Jan 2003 A1
20030002476 Chung et al. Jan 2003 A1
20030010528 Niles Jan 2003 A1
20030038753 Mahon et al. Feb 2003 A1
20030049003 Ahmad et al. Mar 2003 A1
20030054793 Manis et al. Mar 2003 A1
20030061346 Pekary et al. Mar 2003 A1
20030061481 Levine Mar 2003 A1
20030095208 Chouraqui et al. May 2003 A1
20030137464 Foti et al. Jul 2003 A1
20030152331 Dair et al. Aug 2003 A1
20030164794 Haynes et al. Sep 2003 A1
20030188308 Kizuka Oct 2003 A1
20030190110 Kline et al. Oct 2003 A1
20030202756 Hurley et al. Oct 2003 A1
20030210197 Cencich et al. Nov 2003 A1
20040015725 Boneh et al. Jan 2004 A1
20040023640 Ballai et al. Feb 2004 A1
20040024913 Ikeda et al. Feb 2004 A1
20040048596 Wyrzykowska et al. Mar 2004 A1
20040054425 Elmore Mar 2004 A1
20040084582 Kralic et al. May 2004 A1
20040085153 Fukunaga et al. May 2004 A1
20040090312 Manis May 2004 A1
20040091032 Duchi et al. May 2004 A1
20040100343 Tsu et al. May 2004 A1
20040104410 Gilbert et al. Jun 2004 A1
20040113757 White, II et al. Jun 2004 A1
20040119564 Itoh et al. Jun 2004 A1
20040131310 Walker et al. Jul 2004 A1
20040163135 Giaccherini et al. Aug 2004 A1
20040165669 Otsuka et al. Aug 2004 A1
20040169572 Elmore et al. Sep 2004 A1
20040192227 Beach Sep 2004 A1
20040196784 Larsson et al. Oct 2004 A1
20040198228 Raghothaman et al. Oct 2004 A1
20040212481 Abraham et al. Oct 2004 A1
20040213147 Wiese et al. Oct 2004 A1
20040213189 Alspaugh et al. Oct 2004 A1
20040213294 Hughes et al. Oct 2004 A1
20040218688 Santhoff et al. Nov 2004 A1
20040250069 Kosamo et al. Dec 2004 A1
20050005854 Suzuki et al. Jan 2005 A1
20050017825 Hansen et al. Jan 2005 A1
20050042989 Ho et al. Feb 2005 A1
20050063422 Lazar et al. Mar 2005 A1
20050068223 Vavik et al. Mar 2005 A1
20050069321 Sullivan et al. Mar 2005 A1
20050074208 Badcock et al. Apr 2005 A1
20050085259 Conner Apr 2005 A1
20050097396 Wood May 2005 A1
20050102185 Barker et al. May 2005 A1
20050111533 Berkman et al. May 2005 A1
20050143868 Whelan et al. Jun 2005 A1
20050151659 Donovan et al. Jul 2005 A1
20050164666 Lang et al. Jul 2005 A1
20050168326 White et al. Aug 2005 A1
20050169056 Berkman et al. Aug 2005 A1
20050169401 Abraham et al. Aug 2005 A1
20050177463 Crutchfield et al. Aug 2005 A1
20050190101 Hiramatsu et al. Sep 2005 A1
20050208949 Chiueh et al. Sep 2005 A1
20050212626 Takamatsu et al. Sep 2005 A1
20050219135 Lee et al. Oct 2005 A1
20050226353 Gebara et al. Oct 2005 A1
20050249245 Hazani et al. Nov 2005 A1
20050258920 Elmore Nov 2005 A1
20060034724 Hamano et al. Feb 2006 A1
20060053486 Wesinger et al. Mar 2006 A1
20060082516 Strickland et al. Apr 2006 A1
20060083269 Kang et al. Apr 2006 A1
20060111047 Louberg et al. May 2006 A1
20060113425 Rader et al. Jun 2006 A1
20060114925 Gerszberg et al. Jun 2006 A1
20060119528 Bhattacharyya et al. Jun 2006 A1
20060120399 Claret et al. Jun 2006 A1
20060128322 Igarashi et al. Jun 2006 A1
20060153878 Savarino et al. Jul 2006 A1
20060172781 Mohebbi et al. Aug 2006 A1
20060181394 Clarke et al. Aug 2006 A1
20060187023 Iwamura et al. Aug 2006 A1
20060192672 Gidge et al. Aug 2006 A1
20060220833 Berkman et al. Oct 2006 A1
20060232493 Huang et al. Oct 2006 A1
20060239501 Petrovic et al. Oct 2006 A1
20060244672 Avakian et al. Nov 2006 A1
20060249622 Steele et al. Nov 2006 A1
20060255930 Berkman et al. Nov 2006 A1
20060271314 Hayes Nov 2006 A1
20060286927 Berkman et al. Dec 2006 A1
20070002771 Berkman et al. Jan 2007 A1
20070002876 Berkman Jan 2007 A1
20070022475 Rossi et al. Jan 2007 A1
20070025265 Marcotullio et al. Feb 2007 A1
20070025386 Riedel et al. Feb 2007 A1
20070041464 Kim et al. Feb 2007 A1
20070041554 Newman Feb 2007 A1
20070054622 Berkman Mar 2007 A1
20070063914 Becker et al. Mar 2007 A1
20070090185 Lewkowitz et al. Apr 2007 A1
20070105508 Tong et al. May 2007 A1
20070135044 Rhodes et al. Jun 2007 A1
20070144779 Vicente et al. Jun 2007 A1
20070189182 Berkman et al. Aug 2007 A1
20070211689 Campero et al. Sep 2007 A1
20070211786 Shattil et al. Sep 2007 A1
20070216596 Lewis et al. Sep 2007 A1
20070226779 Yokomitsu et al. Sep 2007 A1
20070229231 Hurwitz Oct 2007 A1
20070252998 Berthold et al. Nov 2007 A1
20070257858 Liu et al. Nov 2007 A1
20070258484 Tolaio et al. Nov 2007 A1
20070268124 Berkman et al. Nov 2007 A1
20070268846 Proctor et al. Nov 2007 A1
20070300280 Turner et al. Dec 2007 A1
20080002652 Gupta et al. Jan 2008 A1
20080003872 Chen et al. Jan 2008 A1
20080007416 Cern et al. Jan 2008 A1
20080043655 Lee et al. Feb 2008 A1
20080055149 Rees et al. Mar 2008 A1
20080060832 Razavi et al. Mar 2008 A1
20080064331 Washiro et al. Mar 2008 A1
20080077336 Fernandes et al. Mar 2008 A1
20080080389 Hart et al. Apr 2008 A1
20080084937 Barthold et al. Apr 2008 A1
20080094298 Kralovec et al. Apr 2008 A1
20080120667 Zaltsman May 2008 A1
20080122723 Rofougaran et al. May 2008 A1
20080125036 Konya et al. May 2008 A1
20080130639 Costa-Requena et al. Jun 2008 A1
20080143491 Deaver et al. Jun 2008 A1
20080150790 Voigtlaender et al. Jun 2008 A1
20080153416 Washiro et al. Jun 2008 A1
20080191851 Koga et al. Aug 2008 A1
20080211727 Elmore et al. Sep 2008 A1
20080247716 Thomas et al. Oct 2008 A1
20080252522 Asbridge et al. Oct 2008 A1
20080253723 Stokes et al. Oct 2008 A1
20080255782 Bilac et al. Oct 2008 A1
20080258993 Gummalla et al. Oct 2008 A1
20080266060 Takei et al. Oct 2008 A1
20080267076 Laperi et al. Oct 2008 A1
20080279199 Park et al. Nov 2008 A1
20080280574 Rofougaran et al. Nov 2008 A1
20080300750 Davis Dec 2008 A1
20080313691 Cholas Dec 2008 A1
20090002137 Radtke et al. Jan 2009 A1
20090007189 Gutknecht Jan 2009 A1
20090007190 Weber et al. Jan 2009 A1
20090007194 Brady, Jr. et al. Jan 2009 A1
20090009408 Rofougaran et al. Jan 2009 A1
20090015239 Georgiou et al. Jan 2009 A1
20090054737 Magar et al. Feb 2009 A1
20090061940 Scheinert et al. Mar 2009 A1
20090067441 Ansari et al. Mar 2009 A1
20090079660 Elmore Mar 2009 A1
20090085726 Radtke et al. Apr 2009 A1
20090093267 Ariyur et al. Apr 2009 A1
20090109981 Keselman Apr 2009 A1
20090129301 Belimpasakis et al. May 2009 A1
20090138931 Lin et al. May 2009 A1
20090140852 Stolarczyk et al. Jun 2009 A1
20090144417 Kisel et al. Jun 2009 A1
20090171780 Aldrey et al. Jul 2009 A1
20090175195 Macauley et al. Jul 2009 A1
20090201133 Bruns et al. Aug 2009 A1
20090202020 Hafeez et al. Aug 2009 A1
20090210901 Hawkins et al. Aug 2009 A1
20090228223 Liu Sep 2009 A1
20090250449 Petrenko et al. Oct 2009 A1
20090254971 Herz et al. Oct 2009 A1
20090258652 Lambert et al. Oct 2009 A1
20090284435 Elmore et al. Nov 2009 A1
20090286482 Gorokhov et al. Nov 2009 A1
20090311960 Farahani et al. Dec 2009 A1
20090315668 Leete, III et al. Dec 2009 A1
20090325479 Chakrabarti et al. Dec 2009 A1
20090325628 Becker et al. Dec 2009 A1
20090327384 Petrovic Dec 2009 A1
20100002618 Eichinger et al. Jan 2010 A1
20100002731 Kimura et al. Jan 2010 A1
20100026607 Imai et al. Feb 2010 A1
20100039339 Kuroda et al. Feb 2010 A1
20100045447 Mollenkopf et al. Feb 2010 A1
20100052799 Watanabe et al. Mar 2010 A1
20100053019 Ikawa et al. Mar 2010 A1
20100057894 Glasser Mar 2010 A1
20100080203 Reynolds et al. Apr 2010 A1
20100085036 Banting et al. Apr 2010 A1
20100090887 Cooper et al. Apr 2010 A1
20100100918 Egan, Jr. et al. Apr 2010 A1
20100111521 Kim et al. May 2010 A1
20100119234 Suematsu et al. May 2010 A1
20100121945 Gerber et al. May 2010 A1
20100127848 Mustapha et al. May 2010 A1
20100142435 Kim et al. Jun 2010 A1
20100150215 Black et al. Jun 2010 A1
20100153990 Ress et al. Jun 2010 A1
20100169937 Atwal et al. Jul 2010 A1
20100175080 Yuen et al. Jul 2010 A1
20100176894 Tahara et al. Jul 2010 A1
20100177894 Yasuma et al. Jul 2010 A1
20100185614 O'Brien et al. Jul 2010 A1
20100201313 Vorenkamp et al. Aug 2010 A1
20100214183 Stoneback et al. Aug 2010 A1
20100214185 Sammoura et al. Aug 2010 A1
20100220024 Snow et al. Sep 2010 A1
20100224732 Olson et al. Sep 2010 A1
20100225426 Unger et al. Sep 2010 A1
20100232539 Han et al. Sep 2010 A1
20100243633 Huynh et al. Sep 2010 A1
20100253450 Kim et al. Oct 2010 A1
20100265877 Foxworthy et al. Oct 2010 A1
20100266063 Harel et al. Oct 2010 A1
20100277003 Von et al. Nov 2010 A1
20100283693 Xie et al. Nov 2010 A1
20100284446 Mu et al. Nov 2010 A1
20100319068 Abbadessa et al. Dec 2010 A1
20100327880 Stein et al. Dec 2010 A1
20110014910 Yonge, III Jan 2011 A1
20110018704 Burrows et al. Jan 2011 A1
20110040861 Van der Merwe et al. Feb 2011 A1
20110042120 Otsuka et al. Feb 2011 A1
20110043051 Meskens et al. Feb 2011 A1
20110053498 Nogueira-Nine Mar 2011 A1
20110068893 Lahiri et al. Mar 2011 A1
20110068988 Monte et al. Mar 2011 A1
20110083399 Lettkeman et al. Apr 2011 A1
20110090785 Shimizu Apr 2011 A1
20110107364 Lajoie et al. May 2011 A1
20110109936 Coffee et al. May 2011 A1
20110110404 Washiro May 2011 A1
20110118888 White et al. May 2011 A1
20110132658 Miller, II et al. Jun 2011 A1
20110133865 Miller, II et al. Jun 2011 A1
20110133867 Miller, II et al. Jun 2011 A1
20110136432 Miller, II et al. Jun 2011 A1
20110140911 Pant Jun 2011 A1
20110141555 Fermann et al. Jun 2011 A1
20110148578 Aloi et al. Jun 2011 A1
20110164514 Afkhamie et al. Jul 2011 A1
20110165847 Kawasaki et al. Jul 2011 A1
20110169336 Yerazunis et al. Jul 2011 A1
20110172000 Quigley et al. Jul 2011 A1
20110173447 Zhang et al. Jul 2011 A1
20110187578 Farneth et al. Aug 2011 A1
20110199265 Lin et al. Aug 2011 A1
20110208450 Salka et al. Aug 2011 A1
20110214176 Burch et al. Sep 2011 A1
20110219402 Candelore et al. Sep 2011 A1
20110220394 Szylakowski et al. Sep 2011 A1
20110225046 Eldering et al. Sep 2011 A1
20110228814 Washiro et al. Sep 2011 A1
20110243255 Paoletti Oct 2011 A1
20110268085 Barany et al. Nov 2011 A1
20110274396 Nakajima et al. Nov 2011 A1
20110291878 Mclaughlin et al. Dec 2011 A1
20110294509 Kim et al. Dec 2011 A1
20110311231 Ridgway et al. Dec 2011 A1
20120002973 Bruzzi et al. Jan 2012 A1
20120015654 Palanki et al. Jan 2012 A1
20120019420 Caimi et al. Jan 2012 A1
20120038520 Cornwell et al. Feb 2012 A1
20120039366 Wood et al. Feb 2012 A1
20120046891 Yaney et al. Feb 2012 A1
20120068903 Thevenard et al. Mar 2012 A1
20120077485 Shin et al. Mar 2012 A1
20120078452 Daum et al. Mar 2012 A1
20120084807 Thompson et al. Apr 2012 A1
20120091820 Campanella et al. Apr 2012 A1
20120092161 West et al. Apr 2012 A1
20120093078 Perlman et al. Apr 2012 A1
20120102568 Tarbotton et al. Apr 2012 A1
20120105246 Sexton et al. May 2012 A1
20120105637 Yousefi et al. May 2012 A1
20120117584 Gordon May 2012 A1
20120129566 Lee et al. May 2012 A1
20120133373 Ali et al. May 2012 A1
20120144420 Del Sordo et al. Jun 2012 A1
20120153087 Collette et al. Jun 2012 A1
20120154239 Bar-Sade et al. Jun 2012 A1
20120161543 Reuven et al. Jun 2012 A1
20120181258 Shan et al. Jul 2012 A1
20120197558 Henig et al. Aug 2012 A1
20120201145 Ree et al. Aug 2012 A1
20120214538 Kim et al. Aug 2012 A1
20120224807 Winzer et al. Sep 2012 A1
20120226394 Marcus et al. Sep 2012 A1
20120235864 Lu et al. Sep 2012 A1
20120235881 Pan et al. Sep 2012 A1
20120242538 Hasch Sep 2012 A1
20120250534 Langer et al. Oct 2012 A1
20120250752 McHann et al. Oct 2012 A1
20120263152 Fischer et al. Oct 2012 A1
20120268340 Capozzoli et al. Oct 2012 A1
20120272741 Xiao et al. Nov 2012 A1
20120274528 McMahon et al. Nov 2012 A1
20120281524 Farkas Nov 2012 A1
20120287922 Heck et al. Nov 2012 A1
20120299671 Ikeda et al. Nov 2012 A1
20120304294 Fujiwara et al. Nov 2012 A1
20120306587 Strid et al. Dec 2012 A1
20120306708 Henderson et al. Dec 2012 A1
20120322492 Koo et al. Dec 2012 A1
20120324018 Metcalf et al. Dec 2012 A1
20120327908 Gupta et al. Dec 2012 A1
20120329523 Stewart et al. Dec 2012 A1
20120330756 Morris et al. Dec 2012 A1
20130002409 Molina et al. Jan 2013 A1
20130003876 Bennett Jan 2013 A1
20130010679 Ma et al. Jan 2013 A1
20130015922 Liu et al. Jan 2013 A1
20130016022 Heiks et al. Jan 2013 A1
20130023302 Vasudevan et al. Jan 2013 A1
20130039624 Scherer et al. Feb 2013 A1
20130064178 Cs et al. Mar 2013 A1
20130064311 Turner et al. Mar 2013 A1
20130070621 Marzetta et al. Mar 2013 A1
20130077664 Lee et al. Mar 2013 A1
20130080290 Kamm Mar 2013 A1
20130086639 Sondhi et al. Apr 2013 A1
20130093638 Shoemaker et al. Apr 2013 A1
20130095875 Reuven et al. Apr 2013 A1
20130108206 Sasaoka et al. May 2013 A1
20130109317 Kikuchi et al. May 2013 A1
20130117852 Stute et al. May 2013 A1
20130121427 Sun May 2013 A1
20130122828 Choi et al. May 2013 A1
20130124365 Pradeep May 2013 A1
20130127678 Chandler et al. May 2013 A1
20130136410 Sasaoka et al. May 2013 A1
20130144750 Brown Jun 2013 A1
20130159856 Ferren Jun 2013 A1
20130160122 Choi et al. Jun 2013 A1
20130162490 Blech et al. Jun 2013 A1
20130166690 Shatzkamer et al. Jun 2013 A1
20130169499 Lin et al. Jul 2013 A1
20130173807 De et al. Jul 2013 A1
20130182804 Yutaka et al. Jul 2013 A1
20130187636 Kast et al. Jul 2013 A1
20130201904 Toskala et al. Aug 2013 A1
20130207859 Legay et al. Aug 2013 A1
20130234904 Blech et al. Sep 2013 A1
20130235845 Kovvali et al. Sep 2013 A1
20130235871 Brzozowski et al. Sep 2013 A1
20130262656 Cao et al. Oct 2013 A1
20130262857 Neuman et al. Oct 2013 A1
20130263263 Narkolayev et al. Oct 2013 A1
20130265732 Herbsommer et al. Oct 2013 A1
20130279523 Denney et al. Oct 2013 A1
20130279561 Jin et al. Oct 2013 A1
20130279868 Zhang et al. Oct 2013 A1
20130305369 Karta et al. Nov 2013 A1
20130306351 Lambert et al. Nov 2013 A1
20130307645 Mita et al. Nov 2013 A1
20130311661 McPhee Nov 2013 A1
20130314182 Takeda et al. Nov 2013 A1
20130321225 Pettus et al. Dec 2013 A1
20130326063 Burch et al. Dec 2013 A1
20130326494 Nunez et al. Dec 2013 A1
20130330050 Yang et al. Dec 2013 A1
20130335165 Arnold et al. Dec 2013 A1
20130341094 Taherian et al. Dec 2013 A1
20130342287 Randall et al. Dec 2013 A1
20130343213 Reynolds et al. Dec 2013 A1
20130343351 Sambhwani et al. Dec 2013 A1
20140003394 Rubin et al. Jan 2014 A1
20140003775 Ko et al. Jan 2014 A1
20140007076 Kim et al. Jan 2014 A1
20140009270 Yamazaki et al. Jan 2014 A1
20140009822 Dong et al. Jan 2014 A1
20140015705 Ebihara et al. Jan 2014 A1
20140019576 Lobo et al. Jan 2014 A1
20140026170 Francisco et al. Jan 2014 A1
20140028184 Voronin et al. Jan 2014 A1
20140028190 Voronin et al. Jan 2014 A1
20140028532 Ehrenberg et al. Jan 2014 A1
20140032005 Iwamura Jan 2014 A1
20140036694 Courtice et al. Feb 2014 A1
20140041925 Siripurapu et al. Feb 2014 A1
20140043189 Lee et al. Feb 2014 A1
20140043977 Wiley et al. Feb 2014 A1
20140044139 Dong et al. Feb 2014 A1
20140052810 Osorio et al. Feb 2014 A1
20140071818 Wang et al. Mar 2014 A1
20140072299 Stapleton et al. Mar 2014 A1
20140077995 Artemenko et al. Mar 2014 A1
20140086080 Hui et al. Mar 2014 A1
20140086152 Bontu et al. Mar 2014 A1
20140124236 Vu et al. May 2014 A1
20140126914 Berlin et al. May 2014 A1
20140130111 Nulty et al. May 2014 A1
20140132728 Verano et al. May 2014 A1
20140139375 Faragher et al. May 2014 A1
20140143055 Johnson May 2014 A1
20140148116 Alman May 2014 A1
20140155054 Henry et al. Jun 2014 A1
20140165145 Baentsch et al. Jun 2014 A1
20140167882 Shinoda et al. Jun 2014 A1
20140169186 Zhu et al. Jun 2014 A1
20140176340 Liang Jun 2014 A1
20140179302 Polehn et al. Jun 2014 A1
20140189677 Curzi et al. Jul 2014 A1
20140189732 Shkedi et al. Jul 2014 A1
20140191913 Ge et al. Jul 2014 A1
20140204754 Jeong et al. Jul 2014 A1
20140207844 Mayo et al. Jul 2014 A1
20140208272 Vats et al. Jul 2014 A1
20140222997 Mermoud et al. Aug 2014 A1
20140223527 Bortz et al. Aug 2014 A1
20140225129 Inoue et al. Aug 2014 A1
20140226977 Jovicic Aug 2014 A1
20140227905 Knott et al. Aug 2014 A1
20140227966 Artemenko et al. Aug 2014 A1
20140233900 Hugonnot et al. Aug 2014 A1
20140241718 Jiang et al. Aug 2014 A1
20140254516 Lee et al. Sep 2014 A1
20140254896 Zhou et al. Sep 2014 A1
20140254979 Zhang et al. Sep 2014 A1
20140266946 Stevenson et al. Sep 2014 A1
20140269260 Xue et al. Sep 2014 A1
20140269972 Rada et al. Sep 2014 A1
20140285277 Herbsommer et al. Sep 2014 A1
20140285293 Schuppener et al. Sep 2014 A1
20140285389 Fakharzadeh et al. Sep 2014 A1
20140286189 Kang et al. Sep 2014 A1
20140287702 Schuppener et al. Sep 2014 A1
20140299349 Yamaguchi et al. Oct 2014 A1
20140304498 Gonuguntla et al. Oct 2014 A1
20140317229 Hughes et al. Oct 2014 A1
20140320364 Gu et al. Oct 2014 A1
20140321273 Morrill et al. Oct 2014 A1
20140334773 Mathai et al. Nov 2014 A1
20140334789 Matsuo et al. Nov 2014 A1
20140351571 Jacobs Nov 2014 A1
20140355525 Barzegar et al. Dec 2014 A1
20140355989 Finckelstein Dec 2014 A1
20140357269 Zhou et al. Dec 2014 A1
20140359275 Murugesan et al. Dec 2014 A1
20140362374 Santori Dec 2014 A1
20140362694 Rodriques Dec 2014 A1
20140368301 Herbsommer et al. Dec 2014 A1
20140369430 Parnell Dec 2014 A1
20140372068 Seto et al. Dec 2014 A1
20140373053 Leley et al. Dec 2014 A1
20140376655 Ruan et al. Dec 2014 A1
20150008996 Jessup et al. Jan 2015 A1
20150009089 Pesa Jan 2015 A1
20150016260 Chow et al. Jan 2015 A1
20150017473 Verhoeven et al. Jan 2015 A1
20150022399 Clymer et al. Jan 2015 A1
20150026460 Walton Jan 2015 A1
20150029065 Cheng Jan 2015 A1
20150036610 Kim et al. Feb 2015 A1
20150042526 Zeine Feb 2015 A1
20150048238 Kawai Feb 2015 A1
20150049998 Dumais Feb 2015 A1
20150061859 Matsuoka et al. Mar 2015 A1
20150065166 Ward et al. Mar 2015 A1
20150070231 Park et al. Mar 2015 A1
20150071594 Register Mar 2015 A1
20150073594 Trujillo et al. Mar 2015 A1
20150077740 Fuse Mar 2015 A1
20150084703 Sanduleanu Mar 2015 A1
20150084814 Rojanski et al. Mar 2015 A1
20150091650 Nobbe Apr 2015 A1
20150094104 Wilmhoff et al. Apr 2015 A1
20150099555 Krishnaswamy et al. Apr 2015 A1
20150102972 Scire-Scappuzzo et al. Apr 2015 A1
20150104005 Holman Apr 2015 A1
20150109178 Hyde et al. Apr 2015 A1
20150116154 Artemenko Apr 2015 A1
20150122886 Koch May 2015 A1
20150126107 Bennett et al. May 2015 A1
20150130675 Parsche May 2015 A1
20150138022 Takahashi May 2015 A1
20150153248 Hayward et al. Jun 2015 A1
20150156266 Gupta Jun 2015 A1
20150162988 Henry et al. Jun 2015 A1
20150172036 Katar et al. Jun 2015 A1
20150181449 Didenko et al. Jun 2015 A1
20150195349 Cardamore Jul 2015 A1
20150195719 Rahman Jul 2015 A1
20150201228 Hasek Jul 2015 A1
20150207527 Eliaz et al. Jul 2015 A1
20150214615 Patel et al. Jul 2015 A1
20150215268 Dinha Jul 2015 A1
20150223078 Bennett et al. Aug 2015 A1
20150223113 Matsunaga Aug 2015 A1
20150236778 Jalali Aug 2015 A1
20150236779 Jalali Aug 2015 A1
20150249965 Dussmann et al. Sep 2015 A1
20150271830 Shin et al. Sep 2015 A1
20150276577 Ruege et al. Oct 2015 A1
20150280328 Sanford et al. Oct 2015 A1
20150284079 Matsuda Oct 2015 A1
20150304045 Henry et al. Oct 2015 A1
20150304869 Johnson et al. Oct 2015 A1
20150311721 Uppal Oct 2015 A1
20150312774 Lau Oct 2015 A1
20150318610 Lee et al. Nov 2015 A1
20150326274 Flood Nov 2015 A1
20150333804 Yang et al. Nov 2015 A1
20150339912 Farrand et al. Nov 2015 A1
20150344136 Dahlstrom Dec 2015 A1
20150356482 Whipple et al. Dec 2015 A1
20150365132 Yu Dec 2015 A1
20150370251 Siegel et al. Dec 2015 A1
20150373557 Bennett et al. Dec 2015 A1
20160006129 Haziza Jan 2016 A1
20160014749 Kang et al. Jan 2016 A1
20160038074 Brown et al. Feb 2016 A1
20160050028 Henry et al. Feb 2016 A1
20160063642 Luciani et al. Mar 2016 A1
20160064794 Henry et al. Mar 2016 A1
20160065252 Preschutti Mar 2016 A1
20160065335 Koo et al. Mar 2016 A1
20160066191 Li Mar 2016 A1
20160068265 Hoareau et al. Mar 2016 A1
20160068277 Manitta Mar 2016 A1
20160069934 Saxby et al. Mar 2016 A1
20160070265 Liu et al. Mar 2016 A1
20160079769 Corum et al. Mar 2016 A1
20160079809 Corum et al. Mar 2016 A1
20160080035 Fuchs et al. Mar 2016 A1
20160080839 Fuchs et al. Mar 2016 A1
20160082460 McMaster et al. Mar 2016 A1
20160087344 Artemenko et al. Mar 2016 A1
20160088498 Sharawi Mar 2016 A1
20160094420 Clemm et al. Mar 2016 A1
20160094879 Gerszberg et al. Mar 2016 A1
20160069935 Kreikebaum et al. Apr 2016 A1
20160099749 Bennett Apr 2016 A1
20160100324 Henry et al. Apr 2016 A1
20160105218 Henry et al. Apr 2016 A1
20160105233 Jalali Apr 2016 A1
20160105239 Henry et al. Apr 2016 A1
20160105255 Henry Apr 2016 A1
20160112092 Henry et al. Apr 2016 A1
20160112093 Barzegar Apr 2016 A1
20160112094 Stuckman et al. Apr 2016 A1
20160112115 Henry et al. Apr 2016 A1
20160112132 Henry et al. Apr 2016 A1
20160112133 Henry et al. Apr 2016 A1
20160112135 Henry et al. Apr 2016 A1
20160112263 Henry Apr 2016 A1
20160116914 Mucci Apr 2016 A1
20160118717 Britz et al. Apr 2016 A1
20160131347 Hill et al. May 2016 A1
20160134006 Ness et al. May 2016 A1
20160137311 Peverill et al. May 2016 A1
20160149312 Henry et al. May 2016 A1
20160149614 Barzegar May 2016 A1
20160149636 Gerszberg et al. May 2016 A1
20160149665 Henry et al. May 2016 A1
20160149731 Henry et al. May 2016 A1
20160149753 Gerszberg et al. May 2016 A1
20160150427 Ramanath May 2016 A1
20160164571 Bennett et al. Jun 2016 A1
20160164573 Birk et al. Jun 2016 A1
20160165472 Gopalakrishnan et al. Jun 2016 A1
20160165478 Yao et al. Jun 2016 A1
20160181701 Sangaran et al. Jun 2016 A1
20160182096 Panioukov et al. Jun 2016 A1
20160182161 Barzegar Jun 2016 A1
20160182981 Minarik et al. Jun 2016 A1
20160189101 Kantor et al. Jun 2016 A1
20160197392 Henry et al. Jul 2016 A1
20160197409 Henry et al. Jul 2016 A1
20160197630 Kawasaki Jul 2016 A1
20160197642 Henry et al. Jul 2016 A1
20160207627 Hoareau et al. Jul 2016 A1
20160214717 De Silva Jul 2016 A1
20160218407 Henry et al. Jul 2016 A1
20160221039 Fuchs et al. Aug 2016 A1
20160226681 Henry et al. Aug 2016 A1
20160244165 Patrick et al. Aug 2016 A1
20160248165 Henry Aug 2016 A1
20160248509 Henry Aug 2016 A1
20160261309 Henry Sep 2016 A1
20160261310 Fuchs et al. Sep 2016 A1
20160261311 Henry et al. Sep 2016 A1
20160261312 Fuchs et al. Sep 2016 A1
20160269156 Barzegar et al. Sep 2016 A1
20160276725 Barnickel et al. Sep 2016 A1
20160278094 Henry et al. Sep 2016 A1
20160285508 Bennett et al. Sep 2016 A1
20160285512 Henry et al. Sep 2016 A1
20160294444 Gerszberg et al. Oct 2016 A1
20160294517 Barzegar et al. Oct 2016 A1
20160295431 Henry et al. Oct 2016 A1
20160315659 Henry Oct 2016 A1
20160315660 Henry Oct 2016 A1
20160315661 Henry Oct 2016 A1
20160315662 Henry Oct 2016 A1
20160322691 Bennett et al. Nov 2016 A1
20160323015 Henry et al. Nov 2016 A1
20160360533 Bennett et al. Dec 2016 A1
20170033953 Paul et al. Feb 2017 A1
20170078063 Gerszberg Mar 2017 A1
20170078064 Gerszberg Mar 2017 A1
20170079037 Gerszberg Mar 2017 A1
20170079038 Gerszberg Mar 2017 A1
20170079039 Gerszberg Mar 2017 A1
20170331517 Henry Nov 2017 A1
20180048497 Henry et al. Feb 2018 A1
20180054232 Henry et al. Feb 2018 A1
20180054233 Henry et al. Feb 2018 A1
20180054234 Stuckman et al. Feb 2018 A1
20180062886 Paul et al. Mar 2018 A1
20180069594 Henry et al. Mar 2018 A1
20180069731 Henry et al. Mar 2018 A1
20180074568 Priyadarshi et al. Mar 2018 A1
20180076515 Perlman et al. Mar 2018 A1
20180076982 Henry et al. Mar 2018 A1
20180076988 Willis, III et al. Mar 2018 A1
20180077709 Gerszberg Mar 2018 A1
20180108997 Henry et al. Apr 2018 A1
20180108998 Henry et al. Apr 2018 A1
20180108999 Henry et al. Apr 2018 A1
20180115040 Bennett et al. Apr 2018 A1
20180115044 Henry et al. Apr 2018 A1
20180115058 Henry et al. Apr 2018 A1
20180115060 Bennett et al. Apr 2018 A1
20180115075 Bennett et al. Apr 2018 A1
20180115081 Johnson et al. Apr 2018 A1
20180123207 Henry et al. May 2018 A1
20180123208 Henry et al. May 2018 A1
20180123643 Henry et al. May 2018 A1
20180123836 Henry et al. May 2018 A1
20180151957 Bennett et al. May 2018 A1
20180159195 Henry et al. Jun 2018 A1
20180159196 Henry et al. Jun 2018 A1
20180159228 Britz et al. Jun 2018 A1
20180159229 Britz Jun 2018 A1
20180159230 Henry et al. Jun 2018 A1
20180159232 Henry et al. Jun 2018 A1
20180159235 Wolniansky Jun 2018 A1
20180159238 Wolniansky Jun 2018 A1
20180159240 Henry et al. Jun 2018 A1
20180159243 Britz et al. Jun 2018 A1
20180166761 Henry et al. Jun 2018 A1
20180166784 Johnson et al. Jun 2018 A1
20180166785 Henry et al. Jun 2018 A1
20180166787 Johnson et al. Jun 2018 A1
20180167130 Vannucci Jun 2018 A1
20180167927 Beattie, Jr. et al. Jun 2018 A1
20180302162 Gerszberg et al. Oct 2018 A1
20190013577 Henry et al. Jan 2019 A1
20190013837 Henry et al. Jan 2019 A1
20190074563 Henry et al. Mar 2019 A1
20190074564 Henry et al. Mar 2019 A1
20190074565 Henry et al. Mar 2019 A1
20190074580 Henry et al. Mar 2019 A1
20190074864 Henry et al. Mar 2019 A1
20190074865 Henry et al. Mar 2019 A1
20190074878 Henry et al. Mar 2019 A1
20190081747 Barzegar et al. Mar 2019 A1
20190104012 Barzegar et al. Apr 2019 A1
20190104419 Barzegar et al. Apr 2019 A1
20190104420 Barzegar et al. Apr 2019 A1
20190115642 Henry et al. Apr 2019 A1
20190123442 Vannucci et al. Apr 2019 A1
20190123783 Henry et al. Apr 2019 A1
20190131717 Vannucci May 2019 A1
20190131718 Vannucci May 2019 A1
20190140679 Vannucci et al. May 2019 A1
20190141714 Willis, III et al. May 2019 A1
20190150072 Barzegar May 2019 A1
20190173601 Wolniansky et al. Jun 2019 A1
20190174506 Willis, III et al. Jun 2019 A1
20190181532 Vannucci et al. Jun 2019 A1
20190181683 Vannucci et al. Jun 2019 A1
20190296430 Bennett et al. Sep 2019 A1
20190305413 Henry et al. Oct 2019 A1
20190305592 Vannucci et al. Oct 2019 A1
20190305820 Barzegar et al. Oct 2019 A1
20200014423 Britz Jan 2020 A1
20200076088 Bennett et al. Mar 2020 A1
20200083744 Vannucci et al. Mar 2020 A1
20200083927 Henry et al. Mar 2020 A1
20200106477 Nanni et al. Apr 2020 A1
20200119934 Barzegar et al. Apr 2020 A1
Foreign Referenced Citations (411)
Number Date Country
565039 Sep 1987 AU
7261000 Apr 2001 AU
2005227368 Feb 2009 AU
2010101079 Nov 2010 AU
201400748 Mar 2014 AU
2014200748 Mar 2014 AU
1136267 Nov 1982 CA
1211813 Sep 1986 CA
1328009 Mar 1994 CA
2260380 Dec 2000 CA
2348614 Mar 2001 CA
2449596 Jun 2005 CA
2515560 Feb 2007 CA
2664573 Apr 2008 CA
2467988 Nov 2010 CA
2777147 Apr 2011 CA
2814529 Apr 2012 CA
2787580 Feb 2013 CA
2927054 May 2015 CA
2963773 Apr 2016 CA
2116969 Sep 1992 CN
1155354 Jul 1997 CN
1411563 Apr 2003 CN
1126425 Oct 2003 CN
2730033 Sep 2005 CN
1833397 Sep 2006 CN
1885736 Dec 2006 CN
201048157 Apr 2008 CN
201146495 Nov 2008 CN
100502181 Jun 2009 CN
201282193 Jul 2009 CN
101834011 Apr 2010 CN
1823275 May 2010 CN
101785201 Jul 2010 CN
1820482 Dec 2010 CN
101075702 Feb 2011 CN
102130698 Jul 2011 CN
102136634 Jul 2011 CN
102208716 Oct 2011 CN
102280704 Dec 2011 CN
102280709 Dec 2011 CN
202093126 Dec 2011 CN
102351415 Feb 2012 CN
102396111 Mar 2012 CN
202253536 May 2012 CN
102694351 Sep 2012 CN
101662076 Nov 2012 CN
102780058 Nov 2012 CN
102017692 Apr 2013 CN
103078673 May 2013 CN
103117118 May 2013 CN
103163881 Jun 2013 CN
203204743 Sep 2013 CN
1863244 Oct 2013 CN
101958461 Nov 2013 CN
103700442 Apr 2014 CN
103943925 Jul 2014 CN
10464844 Sep 2014 CN
104052742 Sep 2014 CN
203813973 Sep 2014 CN
104091987 Oct 2014 CN
203931626 Nov 2014 CN
203950607 Nov 2014 CN
104181552 Dec 2014 CN
204538183 Aug 2015 CN
204760545 Nov 2015 CN
205265924 Jan 2016 CN
105359572 Feb 2016 CN
105453340 Mar 2016 CN
105594138 May 2016 CN
3504546 Aug 1986 DE
3533204 Mar 1987 DE
3533211 Mar 1987 DE
3827956 Mar 1989 DE
4225595 Sep 1993 DE
19501448 Jul 1996 DE
102004024356 Sep 2005 DE
69732676 Apr 2006 DE
102007049914 Apr 2009 DE
0102846 Mar 1984 EP
0110478 Jun 1984 EP
0136818 Apr 1985 EP
0280379 Aug 1988 EP
0330303 Aug 1989 EP
0331248 Sep 1989 EP
0342149 Nov 1989 EP
0391719 Apr 1990 EP
425979 May 1991 EP
0485467 May 1992 EP
0651487 Oct 1994 EP
0371660 Apr 1996 EP
0756392 Jan 1997 EP
834722 Apr 1998 EP
0840464 May 1998 EP
0871241 Oct 1998 EP
0890132 Jan 1999 EP
755092 Apr 1999 EP
0896380 Oct 1999 EP
676648 May 2000 EP
1085599 Mar 2001 EP
0907983 Jun 2001 EP
0756786 Aug 2001 EP
1127283 Aug 2001 EP
1129550 Sep 2001 EP
1184930 Mar 2002 EP
1195847 Apr 2002 EP
1237303 Sep 2002 EP
1296146 Mar 2003 EP
0772061 Jul 2003 EP
1346431 Sep 2003 EP
1249056 Jan 2004 EP
1376755 Jan 2004 EP
1401048 Mar 2004 EP
1454422 Sep 2004 EP
1488397 Dec 2004 EP
1509970 Mar 2005 EP
1371108 Jun 2005 EP
1550327 Jul 2005 EP
1341255 Aug 2005 EP
1577687 Sep 2005 EP
1608110 Dec 2005 EP
1624685 Feb 2006 EP
1642468 Apr 2006 EP
1608110 Oct 2006 EP
1793508 Jun 2007 EP
1898532 Mar 2008 EP
1930982 Jun 2008 EP
1953940 Aug 2008 EP
2165550 Mar 2010 EP
1166599 May 2010 EP
2404347 Jan 2012 EP
2472671 Jul 2012 EP
1817855 Jan 2013 EP
2568528 Mar 2013 EP
2472737 Sep 2013 EP
2016643 Jul 2014 EP
2760081 Jul 2014 EP
2804259 Nov 2014 EP
2846480 Mar 2015 EP
2850695 Mar 2015 EP
2854361 Apr 2015 EP
2870802 May 2015 EP
2568528 Dec 2017 EP
2120893 Nov 1998 ES
2119804 Aug 1972 FR
2214161 Aug 1974 FR
2691602 Nov 1993 FR
2849728 Jul 2004 FR
2946466 Mar 2012 FR
2986376 Oct 2014 FR
3034203 Sep 2016 FR
175489 Feb 1922 GB
462804 Mar 1937 GB
529290 Nov 1940 GB
640181 Jul 1950 GB
663166 Dec 1951 GB
667290 Feb 1952 GB
682817 Nov 1952 GB
731473 Jun 1955 GB
746111 Mar 1956 GB
751153 Jun 1956 GB
767506 Feb 1957 GB
835976 Jun 1960 GB
845492 Aug 1960 GB
859951 Jan 1961 GB
889856 Feb 1962 GB
926958 May 1963 GB
993561 May 1965 GB
1004318 Sep 1965 GB
1076772 Jul 1967 GB
1141390 Jan 1969 GB
1298387 Nov 1972 GB
1383549 Feb 1974 GB
1370669 Oct 1974 GB
1422956 Jan 1976 GB
1468310 Mar 1977 GB
1527228 Oct 1978 GB
2010528 Jun 1979 GB
2045055 Oct 1980 GB
1580627 Dec 1980 GB
2368468 May 2002 GB
2393370 Mar 2004 GB
2394364 Jun 2005 GB
2414862 Dec 2005 GB
2411554 Jan 2006 GB
705192 Apr 2007 GB
714974 Sep 2007 GB
718597 Oct 2007 GB
2474037 Apr 2011 GB
2474605 Sep 2011 GB
2485355 May 2012 GB
2507269 Apr 2014 GB
7352CHENP2015 Jul 2016 IN
201647015348 Aug 2016 IN
S50109642 Sep 1975 JP
55124303 Sep 1980 JP
55138902 Oct 1980 JP
574601 Jan 1982 JP
61178682 Nov 1986 JP
61260702 Nov 1986 JP
03167906 Jul 1991 JP
0653894 Aug 1991 JP
3001844 Sep 1994 JP
7212126 Nov 1995 JP
08167810 Jun 1996 JP
08196022 Jul 1996 JP
08316918 Nov 1996 JP
2595339 Apr 1997 JP
2639531 Aug 1997 JP
116928 Jan 1999 JP
11239085 Aug 1999 JP
11313022 Nov 1999 JP
2000077889 Mar 2000 JP
2000216623 Aug 2000 JP
2002029247 Jan 2002 JP
200328219 Jan 2003 JP
2003008336 Jan 2003 JP
2003057464 Feb 2003 JP
3411428 Jun 2003 JP
2003324309 Nov 2003 JP
3480153 Dec 2003 JP
2004521379 Jul 2004 JP
2004253853 Sep 2004 JP
2004297107 Oct 2004 JP
2004304659 Oct 2004 JP
2005110231 Apr 2005 JP
3734975 Jan 2006 JP
2006153878 Jun 2006 JP
2006166399 Jun 2006 JP
3938315 Jun 2007 JP
2007174017 Jul 2007 JP
2007259001 Oct 2007 JP
4025674 Dec 2007 JP
2008017263 Jan 2008 JP
2008021483 Jan 2008 JP
4072280 Apr 2008 JP
2009004986 Jan 2009 JP
4252573 Apr 2009 JP
4259760 Apr 2009 JP
2009124229 Jun 2009 JP
2010045471 Feb 2010 JP
2010192992 Sep 2010 JP
2010541468 Dec 2010 JP
2012090242 May 2012 JP
2012205104 Oct 2012 JP
2013046412 Mar 2013 JP
2013110503 Jun 2013 JP
2014045237 Mar 2014 JP
5475475 Apr 2014 JP
5497348 May 2014 JP
2015188174 Oct 2015 JP
20000074034 Dec 2000 KR
200425873 Sep 2006 KR
100636388 Oct 2006 KR
100849702 Jul 2008 KR
100952976 Apr 2010 KR
100989064 Oct 2010 KR
101060584 Aug 2011 KR
101070364 Sep 2011 KR
101212354 Dec 2012 KR
101288770 Jul 2013 KR
20140104097 Aug 2014 KR
101435538 Sep 2014 KR
101447809 Oct 2014 KR
20150087455 Jul 2015 KR
200479199 Dec 2015 KR
101606803 Jan 2016 KR
101607420 Mar 2016 KR
69072 Jan 1945 NL
2129746 Apr 1999 RU
2432647 Oct 2011 RU
8301711 May 1983 WO
8605327 Sep 1986 WO
9116770 Oct 1991 WO
9210014 Jun 1992 WO
9323928 Nov 1993 WO
9424467 Oct 1994 WO
9529537 Nov 1995 WO
199529537 Nov 1995 WO
199619089 Jun 1996 WO
WO 9641157 Dec 1996 WO
9735387 Sep 1997 WO
9737445 Oct 1997 WO
9829853 Jul 1998 WO
9859254 Dec 1998 WO
WO 9857207 Dec 1998 WO
9948230 Sep 1999 WO
9967903 Dec 1999 WO
0070891 Nov 2000 WO
200074428 Dec 2000 WO
WO2001014985 Mar 2001 WO
0128159 Apr 2001 WO
0131746 May 2001 WO
0145206 Jun 2001 WO
02061467 Aug 2002 WO
03005629 Jan 2003 WO
2003009083 Jan 2003 WO
200326166 Mar 2003 WO
03044981 May 2003 WO
2003088418 Oct 2003 WO
03099740 Dec 2003 WO
2004011995 Feb 2004 WO
2004038891 May 2004 WO
2004051804 Jun 2004 WO
2004051804 Jun 2004 WO
2004054159 Jun 2004 WO
2004077746 Sep 2004 WO
2005015686 Feb 2005 WO
2005072469 Aug 2005 WO
2006012610 Feb 2006 WO
2006085804 Aug 2006 WO
2006102419 Sep 2006 WO
2006111809 Oct 2006 WO
2006116396 Nov 2006 WO
2006125279 Nov 2006 WO
2006050331 Mar 2007 WO
2007031435 Mar 2007 WO
2007071797 Jun 2007 WO
2007148097 Dec 2007 WO
208003939 Jan 2008 WO
2008061107 May 2008 WO
2008070957 Jun 2008 WO
2008117973 Oct 2008 WO
2009014704 Jan 2009 WO
2007098061 Feb 2009 WO
2009035285 Mar 2009 WO
2009090602 Jul 2009 WO
2009123404 Oct 2009 WO
2010017549 Feb 2010 WO
2010147806 Dec 2010 WO
2011032605 Mar 2011 WO
2011085650 Jul 2011 WO
2011137793 Nov 2011 WO
2012007831 Jan 2012 WO
2012038816 Mar 2012 WO
2012172565 Dec 2012 WO
2013008292 Jan 2013 WO
2013013162 Jan 2013 WO
2013013465 Jan 2013 WO
WO 2013017822 Feb 2013 WO
2013035110 Mar 2013 WO
2013073548 May 2013 WO
2013073548 May 2013 WO
2013100912 Jul 2013 WO
2013115802 Aug 2013 WO
2013123445 Aug 2013 WO
2013138627 Sep 2013 WO
2013136213 Sep 2013 WO
2013138627 Sep 2013 WO
102012203816 Sep 2013 WO
2013157978 Oct 2013 WO
2014018434 Jan 2014 WO
2014011438 Jan 2014 WO
2014018434 Jan 2014 WO
2014045236 Mar 2014 WO
2014065952 May 2014 WO
2014069941 May 2014 WO
2014083500 Jun 2014 WO
2014096868 Jun 2014 WO
2014099340 Jun 2014 WO
2013076499 Jul 2014 WO
2014128253 Aug 2014 WO
2014145862 Sep 2014 WO
2014197926 Dec 2014 WO
2015002658 Jan 2015 WO
2015006636 Jan 2015 WO
2015027033 Feb 2015 WO
2015035463 Mar 2015 WO
2015055230 Apr 2015 WO
2015052478 Apr 2015 WO
2015052480 Apr 2015 WO
2015069431 May 2015 WO
2015077644 May 2015 WO
2015088650 Jun 2015 WO
2015120626 Aug 2015 WO
2015197580 Dec 2015 WO
2016003291 Jan 2016 WO
2016009402 Jan 2016 WO
WO 2016012889 Jan 2016 WO
2016043949 Mar 2016 WO
2016032592 Mar 2016 WO
2016043949 Mar 2016 WO
2016048214 Mar 2016 WO
2016053572 Apr 2016 WO
2016060761 Apr 2016 WO
2016060762 Apr 2016 WO
2016061021 Apr 2016 WO
2016064505 Apr 2016 WO
2016064516 Apr 2016 WO
WO 2016064502 Apr 2016 WO
2016073072 May 2016 WO
2016081125 May 2016 WO
2016081128 May 2016 WO
2016081134 May 2016 WO
2016081136 May 2016 WO
2015090382 Jun 2016 WO
2016089491 Jun 2016 WO
2016089492 Jun 2016 WO
2016096029 Jun 2016 WO
WO 2016125161 Aug 2016 WO
WO 2016133509 Aug 2016 WO
2016145411 Sep 2016 WO
WO 2016137982 Sep 2016 WO
2016171907 Oct 2016 WO
2016171914 Oct 2016 WO
2016176030 Nov 2016 WO
2017048667 Mar 2017 WO
2018106455 Jun 2018 WO
2018106684 Jun 2018 WO
2018106915 Jun 2018 WO
2019050752 Mar 2019 WO
Non-Patent Literature Citations (462)
Entry
Akalin, Tahsin et al., “Single-Wire Transmission Lines at Terahertz Frequencies”, IEEE Transactions on Microwave Theory and Techniques, vol. 54, No. 6, 2006, 2762-2767.
Wang, Kanglin, “Dispersion of Surface Plasmon Polaritons on Metal Wires in the Terahertz Frequency Range”, Physical Review Letters, PRL 96, 157401, 2006, 4 pages.
“International Search Report”, PCT/US2017/050893, dated Nov. 3, 2017, 6 pages.
International Preliminary Report on Patentability for PCT/US17/050893 dated Mar. 28, 2019.
Villaran, Michael et al., “Condition Monitoring of Cables Task 3 Report: Condition Monitoring Techniques for Electric Cables”, Brookhaven National Laboratory, Technical Report, Nov. 30, 2009, 89 pages.
“International Search Report and Written Opinion”, PCT/US2018/015634, dated Jun. 25, 2018, 8 pages.
International Search Report and Written Opinion in PCT/US2016/028417, dated Jul. 5, 2016, 13 pages, Authorized officer Brigitte Bettiol.
International Search Report PCT/US2016/036292 dated Sep. 13, 2016.
PCT/US16/027397 International Search Report & Written Opinion dated Jun. 24, 2016.
PCT/US16/027398 International Search Report and Written Opinion dated Jun. 24, 2016.
PCT/US16/027403 International Search Report & Written Opinion dated 6-22-1.
PCT/US16/028395 International Search Report and Written Opinion dated Jun. 29, 2016.
PCT/US16/032441 International Search Report and Written Opinion dated Jul. 29, 2016.
PCT/US16/036284 International Search Report & Written Opinion dated Sep. 8, 2016.
PCT/US16/036388 International Search Report and Written Opinion dated Aug. 30, 2016.
PCT/US2016/036285 International Search Report and Written Opinion dated Aug. 23, 2016.
PCT/US2016/036288 International Search Report & Written Opinion dated Sep. 1, 2016.
PCT/US2016/036290 International Search Report & Written Opinion dated Aug. 11, 2016.
PCT/US2016/036293 International Search Report & Written Opinion dated Sep. 15, 2016.
“24 Volt D.C Flashing Light With Built-in Antenna 433Mhz, DEA+ Product Guide”, Meteor electrical, meteorelectrical.com, Code: LUMY/24A, Jul. 28, 2010, 3 pages.
“A Dielectric Lens Antenna with Enhanced Aperture Efficiency for Industrial Radar Applications”, Computer Simulation Technology, cst.com, May 10, 2011, 3 pages.
“A New Approach to Outdoor DAS Network Physical Layer Using E-Line Technology”, Corridor Systems, Mar. 2011, 5 pages.
“About Firelight Media Group”, www.insurancetechnologies.com/Products/Products_firelight_overview.html, Firelight Insurance Technologies, LLC, Apr. 19, 2015, 4 pages.
“Alternative Local Loop Technologies: A Review”, Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development, Paris, OCDE/GD(96)181, https://www.oecd.org/sti/2090965.pdf, 1996, 25 pages.
“An Improved Solid Dielectric Lens Impulse Radiating Antenna”, SBIR/STTR, DoD, sbir.gov, 2004, 3 pages.
“Asahi Multi-Core Fiber Cable”, Industrial Fiber optics, i-fiberoptics.com, http://i-fiberoptics.com/multi-core-fiber-cable.php, Apr. 26, 2015, 2 pages.
“Beam Adaptive Algorithms for Smart Antennas Computer Science Essay”, UKESSAYS, ukessays.com, Mar. 23, 2015, 21 pages.
“Broadband Negligible Loss Metamaterials”, Computer Electmagnetics and Antennas Research Laboratory, cearl.ee.psu.edu., May 15, 2012, 3 pages.
“Broadband Over Power Lines (BPL): Developments and Policy Issues”, Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development, Directorate for Science, Technology and Industry, Committee for Information, Computer and Communications Policy, Jun. 2, 2009, 35 pages.
“Broadband: Bringing Home the Bits: Chapter 4 Technology Options and Economic Factors”, The National Academies Press, nap.edu, 2002, 61 pages.
“Cisco Aironet 1500 Series Access Point Large Pole Mounting Kit Instructions”, www.cisco.com/c/en/us/td/docs/wireless/antenna/installation/guide/18098.html, 2008, 9 pages.
“Cisco IP VSAT Satellite WAN Network Module for Cisco Integrated Services Routers”, www.cisco.com/c/en/us/products/collateral/interfaces-modules/ip-vsatsatellite-wan-module/product_data_sheet0900aecd804bbf6f.html, Jul. 23, 2014, 6 pages.
“Cloud Management”, Cisco Meraki, cisco.com., Sep. 11, 2015, 2 pages.
“Decryption: Identify & Control Encrypted Traffic”, Palo Alto Networks, paloaltonetworks.com, Mar. 7, 2011, 4 pages.
“Delivering broadband over existing wiring”, Cabling Installation & Maintenance, cablinginstall.com, May 1, 2002, 6 pages.
“Denso”, Winn & Coales (Denso) Ltd. UK, denso.net, http://www.denso.net/voidfiller/voidpump.htm, 2015, 1 page.
“Directional Couplers—Coaxial and Waveguide”, Connecticut Microwave Corporation, http://connecticutmicrowave.com, Accessed Aug. 2016, 21 pages.
“Doubly-fed Cage-cone Combined Broadband Antennas for Marine Applications”, http://www.edatop.com/down/paper/antenna/%E5%A4%A9%E7%BA%BF%E8%AE%BE%E8%AE%A1-890w5nebp5i1pq.pdf, 2007, 7 pages.
“Electronic Business Fulfillment FireLight®”, Firelight Media Group LLC, firelightmedia.net, www.firelightmedia.net/fmg/index.php/home, Apr. 19, 2015, 2 pages.
“Elliptical Polarization”, Wikipedia, http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Elliptical_polarization, Apr. 21, 2015, 3 pages.
“Energy-Harvesting Power Supply”, http://sdpm.arizona.edu/projects/project-publi/upid/38a8cf3b42f35576de25de1f6dcc20f3, Discloses a project to harvest energy from a power line and that a device was built that clamps onto a power line., 2016, 1 page.
“Harvest energy from powerline”, www.physicsforums.com/threads/harvest-energy-from-powerline.685148/, Discussion thread about harvesting power from powerlines that includes the suggestion of clamping a device to the power line., 2013, 8 pages.
“How to Use STUF”, STUF Page Link Info, crossdevices.com, http://www.crossdevices.com/cross_devices_010.htm, 2015, 1 page.
“Identity Management”, Tuomas Aura CSE-03400 Information Security, Aalto University, Autumn 2014, 33 pgs.
“IEEE Standard for Information technology—Local and metropolitan area networks—Specific requirements”, Part 15.4: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for Low Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks (WPANs), in IEEE Std 802.15.4, (Revision of IEEE Std 802.15.4-2003), Sep. 7, 2006, 1-320.
“International Preliminary Report on Patentability”, PCT/US2014/039746, dated Dec. 10, 2015.
“International Preliminary Report on Patentability”, PCT/US2014/060841, dated May 19, 2016, 8 pages.
“International Preliminary Report on Patentability & Written Opinion”, PCT/US2014/061445, dated Jun. 23, 2016, 9 pages.
“International Search Report & Written Opinion”, PCT/US2015/034827, dated Sep. 30, 2015.
“International Search Report & Written Opinion”, PCT/US2015/056316, dated Jan. 21, 2016.
“International Search Report & Written Opinion”, PCT/US2015/056320, dated Jan. 29, 2016.
“International Search Report & Written Opinion”, PCT/US2015/056365, dated Jan. 22, 2016.
“International Search Report & Written Opinion”, PCT/US2015/056368, dated Jan. 25, 2016.
“International Search Report & Written Opinion”, PCT/US2015/056598, dated Jan. 28, 2016.
“International Search Report & Written Opinion”, PCT/US2015/056615, dated Jan. 21, 2016.
“International Search Report & Written Opinion”, PCT/US2015/056626, dated Jan. 21, 2016.
“International Search Report & Written Opinion”, PCT/US2015/056632, dated Jan. 26, 2016.
“International Search Report & Written Opinion”, PCT/US2016/013988, dated Apr. 8, 2016.
“International Search Report & Written Opinion”, PCT/US2016/035384, dated Oct. 31, 2016.
“International Search Report & Written Opinion”, PCT/US2016/020001, dated May 23, 2016.
“International Search Report & Written Opinion”, PCT/US2016/026860, dated Jun. 1, 2016.
“International Search Report & Written Opinion”, PCT/US2016/026318, dated Jun. 15, 2016.
“International Search Report & Written Opinion”, PCT/US2016/028412, dated Jun. 27, 2016.
“International Search Report & Written Opinion”, PCT/US2016/028206, dated Jun. 29, 2016.
“International Search Report & Written Opinion”, PCT/US16/033182, dated Jul. 12, 2016.
“International Search Report & Written Opinion”, PCT/US2016/036551, dated Aug. 11, 2016.
“International Search Report & Written Opinion”, PCT/US2016/036798, dated Aug. 11, 2016.
“International Search Report & Written Opinion”, PCT/US2016/028205, dated Aug. 16, 2016.
“International Search Report & Written Opinion”, PCT/US2016/032460, dated Aug. 17, 2016.
“International Search Report & Written Opinion”, PCT/US2016/036303, dated Aug. 24, 2016.
“International Search Report & Written Opinion”, PCT/2016/035383, dated Sep. 2, 2016.
“International Search Report & Written Opinion”, PCT/US2016/036286, dated Sep. 13, 2016.
“International Search Report & Written Opinion”, PCT/US2014/039746, dated Jan. 12, 2015.
“International Search Report & Written Opinion”, PCT/US2014/060841, dated Jan. 7, 2015.
“International Search Report & Written Opinion”, PCT/US2015/039848, dated Oct. 20, 2015.
“International Search Report & Written Opinion”, PCT/US2015/047315, dated Oct. 30, 2015.
“International Search Report & Written Opinion”, PCT/US2015/048454, dated Nov. 11, 2015.
“International Search Report & Written Opinion”, PCT/US2015/049928, dated Nov. 16, 2015.
“International Search Report & Written Opinion”, PCT/US2015/049932, dated Nov. 16, 2015.
“International Search Report & Written Opinion”, PCT/US2015/049927, dated Nov. 24, 2015.
“International Search Report & Written Opinion”, PCT/US2015/051193, dated Nov. 27, 2015.
“International Search Report & Written Opinion”, PCT/US2015/051146, dated Dec. 15, 2015.
“International Search Report & Written Opinion”, PCT/US2015/051183, dated Dec. 15, 2015.
“International Search Report & Written Opinion”, PCT/US2015/051194, dated Dec. 15, 2015.
“International Search Report & Written Opinion”, PCT/US2015/051578, dated Dec. 17, 2015.
“International Search Report & Written Opinion”, PCT/US2015/051583, dated Dec. 21, 2015.
“International Search Report & Written Opinion”, PCT/US2015/048458, dated Dec. 23, 2015.
“International Search Report & Written Opinion”, PCT/US2015/051213, dated Dec. 4, 2015.
“International Search Report & Written Opinion”, PCT/US2015/051163, dated Dec. 7, 2015.
“International Search Report & Written Opinion”, PCT/US2014/061445, dated Feb. 10, 2015.
“International Search Report & Written Opinion”, PCT/US16/28207, dated Jun. 15, 2016.
“International Search Report & Written Opinion”, PCT/US2016/015501, dated Apr. 29, 2016, 11 pages.
“International Search Report & Written Opinion”, PCT/US2015/047225, dated Nov. 6, 2015, dated Nov. 6, 2015.
“International Search Report and Written Opinion”, PCT/US2016/028197, dated Jun. 24, 2016.
“International Search Report and Written Opinion”, PCT/US2016/036289, dated Aug. 11, 2016.
“International Search Report and Written Opinion”, PCT/US2016/036295, dated Aug. 30, 2016.
“International Search Report and Written Opinion”, PCT/US2016/030964, dated Aug. 4, 2016.
“International Search Report and Written Opinion”, PCT/US2016/036553, dated 8-30-161-14.
“International Search Report and Written opinion”, PCT/US2016/036556, dated Sep. 22, 2016.
“International Searching Authority”, International Search Report and Written Opinion, dated Sep. 28, 2016, 1-12.
“Invitation to Pay Additional Fees & Partial Search Report”, PCT/US2016/028205, dated Jun. 22, 2016.
“Invitation to Pay Additional Fees & Partial Search Report”, PCT/US2016/032430, dated Jun. 22, 2016.
“Invitation to Pay Additional Fees and, Where Applicable, Protest Fee”, PCT/US2016/035384, dated Aug. 31, 2016, 7 pages.
“Ipitek All-Optical Sensors”, www.ipitek.com/solutions-by-industry/all-optical-sensors, Jun. 2, 2014, 3 pages.
“Lens Antennas”, Altair, feko.info, Jun. 30, 2014, 2 pages.
“Micromem Demonstrates UAV Installation of Power Line Monitoring Mounting System”, MicroMem, micromem.com, Mar. 4, 2015, 1-3.
“PCT International Search Report” dated Oct. 24, 2016, 1-13.
“PCT International Search Report & Written Opinion”, PCT/US2016/026193, dated Jun. 1, 2016.
“PCT International Search Report and Written Opinion” dated Oct. 10, 2016, 1-15.
“PCT Search Report and Written opinion”, PCT/US2016/036297, dated Sep. 5, 2016.
“PCT/US2016/040992 International Search Report & Written Opinion dated Oct. 17, 2016”.
“Quickly identify malicious traffics: Detect”, lancope.com, Mar. 15, 2015, 8 pages.
“Radar at St Andrews”, mmwaves.epr, st-andrews.ac.uk, Feb. 4, 2011.
“Resilience to Smart Meter Disconnect Attacks”, ADSC Illinois at Singapore PTE LTD., http://publish.illinois.edu/integrativesecurityassessment/resiliencetosmartmeterdisconnectattacks, 2015.
“RF Sensor Node Development Platform for 6LoWPAN and 2.4 GHz Applications”, http://www.ti.com/tool/TIDM-RF-SENSORNODE., Jun. 2, 2014.
“Smart Out-Of-Band Management”, Open Gear, opengear.com., Sep. 2015.
“Tapered waveguide”, Lumerical Solutions, Inc., docs.lumerical.com., 2010.
“Tapered Waveguides Improve Fiber Light Coupling Efficiency”, Tech Briefs, techbriefs.com, Molex Inc., Downers Grove, Illinois and KiloLambda Technologies Ltd., Tel Aviv, Israel., Jan. 1, 2006.
“The world's first achievement of microwave electric-field measurement utilizing an optical electric-field sensor mounted on an optical fiber, within a microwave discharge ion engine boarded on asteroid explorers etc.”, Investigation of internal phenomena and performance improvement in microwave discharge ion engines, Japan Aerospace Exploration Agency (JAXA), Nippon Telegraph and Telephone Corporation, Aug. 7, 2013, 4 pages.
“Transducer”, IEEE Std 100-2000, Sep. 21, 2015, 1154.
“Troubleshooting Problems Affecting Radio Frequency Communication”, cisco.com, Oct. 19, 2009.
“Waveguide Bragg Microcavity”, lumerical.com, Sep. 2016.
“Wireless powerline sensor”, wikipedia.org, http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wireless_powerline_sensor, 2014, 3 pages.
Ace, “Installing Satellite Accessories”, www.acehardware.com, May 8, 2006, 4 pages.
Adabo, Geraldo J. “Long Range Unmanned Aircraft System for Power Line Inspection of Brazilian Electrical System”, Journal of Energy and Power Engineering 8 (2014), Feb. 28, 2014, 394-398.
Aerohive Networks, “HiveManager Network Management System”, www.aerohive.com, Sep. 2015, 3 pages.
Akiba, Shigeyuki et al., “Photonic Architecture for Beam Forming of RF Phased Array Antenna”, Optical Fiber Communication Conference. Optical Society of America., Abstract Only, 2014.
Alam, M N et al., “Novel surface wave exciters for power line fault detection and communications”, Antennas and Propagation (APSURSI), IEEE International Symposium on, IEEE, pp. 1139-1142, Jul. 3, 2011.
Alam, M. N. et al., “Novel Surface Wave Exciters for Power Line Fault Detection and Communications”, Department of Electrical Engineering, University of South Carolina, Antennas and Propagation (APSURSI), 2011 IEEE International Symposium, IEEE, 2011, 1-4.
Alam, M.N. et al., “Novel surface wave exciters for power line fault detection and communications”, 2011 IEEE International Symposium, 2011.
Alam, MD N. et al., “Design and Application of Surface Wave Sensors for nonintrusive Power Line Fault Detection”, IEEE Sensors Journal, IEEE Service Center, New York, NY, US, vol. 13, No. 1, Jan. 1, 2013, 339-347.
Ali, Muhammad Q. et al., “Randomizing AMI configuration for proactive defense in smart grid”, Smart Grid Communications (SmartGridComm), IEEE International Conference on. IEEE, Abstract Only, http://ieeexplore.ieee.org/xpl/login.jsp?tp=&arnumber=6688027, 2013.
Ali, Tariq et al., “Diagonal and Vertical Routing Protocol for Underwater Wireless Sensor Network”, Procedia-Social and Behavioral Sciences 129, 2014, 372-379.
Angove, Alex “Direct Bury Duct Assemblies, MPB 302 3+—Ribbonet Microducts”, Ericsson, archive.ericsson.net, Jul. 30, 2014.
Angove, Alex “How the NBN Differs from ADSL2+, Cable and Wireless”, Whistle Out, whistleout.com.au, Jul. 30, 2014.
Antenna Magus, “Waveguide-fed Conical Horn”, www.antennamagus.com, Aug. 2015, 1 page.
Antennamagus, “Parabolic focus pattern fed reflector with shroud”, antennamagus.com, Jul. 4, 2014, 2 pages.
Arage, Alebel et al., “Measurement of wet antenna effects on millimetre wave propagation”, Radar, IEEE Conference on IEEE., Abstract Only, 2006.
Ares-Pena, Francisco J. et al., “A simple alternative for beam reconfiguration of array antennas”, Progress in Electromagnetics Research 88, 2008, 227-240.
Arthur, Joseph Kweku “Improving QoS in UMTS Network in Accra Business District Using Tower-Less Towers”, IPASJ International Journal of Electrical Engineering (IIJEE), vol. 2, Issue 11., Nov. 2014.
Asadallahi, Sina et al., “Performance comparison of CSMA/CA Advanced Infrared (AIr) and a new pointtomultipoint optical MAC protocol”, Wireless Communications and Mobile Computing Conference (IWCMC), 2012 8th International. IEEE, Abstract Only, 2012.
A-Tech Fabrication, “Dual Antenna Boom Assembly”, http://web.archive.org/web/20090126192215/http://atechfabrication.com/products/dual_antenna_boom.htm, 2009, 2 pages.
Atlas Sound, “Bi-Axial PA Horn with Gimbal Mount”, MCM Electronics, mcmelectronics.com, 2011, 555-13580.
Atmel, “Power Line Communications”, www.atmel.com/products/smartenergy/powerlinecommunications/default.aspx, 2015.
Atwater, Harry A. “The promise of plasmonics”, Scientific American 296.4, 2007, 56-62.
Babakhani, Aydin “Direct antenna modulation (DAM) for on-chip mm-wave transceivers”, Diss. California Institute of Technology, 2008.
Bach, Christian “Current Sensor—Power Line Monitoring for Energy Demand Control”, Application Note 308, http://www.enocean.com/fileadmin/redaktion/pdf/app_notes/AN308_CURRENT_SENSOR_Jan09.pdf, Jan. 2009, 4 pages.
Barlow, H. M. et al., “Surface Waves”, 621.396.11 : 538.566, Paper No. 1482 Radio Section, 1953, pp. 329-341.
Barron, Ashleigh L. “Integrated Multicore Fibre Devices for Optical Trapping”, Diss. Heriot-Watt University, 2014, 11-15.
Beal, J.C. et al., “Coaxial-slot surface-wave launcher”, Electronics Letters 4.25: 557559, Abstract Only, 1968.
Benevent, Evangéline “Transmission lines in MMIC technology”, University Mediterranea di Reggio Calabria, Jan. 28, 2010.
Beninca, “Flashing Light: IR Lamp”, www.beninca.com/en/news/2015/02/23/Iampeggiante-irlamp.html, Feb. 23, 2015.
Berweger, Samuel et al., “Light on the Tip of a Needle: Plasmonic Nanofocusing for Spectroscopy on the Nanoscale”, The Journal of Physical Chemistry Letters; pubs.acs.org/JPCL, 2012, 945-952.
Bhushan, Naga “Network densification: the dominant theme for wireless evolution into 5G”, Communications Magazine, IEEE 52.2: 82-89, 2014.
Bing, Benny “Ubiquitous Broadband Access Networks with Peer-to-Peer Application Support”, Evolving the Access Network: 27-36, 2006.
Bing, Benny “Ubiquitous Broadband Access Networks with Peer-to-Peer Application Support”, Evolving the Access Network, 2006, 27-36.
Blanco-Redondo, Andrea et al., “Coupling midinfrared light from a photonic crystal waveguide to metallic transmission lines”, Applied Physics Letters 104.1, 2014.
Blattenberger, Kirt “DroneBased Field Measurement System (dBFMS)”, RF Cafe, rfcafe.com, Jul. 29, 2014.
Bock, James et al., “Optical coupling”, Journal of Physics: Conference Series. vol. 155. No. 1. IOP Publishing, 2009.
Bowen, Leland H. et al., “A Solid Dielectric Lens Impulse Radiating Antenna with High Dielectric Constant Surrounded by a Cylindrical Shroud”, Sensor and Simulation Note 498, Introduction, Apr. 2005, 3 pages.
Brambilla, Gilberto et al., “Ultra-low-loss optical fiber nanotapers”, Optoelectronics Research Centre, University of Southampton; http://www.orc.soton.ac.uk, vol. 12, No. 10, May 7, 2004, 2258-2263.
Bridges, Greg E. et al., “Plane wave coupling to multiple conductor transmission lines above a lossy earth”, Compatibility, IEEE Transactions on 31.1, Abstract Only, 1989, 21-33.
Bridges, William B. “Low-Loss Flexible Dielectric Waveguide for Millimeter-Wave Transmission and Its Application to Devices”, California Institute of Technology, Office of Naval Research, Mar. 1981, 91 pages.
Brooke, Gary H. “Properties of surface waveguides with discontinuities and perturbations in cross-section”, Diss. University of British Columbia, 1977.
Brown, J. et al., “The launching of radial cylindrical surface waves by a circumferential slot”, Proceedings of the IEE Part B: Radio and Electronic Engineering 106.26: 123128., Abstract Only, 1959.
Brown-Iposs, “Integrated Radio Masts Fully camouflaged Outdoor-Wi-Fi APs in GRP-lamp poles”, www.brown-iposs.com, Mar. 21, 2014, 4 pages.
Bruno, Joseph “Interference Reduction in Wireless Networks”, Computing Research Topics, Computing Sciences Department, Villanova University, Nov. 14, 2007, 8 pages.
Burkhart, Martin et al., “Does Topology Control Reduce Interference?”, Department of Computer Science, ETH Zurich, Proceedings of the 5th ACM international symposium on Mobile ad hoc networking and computing, 2004, 11 pages.
Callis, et al., “An In-Line Power Monitor for HE11 Low Loss Transmission Lines”, Proceedings of the 29th International Conference on Infrared and Millimeter Waves (IRMMW), Karlsruhe, Germany, 2004.
Campista, Miguel E. et al., “Improving the Data Transmission Throughput Over the Home Electrical Wiring”, The IEEE Conference on Local Computer Networks 30th Anniversary, 2005, 1-8.
Capece, P. et al., “FDTD Analysis of a Circular Coaxial Feeder for Reflector Antenna”, Antennas and Propagation Society International Symposium, IEEE Digest, vol. 3, 1997, pp. 1570-1573.
Carroll, John M. et al., “Developing the Blacksburg electronic village”, Communications of the ACM 39.12: 69-74, 1996.
Chandra, Shekar “Transmission Line Fault Detection & Indication through GSM”, IRD India, ISSN (Online): 2347-2812, vol. 2, Iss. 5, 2014.
Chen, Dong et al., “A trust management model based on fuzzy reputation for internet of things”, Computer Science and Information Systems 8.4: 12071228, Abstract Only, 2011, 1 page.
Chen, Yingying “Detecting and Localizing Wireless Spoofing Attacks”, Sensor, Mesh and Ad Hoc Communications and Networks, SECON'07, 4th Annual IEEE Communications Society Conference on IEEE, 2007, 10 pages.
Chiba, Jiro “Experimental Studies of the Losses and Radiations Due to Bends in the Goubau Line”, IEEE Transactions on Microwave Theory and Techniques, Feb. 1977, 94-100.
Chiba, Jiro “On the Equivalent Circuit for the G-Line Above Ground”, International Wroclaw Symposium on Electromagnetic Compatibility, 1998, 78-82.
Choudhury, Romit R. “Utilizing Beamforming Antennas for Wireless Mult-hop Networks”, www.slideserve.com, Sep. 20, 2012, 4 pages.
Chu, Eunmi et al., “Self-organizing and self-healing mechanisms in cooperative small cell networks”, PIMRC, 2013, 6 pages.
Cimini, Carlos Alberto et al., “Temperature profile of progressive damaged overhead electrical conductors”, Journal of Electrical Power & Energy Systems 49, 2013, 280-286.
Cliff, Oliver M. et al., “Online localization of radio-tagged wildlife with an autonomous aerial robot system”, Proceedings of Robotics Science and Systems XI, 2015, 1317.
Communication Power Solutions, I, “Power Communication”, www.cpspower.biz/services/powercommunications, Oct. 2013, 6 pages.
Comsol, “Fast Numerical Modeling of a Conical Horns Lens Antenna”, comsol.com, Application ID: 18695, Sep. 16, 2016, 3 pages.
Costantine, Joseph et al., “The analysis of a reconfigurable antenna with a rotating feed using graph models”, Antennas and Wireless Propagation Letters, vol. 8, 2009, 943-946.
Covington, Michael J. et al., “Threat implications of the internet of things”, 2013 5th International Conference on IEEE Cyber Conflict (CyCon), Abstract Only, 2013, 1 page.
Cradle Point, “Out-of-Band Management”, www.cradlepoint.com, Sep. 2015, 7 pages.
Crane, Robert K. “Analysis of the effects of water on the ACTS propagation terminal antenna”, Antennas and Propagation, IEEE Transactions on 50.7: 954965, Abstract Only, 2002, 1 page.
Crosswell, “Aperture excited dielectric antennas”, http://ntrs.nasa.gov/archive/nasa/casi.ntrs.nasa.gov/19740017567.pdf, 1974, 128 pages.
Cypress Perform, “Powerline Communication”, www.cypress.com, Apr. 23, 2015, 2 pages.
Daniel, Kai et al., “Using Public Network Infrastructures for UAV Remote Sensing in Civilian Security Operations”, Homeland Security Affairs, Supplement 3, Mar. 2011, 11 pages.
Darktrace, “www.darktrace.com” Jul. 10, 2014, 4 pages.
De Freitas, Carvalho et al., “Unmanned Air Vehicle Based Localization and Range Estimation of WiFi Nodes” 2014, 109 pages.
De Sabata, Aldo et al., “Universitatea “Politehnica””, din Timişoara Facultatea de Electronic{hacek over (a)} şi Telecomunicaţii, 2012, 149 pages.
Debord, Benoit et al., “Generation and confinement of microwave gas-plasma in photonic dielectric microstructure”, Optics express 21.21, 2013, 25509-25516.
Deilmann, Michael “Silicon oxide permeation barrier coating and sterilization of PET bottles by pulsed low-pressure microwave plasmas”, Diss, 2008.
Deng, Chuang et al., “Unmanned Aerial Vehicles for Power Line Inspection: A Cooperative Way in Platforms and Communications”, Journal of Communicatinos vol. No. 9, No. 9, Sep. 2014, 687-692.
Dini, Gianluca et al., “MADAM: A Multilevel Anomaly Detector for Android Malware”, MMMACNS. vol. 12, 2012.
Doane, J.L. et al., “Oversized rectangular waveguides with modefree bends and twists for broadband applications”, Microwave Journal 32(3), Abstract Only, 1989, 153-160.
Doelitzscher, et al., “ViteraaS: Virtual cluster as a service”, Cloud Computing Technology and Science (CloudCom), 2011 IEEE Third International Conference, 2011.
Dooley, Kevin “Out-of-Band Management”, auvik, auvik.com., Apr. 12, 2014.
Doshi, D.A. et al., “Real Time Fault Failure Detection in Power Distribution Line using Power Line Communication”, International Journal of Engineering Science 4834, 2016.
Dostert, Klaus “Frequency-hopping spread-spectrum modulation for digital communications over electrical power lines”, Selected Areas in Communications, IEEE Journal on 8.4, Abstract Only, 1990, 700-710.
Dragoo, R.E. et al., “Fiber Optic Data Bus for the AN/GYQ21(V)”, Harris Corp, U.S. Communications Syst. Div. Chart, Microcopy Resolution Test, 1980.
Dutton, Harry Jr. “Understanding Optical Communications”, International Technical Support Organization, SG24-5230-00., Sep. 1998.
Ehyaie, Danial “Novel Approaches to the Design of Phased Array Antennas”, Diss. The University of Michigan, 2011.
Electric Power Research Institut, “Examination of the Exacter Outage-Avoidance System”, www.epri.com/abstracts/Pages/ProductAbstract.aspx?ProductId=000000000001020393, Nov. 30, 2009, 2 pages.
Eline Corridor Systems, “How is ELine Different?”, www.corridor.biz/ELine_is_different.html, Apr. 23, 2015, 1 page.
Elmore, Glenn et al., “A Surface Wave Transmission Line”, QEX, May/Jun. 2012, pp. 3-9.
Elmore, Glenn “Introduction to the Propagating Wave on a Single Conductor”, www.corridor.biz, Jul. 27, 2009, 30 pages.
Eom, Seung-Hyun et al., “Pattern switchable antenna system using inkjet-printed directional bow-tie for bi-direction sensing applications”, Sensors 15.12, 2015, 31171-31179.
EPRI—Electronic Power Research, “Product Abstract—Program on Technology Innovation: Study on the Integration of High Temperature Superconducting DC Cables Within the Eastern and West urn North American Power Grids”, epri.com, Product ID:10203, Nov. 25, 2009, 2 pages.
Erickson, Katherine “Conductive cylindrical surface waveguides”, 2012.
Erickson, Katherine “Conductive cylindrical surface waveguides”, www.ideals.illinois.edu/bitstream/handle/2142/30914, 2012.
Erickson, Katherine “Conductive cylindrical surface waveguides”, www.ideals.illinois.edu/bitstream/handle/2142/30914/Erickson_Katherine.pdf?sequence=1, 2012.
Eskelinen, Harri “DFM (A)—aspects for a horn antenna design”, Lappeenranta University of Technology, 2004.
Eskelinen, P. “A low-cost microwave rotary joint”, International Radar Conference, 13-17, Abstract Only, Oct. 2014, 1-4.
Farzaneh, Masoud et al., “Systems for Prediction and Monitoring of Ice Shedding, Anti-Cicing and De-Icing for Power Line Conductors and Ground Wires” Dec. 1, 2010, 1-100.
Feko, “mmWave Axial Choke Horn Antenna with Lens” Sep. 24, 2013, 2 pages.
Feng, Taiming et al., “Design of a survivable hybrid wireless-optical broadband-access network”, Journal of Optical Communications and Networking 3.5, 2011, 458-464.
Feng, Wei et al., “Downlink power allocation for distributed antenna systems in a multi-cell environment”, 2009 5th International Conference on Wireless Communications, Networking and Mobile Computing. IEEE, 2009.
Fenn, Alan J. et al., “A Terrestrial Air Link for Evaluating Dual-Polarization Techniques in Satellite Communications”, vol. 9, No. 1, The Lincoln Laboratory Journal, 1996, 3-18.
Fenye, Bao et al., “Dynamic trust management for internet of things applications”, Proceedings of the 2012 international workshop on Selfaware internet of things. ACM, Abstract Only, 2012, 1 page.
Fiorelli, Riccardo et al., “ST7580 power line communication systemonchip design guide”, AN4068 Application note, ST, st.com, Doc ID 022923 Rev 2, Jul. 2012.
Fitzgerald, William D. “A 35-GHz Beam Waveguide System for the Millimeter-Wave Radar”, The Lincoln Laboratory Journal, vol. 5, No. 2, 1992, 245-272.
Ford, Steven “AT&T's new antenna system will boost cellular coverage at Walt Disney World”, Orlando Sentinel, orlandosentinel.com, Mar. 9, 2014.
Freyer, Dan “Combating the Challenges of Ka-Band Signal Degradation”, SatMagazine, satmagzine.com., Sep. 2014.
Friedman, M et al., “Low-loss RF transport over long distances”, IEEE Transactions on Microwave Theory and Techniques, Jan. 1, 2001, 341-348.
Friedman, M et al., “Low-Loss RF Transport Over Long Distances”, IEEE Transactions on Microwave Theory and Techniques, vol. 49, No. 2, Feb. 2001, 8 pages.
Friedman, M. et al., “Low-Loss RF Transport Over Long Distances”, IEEE Transactions on Microwave Theory an Techniques, vol. 49, No. 2, Feb. 2001, 341-348.
Fromm, W. et al., “A new microwave rotary joint”, 1958 IRE International Convention Record, 21-25, 6:78-82, Abstract Only, Mar. 1966, 2 pages.
Garcia-Etxarri, Aitzol et al., “A combination of concave/convex surfaces for fieldenhancement optimization: the indented nanocone”, Optics express 20.23, 2012, 2520125212.
Geterud, Erik “Design and Optimization of Wideband Hat-Fed Reflector Antenna with Radome for Satellite Earth Station”, http://publications.lib.chalmers.se/records/fulltext/163718.pdf, Discloses Frequency Selective Surfaces for antenna coverings for weather protection (table of materials on p. 29-30; pp. 37-46)., 2012.
Ghazisaidi, Navid et al., “Survivability analysis of next-generation passive optical networks and fiber-wireless access networks”, Reliability, IEEE Transactions on 60.2, 2011, 479-492.
Gigamon, “Out-of-Band Security Solution”, www.gigamon.com, Aug. 3, 2014, 7 pages.
Gloeckler, R “Phased Array for Millimeter Wave Frequencies”, International Journal of Infrared and Millimeter Waves, Springer, vol. 11, No. 2, Feb. 1, 1990.
Goldsmith, P.F. “Quasi-optical techniques”, Proceedings of the IEEE., vol. 80, No. 11, Nov. 1, 1992.
Golrezaei, Negin et al., “FemtoCaching: Wireless Video Content Delivery through Distributed Caching Helpers”, INFOCOM, Proceedings IEEE, 2012.
Gomes, Nathan J. et al., “Radio-over-fiber transport for the support of wireless broadband services”, Journal of Optical Networking 8.2: 156-178., 2009.
Gonthier, François et al., “Mode coupling in nonuniform fibers: comparison between coupled-mode theory and finite-difference beam-propagation method simulations”, JOSA B 8.2: 416421, Abstract Only, 1991, 3 pages.
Gritzalis, Dimitris et al., “The Sphinx enigma in critical VoIP infrastructures: Human or botnet?”, Information, Intelligence, Systems and Applications (IISA), 2013 Fourth International Conference, IEEE, 2013.
Guo, Shuo “Detecting Faulty Nodes with Data Errors for Wireless Sensor Networks”, 2014.
Hadi, Ghozali S. et al., “Autonomous UAV System Development for Payload Dropping Mission”, The Journal of Instrumentation, Automation and Systems, vol. 1, No. 2, 2014, pp. 72-22.
Haider, Muhammad Kumail et al., “Mobility resilience and overhead constrained adaptation in directional 60 GHz WLANs: protocol design and system implementation”, Proceedings of the 17th ACM International Symposium on Mobile Ad Hoc Networking and Computing. ACM, 2016.
Halligan, Matthew S. “Maximum crosstalk estimation and modeling of electromagnetic radiation from PCB/highdensity connector interfaces”, http://scholarsmine.mst.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgiarticle=3326&context=doctoral_dissertations, 2014.
Han, Chong et al., “crosslayer communication module for the Internet of Things”, Computer Networks 57.3: 622633, Abstract Only, 2013, 1 page.
Hanashi, Abdalla M. et al., “Effect of the Dish Angle on the Wet Antenna Attenuation”, IEEE, 2014, 1-4.
Haroun, Ibrahim et al., “WLANs meet fiber optics-Evaluating 802.11 a WLANs over fiber optics links”, RF Des. Mag: 36-39., 2003.
Hassan, Karim “Fabrication and characterization of thermo-plasmonic routers for telecom applications”, Diss. Univ. de Bourgogne., 2014.
Hassan, Maaly A. “Interference reduction in mobile ad hoc and sensor networks”, Journal of Engineering and Computer Innovations vol. 2(7), Sep. 2011, 138-154.
Hassani, Alireza et al., “Porous polymer fibers for low-loss Terahertz guiding”, Optics express 16.9, 2008, 6340-6351.
Hautakorpi, Jani et al., “Requirements from Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) Session Border Control (SBC) Deployments”, RFC5853, IETF, 2010.
Hawrylyshen, A. et al., “SIPPING Working Group”, J. Hautakorpi, Ed. Internet-Draft G. Camarillo Intended status: Informational Ericsson Expires: Dec. 18, 2008 R. Penfield Acme Packet, 2008.
Hays, Phillip “SPG-49 Tracking Radar”, http://web.archive.org/web/20150314053758/http://www.okieboat.com/SPG-49%20description.html, 2015.
Heo, Joon et al., “Identity-Based Mutual Device Authentication Schemes for PLC Systems”, IEEE International Symposium on Power Line Communications and Its Applications, 2008, pp. 47-51.
Hoss, R.J. et al., “Manufacturing Methods and Technology Program for Ruggedized Tactical Fiber Optic Cable”, No. ITT-80-03-078. ITT Electrooptical Products Div Roanoke VA., 1980.
Howard, Courtney “UAV command, control & communications”, Military & Aerospace Electronics, militaryaerospace.com, Jul. 11, 2013, 15 pages.
Huth, G. K. “Integrated source and channel encoded digital communication system design study”, http://ntrs.nasa.gov/archive/nasa/casi.ntrs.nasa.gov/19750003064.pdf, 1974.
Infoexpress, “Detecting and Preventing MAC Spoofing”, Network Access Control Solutions, 2014, 1 page.
Ippolito, Louis J. “Propagation effects handbook for satellite systems design. A summary of propagation impairments on 10 to 100 GHz satellite links with techniques for system design”, 1989, Abstract Only, 1989, 1 page.
Islam, M. T. “Coplanar Waveguide Fed Microstrip Patch Antenna”, Information Technology Journal 9.2 (2010): 367-370., 2010, 367-370.
Izumiyama, Hidetaka et al., “Multicast over satellite”, Applications and the Internet, (SAINT 2002). Proceedings. Symposium on. IEEE, 2002.
Jackson, Mark “Timico CTO Hit by Slow FTTC Broadband Speeds After Copper Corrosion”, ISP review, ispreview.co.uk, Mar. 5, 2013.
Jaeger, Raymond et al., “Radiation Performance of Germanium Phosphosilicate Optical Fibers”, RADC-TR-81-69: Final Technical Report, Galileo Electro-Optical Corp, May 1981.
James, Graeme L. et al., “Diplexing Feed Assemblies for Application to Dual-Reflector Antennas”, IEEE Transactions on Antennas and Propagation, vol. 51, No. 5, May 2003, 1024-1029.
James, J. R. et al., “Investigations and Comparisons of New Types of Millimetre-Wave Planar Arrays Using Microstrip and Dielectric Structures”, Royal Military College of Science, Apr. 1985, 122 pages.
James, J.R. et al., “Investigations and Comparisons of New Types of Millimetre-Wave Planar Arrays Using Microstrip and Dielectric Structures”, Royal Military Coll of Science Shrivenham (England)., 1985.
Jang, Hung-Chin “Applications of Geometric Algorithms to Reduce Interference in Wireless Mesh Network”, Journal on Applications of Graph Theory in Wireless Ad hoc Networks and Sensor Networks (JGRAPH-HOC) vol. 2, No. 1, Abstract Only, Mar. 2010, 1 page.
Jawhar, Imad et al., “A hierarchical and topological classification of linear sensor networks”, Wireless Telecommunications Symposium, WTS, IEEE, http://faculty.uaeu.ac.ae/Nader_M/papers/WTS2009.pdf, 2009, 8 pages.
Jee, George et al., “Demonstration of the Technical Viability of PLC Systems on Medium- and Low-Voltage Lines in the United States”, Broadband is Power: Internet Access via Power Line Networks, IEEE Communication Magazine, May 2003, 5 pages.
Jeong, et al., “Study of elliptical polarization requirement of KSTAR 84-GHz ECH system”, Journal—Korean Physical Society 49, 2006.
Jiang, Peng “A New Method for Node Fault Detection in Wireless Sensor Networks”, 2009.
Jin, “Quasi-optical mode converter for a coaxial cavity gyrotron”, Forschungszentrum, 2007.
Jin, Yu et al., “NEVERMIND, the Problem Is Already Fixed: Proactively Detecting and Troubleshooting Customer DSL Problems”, ACM CoNEXT, Philadelphia, USA, Nov.-Dec. 2010, 12 pages.
Jones, Jr., Howard S. “Conformal and Small Antenna Designs”, U.S. Army Electronics Research and Development Command, Harry Diamond Laboratories, Apr. 1981, 32 pages.
Kamilaris, et al., “Exploring the Use of DNS as a Search Engine for the Web of Things”, Internet of Things (WF-IoT), 2014 IEEE World Forum, 2014.
Kang, “Chapter 6: Array Antennas”, IHS Engineering360, globalspec.com, http://www.globalspec.com/reference/75109/203279/chapter-6-array-antennas, Apr. 22, 2015.
Karbowiak, A. E. et al., “Characteristics of Waveguides for Long-Distance Transmission”, Journal of Research of the National Bureau of Standards, vol. 65D, No. 1, Jan.-Feb. 1961, May 23, 1960, 75-88.
Katkovnik, Vladimir et al., “High-resolution signal processing for a switch antenna array FMCW radar with a single channel receiver”, Sensor Array and Multichannel Signal Processing Workshop Proceedings, IEEE., 2002.
Katrasnik, Jaka “New Robot for Power Line Inspection”, 2008 IEEE Conference on Robotics, Automation and Mechatronics, 2008, 1-6.
Khan, “Dual polarized dielectric resonator antennas”, Chalmers University of Technology, 2010.
Kikuchi, H. et al., “Hybrid transmission mode of Goubau lines”, J.Inst.Electr.Comm.Engrs., Japan,vol. 43, 1960, 39-45.
Kim, Myungsik et al., “Automated RFID-based identification system for steel coils”, Progress in Electromagnetics Research 131, 2012, 1-17.
Kima, Yi-Gon et al., “Generating and detecting torsional guided waves using magnetostrictive sensors of crossed coils”, Chonnam National University, Republic of Korea, Elsevier Ltd, 2010.
Kirkham, H. et al., “Power system applications of fiber optics (Jet Propulsion Lab”, JPL Publication 84-28, Electric Energy Systems Division, U.S. DoE, 1984, 180.
Kleinrock, Leonard et al., “On measured behavior of the ARPA network”, Proceedings of the May 610, 1974.
Kliros, George “Dielectric-EBG covered conical antenna for UWB applications”, https://www.researchgate.net/profile/George_Kliros/publication/235322849_Dielectric-EBG_covered_conical_antenna_for_UWB_applications/links/54329e410cf225bddcc7c037.pdf, Disclosing a quasi-planar wideband conical antenna coated with alternating high- and low-permittivity dielectric spherical shells (Section 2; Figure 1 on the 3rd Page)., 2010.
Koga, Hisao et al., “High-Speed Power Line Communication System Based on Wavelet OFDM”, 7th International Symposium on Power-Line Communications and Its Applications, Mar. 26-28, 2003, 226-231.
Koshiba, Masanori et al., “Analytical expression of average power-coupling coefficients for estimating intercore crosstalk in multicore fibers”, Photonics Journal, IEEE 4.5, 2012, 1987-1995.
Kroon, Barnard et al., “Steady state RF fingerprinting for identity verification: one class classifier versus customized ensemble”, Artificial Intelligence and Cognitive Science. Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 198206, Abstract Only, 2010, 3 pages.
Kroyer, Thomas “A Waveguide High Order Mode Reflectometer for the Large Hadron Collider Beam-pipe”, Diss. TU Wien., 2003.
Kuhn, Marc et al., “Power Line Enhanced Cooperative Wireless Communications”, IEEE Journal on Selected Areas in Communications, vol. 24, No. 7, Jul. 2006, 10 pages.
Kumar, Sailesh “Survey of Current Network Intrusion Detection Techniques”, Washington Univ. in St. Louis, Dec. 2007.
Kune, Denis F. et al., “Ghost Talk: Mitigating EMI Signal Injection Attacks against Analog Sensors”, IEEE Symposium on Security and Privacy, 2013, 145-159.
Laforte, J.L. et al., “State-of-the-art on power line de-icing”, Atmospheric Research 46, 143-158, 1998.
Lappgroupusa, “Selection of Number of Cable Cores Wth Emphasis on Sizing Parameters”, Industrial Cable & Connector Technology News, lappconnect.blogspot.com, http://lappconnect.blogspot.com/2014_10_01_archive.html, Oct. 30, 2014.
Lazaropoulos, Athanasios G. “Wireless sensor network design for transmission line monitoring, metering, and controlling: introducing broadband over power lines-enhanced network model (BPLeNM)”, ISRN Power Engineering, 2014.
Lee, Joseph C. “A Compact Q-/K-Band Dual Frequency Feed Horn”, No. TR-645, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Lincoln Laboratory, May 3, 1983, 40 pages.
Leech, Jamie et al., “Experimental investigation of a low-cost, high performance focal-plane horn array”, Terahertz Science and Technology, IEEE Transactions on 2.1, 2012, 61-70.
Li, Mo et al., “Underground structure monitoring with wireless sensor networks”, Proceedings of the 6th international conference on Information processing in sensor networks, ACM, 2007.
Li, Xi et al., “A FCM-Based peer grouping scheme for node failure recovery in wireless P2P file sharing”, 2009 IEEE International Conference on Communications, 2009.
Li, Xiang-Yang et al., “Interference-Aware Topology Control for Wireless Sensor Networks”, SECON. vol. 5, 2005.
Li, Xiaowei et al., “Integrated plasmonic semi-circular launcher for dielectric-loaded surface plasmonpolariton waveguide”, Optics express 19.7: 65416548, 2011.
Li, Xu et al., “Smart community: an internet of things application”, Communications Magazine, IEEE 49.11: 68-75, 2011.
Lier, E. et al., “Simple hybrid mode horn feed loaded with a dielectric cone”, Electronics Letters 21.13: 563564, 1985.
Lier, Erik “A Dielectric Hybrid Mode Antenna Feed: A Simple Alternative to the Corrugated Horn”, IEEE Transactions on Antennas and Propagation, vol. AP-34, No. 1, Jan. 1986, 21-30.
Lim, Christina et al., “Fiber-wireless networks and subsystem technologies”, Lightwave Technology, Journal of 28.4, 390-405, 2010.
Liu, et al., “A 25 Gb/s (/km 2) urban wireless network beyond IMTadvanced”, IEEE Communications Magazine 49.2, 2011, 122-129.
Lou, Tiancheng “Minimizing Average Interference through Topology Control”, Algorithms for Sensor Systems, Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 2012, 115-129.
L-Tel: Quanzhou L-Tel Communicat, “Products: GSM Mircro Repeater”, www.l-tel.com, Apr. 24, 2015, 3 pages.
Lucyszyn, S. et al., “Novel RF MEMS Switches”, Microwave Conference, APMC, Asia-Pacific. IEEE, 2007.
Lucyszyn, Stepan et al., “RF MEMS for antenna applications”, Antennas and Propagation (EuCAP), 7th European Conference on. IEEE, 2013.
Luo, Qi et al., “Circularly polarized antennas”, John Wiley & Sons, Book—description only, 2013, 1 page.
Mahato, Suvranshu Sekhar “Studies on an Infrared Sensor Based Wireless Mesh Network. Diss.”, Abstract Only, 2010, 2 pages.
Maier, Martin et al., “The audacity of fiberwireless (FiWi) networks”, AccessNets. Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 16-35., 2009.
Marcatili, E.A. et al., “Hollow Metallic and Dielectric Waveguides for Long Distance Optical Transmission and Lasers”, Bell System Technical Journal 43(4), Abstract Only, 2 pages, 1964, 1783-1809.
Matsukawa, et al., “A dynamic channel assignment scheme for distributed antenna networks”, Vehicular Technology Conference (VTC Spring), 2012 IEEE 75th. IEEE, 2012.
Mcallister, M.W. et al., “Resonant hemispherical dielectric antenna”, Electronics Letters 20.16: 657659, Abstract Only, 1984, 1 page.
Meessen, A. “Production of EM Surface Waves by Superconducting Spheres: A New Type of Harmonic Oscillators”, Progress in Electromagnetics Research Symposium Proceedings, Moscow, Russia, Aug. 19-23, 2012, pp. 529-533.
Meng, H. et al., “A transmission line model for high-frequency power line communication channel”, Power System Technology, PowerCon 2002. International Conference on. vol. 2. IEEE, 2002. http:/ /infocom. uniroma 1.it/ ″″enzobac/MengChen02. pdf, 2002.
Menon, S.S. et al., “Propagation characteristics of guided modes in a solid dielectric pyramidal horn”, Proceedings of the 2012 International Conference on Communication Systems and Network Technologies, IEEE Computer Society, Abstract Only, 2012, 2 pages.
Microwave Technologies, Ind, “Dielectric Antenna”, www.microwavetechnologiesinc.co.in/microwavecommunicationlabproducts.html#dielectricantenna, May 21, 2015.
Miller, Ashley et al., “Pathway to Ubiquitous Broadband: Environments, Policies, and Technologies to Implementation Josh Winn Matthew Burch”, Oct. 2016.
Miller, David A. “Establishing Optimal Wave Communication Channels Automatically”, Journal of Lightwave Technology, vol. 31, No. 24, Dec. 15, 2013, 3987-3994.
Mishra, Sumita et al., “Load Balancing Optimization in LTE/LTEA Cellular Networks: A Review”, arXiv preprint arXiv:1412.7273 (2014), 2014, 1-7.
Mitchell, John E. “Integrated Wireless Backhaul Over Optical Access Networks”, Journal of Lightwave Technology 32.20, 2014, 3373-3382.
Miyagi, M. “Bending losses in hollow and dielectric tube leaky waveguides”, Applied Optics 20(7), Abstract Only, 2 pages, 1981, 1221-1229.
Moaveni-Nejad, Kousha et al., “Low-Interference Topology Control for Wireless Ad Hoc Networks”, Department of Computer Science, Illinois Institute of Technology, Ad Hoc & Sensor Wireless Networks 1.1-2, 2005, 41-64.
Moisan, M. et al., “Plasma sources based on the propagation of electromagnetic surface waves”, Journal of Physics D: Applied Physics 24.7: 1025, 1991.
Mokhtarian, Kianoosh et al., “Caching in Video CDNs: Building Strong Lines of Defense”, EuroSys, Amsterdam, Netherlands, 2014.
Mori, A. et al., “The Power Line Transmission Characteristics for an OFDM Signal”, Progress in Electromagnetics Research, Pier 61, Musashi Institute of Technology, 2006, 279-290.
Morse, T.F. “Research Support for the Laboratory for Lightwave Technology”, Brown Univ Providence RI Div of Engineering, 1992.
Mruk, Joseph Rene “Wideband monolithically integrated frontend subsystems and components”, Diss. University of Colorado, 2011.
Mushref, Muhammad “Matrix solution to electromagnetic scattering by a conducting cylinder with an eccentric metamaterial coating”, http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0022247X06011450/pdf?md5=4823be0348a3771b5cec9ffb7f326c2c&pid=1-s2.0-S0022247X06011450-main.pdf, Discloses controlling antenna radiation pattern with coatings, 2007.
Mwave, “Cband & L/Sband Telemetry Horn Antennas”, mwavellc.com, www.mwavellc.com/custom-Band-LS-BandTelemetryHornAntennas.php, Jul. 6, 2012.
Nachiketh, P. et al., “Optimizing public-key encryption for wireless clients”, Proceedings of the IEEE International Conference on Communications (ICC 2002). No. 1., 2002.
Nakano, Hisamatsu “http://repo.lib.hosei.ac.jp/bitstream/10114/3835/1/31_TAP(Low-Profile).pdf”, Discloses affecting radiation patterns with alternating high- and low-permittivity dielectric shell coatings and formulae for dterimining the results (Figures 2-5 on p. 1865)., 2000.
Nandi, Somen et al., “Computing for rural empowerment: enabled by last-mile telecommunications”, IEEE Communications Magazine 54.6, 2016, 102-109.
Narayanan, Arvind “Fingerprinting of RFID Tags and HighTech Stalking”, 33 Bits of Entropy, 33bits.org, Oct. 4, 2011.
Nassa, Vinay Kumar “Wireless Communications: Past, Present and Future”, Dronacharya Research Journal: 50. vol. III, Issue—II, Jul.-Dec. 2011, 2011.
NBNTM, “Network technology”, nbnco.com.au, Jun. 27, 2014, 2 pages.
Netgear, “Powerline—Juice Up Your Network With Powerline”, www.netgear.com/home/products/networking/powerline, Apr. 21, 2015, 3 pages.
Newmark System, Inc, “GM-12 Gimbal Mount”, newmarksystems.com, 2015, 1 page.
Nibarger, John P. “An 84 pixel all-silicon corrugated feedhorn for CMB measurements”, Journal of Low Temperature Physics 167.3-4, 2012, 522-527.
Nicholson, Basil J. “Microwave Rotary Joints for X-, C-, and S-hand”, Battelle Memorial Inst Columbus OH, 1965.
Nikitin, A. Y. et al., “Efficient Coupling of Light to Graphene Plasmons by Compressing Surface Polaritons with Tapered Bulk Materials”, NanoLetters; pubs.acs.org/NanoLett, Apr. 28, 2014, 2896-2901.
Nikitin, Pavel V. et al., “Propagation Model for the HVAC Duct as a Communication Channel”, IEEE Transactions on Antennas and Propagation 51.5, 2003.
Norse Appliance, “Block attacks before they target your network, and dramatically improve the ROI on your entire security infrastructure”, norsecorp.com, 2015, 4 pages.
Nuvotronics, “PolyStrata—Phased Arrays & Antennas”, Nuvotronics, nuvotronics.com http://www.nuvotronics.com/antenna. php, Apr. 26, 2015.
Olver, A. D. “Microwave horns and feeds”, vol. 39. IET, Book description only, 1994, 1 page.
Olver, A.D. et al., “Dielectric cone loaded horn antennas”, Microwaves, Antennas and Propagation, IEEE Proceedings H. vol. 135. No. 3. IET, Abstract Only, 1988, 1 page.
Orfanidis, Sophocles J. “Electromagnetic waves and antennas”, Rutgers University, 2002.
Pahlavan, Kaveh et al., “Wireless data communications”, Proceedings of the IEEE 82.9: 1398-1430, 1994.
Patel, Shwetak N. et al., “The Design and Evaluation of an End-User-Deployable, Whole House, Contactless Power Consumption Sensor”, CHI 2010: Domestic Life, Apr. 2010, 10 pages.
Pato, et al., “On building a distributed antenna system with joint signal processing for next generation wireless access networks: The FUTON approach”, 7th Conference on Telecommunications, Portugal, 2008.
Paul, Sanjoy et al., “The Cache-and-Forward Network Architecture for Efficient Mobile Content Delivery Services in the Future Internet”, Innovations in NGN: Future Network and Services, 2008. K-INGN 2008. First ITU-T Kaleidoscope Academic Conference, 2008.
PCT, “International Search Report” dated Oct. 25, 2016, 1-12.
Perkons, Alfred R. et al., “TM surface-wave power combining by a planar active-lens amplifier”, Microwave Theory and Techniques, IEEE Transactions on 46.6: 775783, 1998.
Péter, Zsolt et al., “Assessment of the current intensity for preventing ice accretion on overhead conductors”, Power Delivery, IEEE Transactions on 22.1:4, 2007, 565-57.
Petrovsky, Oleg “The Internet of Things: A Security Overview”, w.druva.com, 03/31/15.
Pham, Tien-Thang et al., “A WDM-PON-compatible system for simultaneous distribution of gigabit baseband and wireless ultrawideband services with flexible bandwidth allocation”, Photonics Journal, IEEE 3.1, 2011, 13-19.
Pike, Kevin J. et al., “A spectrometer designed for 6.7 and 14.1 T DNP-enhanced solid-state MAS NMR using quasi-optical microwave transmission”, Journal of Magnetic Resonance, 2012, 9 pages.
Piksa, Petr et al., “Elliptic and hyperbolic dielectric lens antennas in mmwaves”, Radioengineering 20.1, 2011, 271.
Pixel Technologies, “Pro 600 Sirius XM Radio Amplified Outdoor Antenna”Oct. 3, 2014, 1 page.
Plagemann, Thomas et al., “Infrastructures for community networks”, Content Delivery Networks. Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 367-388, 2008.
Pohl, “A dielectric lens-based antenna concept for high-precision industrial radar measurements at 24GHz”, Radar Conference (EuRAD), 2012 9th European, IEEE, 2012.
Ponchak, George E. et al., “A New Model for Broadband Waveguide to Microstrip Transition Design”, NASA TM-88905, Dec. 1, 1986, 18 pgs.
Pranonsatit, S. et al., “Sectorised horn antenna array using an RF MEMS rotary switch”, Asia-Pacific Microwave Conf., APMC., 2010.
Pranonsatit, Suneat et al., “Single-pole eight-throw RF MEMS rotary switch”, Microelectromechanical Systems, Journal of 15.6: 1735-1744, 2006.
Prashant, R.R. et al., “Detecting and Identifying the Location of Multiple Spoofing Adversaries in Wireless Network”, International Journal of Computer Science and Mobile Applications, vol. 2 Issue. 5, May 2014, 1-6.
Qi, Xue et al., “Ad hoc QoS ondemand routing (AQOR) in mobile ad hoc networks”, Journal of parallel and distributed computing 63.2, 2003, 154-165.
Qiang, Ma “Sensor Fault Detection in Wireless Sensor Networks and Avoiding the Path Failure Nodes”, 2015.
Qiu, Lili “Fault Detection, Isolation, and Diagnosis in Multihop Wireless Networks”, 2003.
Quinstar Technology, Inc., “Prime Focus Antenna (QRP series)”, quinstar.com, Aug. 19, 2016, 2 pages.
Rahim, S. K. A. et al., “Measurement of wet antenna losses on 26 GHz terrestrial microwave link in Malaysia”, Wireless Personal Communications 64.2: 225-231, 2012.
Rambabu, K. et al., “Compact single-channel rotary joint using ridged waveguide sections for phase adjustment”, IEEE TransacCompact single-channel rotary joint using ridged waveguide sections for phase adjustmenttions on Microwave Theory and Techniques, 51(8):1982-1986, Abstract Only, Aug. 2003, 2 pages.
Rangan, Sundeep et al., “Millimeter-Wave Cellular Wireless Networks: Potentials and Challenges”, Proceedings of the IEEE, vol. 102, No. 3, Mar. 2014, 366-385.
Rangel, Rodrigo K. et al., “Sistema de Inspecao de Linhas de Transmissao de Energia Electrica Utilizando Veiculos Aereos Nao-Tripulados” Sep. 14-16, 2009, 1-9.
Rappaport, Theodore S. et al., “Mobile's Millimeter-Wave Makeover”, Spectrum.IEEE.Org, Sep. 2014, 8 pages.
Raychaudhuri, Dipankar et al., “Emerging Wireless Technologies and the Future Mobile Internet”, Cambridge University Press, Abstract Only, Mar. 2011, 1 page.
Raychem, “Wire and Cable”, Dimensions 2:1., 1996.
Ren-Bin, Zhong et al., “Surface plasmon wave propagation along single metal wire”, Chin. Phys. B, vol. 21, No. 11, May 2, 2012, 9 pages.
Reynet, Olivier et al., “Effect of the magnetic properties of the inclusions on the high-frequency dielectric response of diluted composites”, Physical Review B66.9: 094412, 2002.
RF Check, “Examples of Cell Antennas”, rfcheck.com, https://web.archive.org/web/20100201214318/http//www.rfcheck.com/Examplesof-Cell-Antennas.php, Feb. 1, 2010.
Rosenberg, Uwe et al., “A novel frequency-selective power combiner/divider in single-layer substrate integrated waveguide technology”, IEEE Microwave and Wireless Components Letters, vol. 23, No. 8, Aug. 2013, 406-408.
Rouse, Margaret “Transport Layer Security (TLS)”, TechTarget, searchsecurity.techtarget.com, Jul. 2006.
Roze, Mathieu et al., “Suspended core subwavelength fibers: towards practical designs for low-loss terahertz guidance”, Optics express 19.10, 2011, 9127-9138.
Sagar, Nishant “Powerline Communications Systems: Overview and Analysis”, Thesis, May 2011, 80 pages.
Sagues, Mikel et al., “Multi-tap complex-coefficient incoherent microwave photonic filters based on optical single-sideband modulation and narrow band optical filtering”, Optics express 16.1, 2008, 295-303.
Sahoo, Srikanta “Faulty Node Detection in Wireless Sensor Networks Using Cluster”, 2013.
Saied, Yosra Ben et al., “Trust management system design for the internet of things: a contextaware and multiservice approach”, Computers & Security 39: 351365, Abstract Only, 2013, 2 pages.
Salema, Carlos et al., “Solid dielectric horn antennas”, Artech House Publishers, 1998.
Salema, Carlos et al., “Solid dielectric horn antennas”, Artech House Publishers, Amazon, Book—description only, 1998.
Sarafi, A. et al., “Hybrid wireless-broadband over power lines: A promising broadband solution in rural areas”, Communications Magazine, IEEE 47.11, 2009, 140-147.
Sarafi, Angeliki M. et al., “Hybrid Wireless-Broadband over Power Lines: A Promising Broadband Solution in Rural Areas”, IEEE Communications Magazine, Nov. 2009, 8 pages.
Sarnecki, Joseph et al., “Microcell design principles”, Communications Magazine, IEEE 31.4: 76-82, 1993.
Saruhan, Ibrahim Halil “Detecting and Preventing Rogue Devices on the Network”, SANS Institute InfoSec Reading Room, sans.org, Aug. 8, 2007, 1 page.
Scarfone, Karen et al., “Technical Guide to Information Security Testing and Assessment”, National Institute of Standards and Technology, csrc.nist.gov, Special Publication, Sep. 2008, 800-115.
Scerri, Paul et al., “Geolocation of RF emitters by many UAVs”, AIAA Infotech, Aerospace 2007 Conference and Exhibit, 2007.
Sciencedaily, “New Wi-Fi antenna enhances wireless coverage”, www.sciencedaily.com, Apr. 29, 2015, 2 pages.
Security Matters, “Product Overview: Introducing SilentDefense”, secmatters.com, Nov. 9, 2013, 1 page.
Sengled, “Boost: The world's first Wi-Fi extending led bulb”, www.sengled.com/sites/default/files/field/product/downloads/manual/a01-a60_na_user_manual.pdf, Dec. 2014.
Shafai, Lotfollah “Dielectric Loaded Antennas”, John Wiley & Sons, Inc, www.researchgate.net/publication/227998803_Dielectric_Loaded_Antennas, Apr. 15, 2005.
Shafi, Mansoor et al., “Advances in Propagation Modeling for Wireless Systems”, EURASIP Journal on Wireless Communications and Networking. Hindawi Publishing Corp, 2009, p. 5.
Shankland, Steven “Lowly DSL poised for gigabit speed boost”, CINet, cnet.com, Oct. 21, 2014.
Sharma, Archana et al., “Dielectric Resonator Antenna for X band Microwave Application”, Research & Reviews | International Journal of Advanced Research in Electrical, Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering, Oct. 2016.
Shila, Devu M. “Load-Aware Traffic Engineering for Mesh Networks”, Computer Communications 31.7, 2008, 1460-1469.
Shimabukuko, F.I. et al., “Attenuation measurement of very low-loss dielectric waveguides by the cavity resonator method in the millimeter/submillimeter wavelength range”, No. TR-0086A (2925-06)-1, Aerospace Corp El Segundo CA Electronics Research Lab, 1989.
Shindo, Shuichi et al., “Attenuation measurement of cylindrical dielectric-rod waveguide”, Electronics Letters 12.5, 1976, 117-118.
Shumate, Paul W. et al., “Evolution of fiber in the residential loop plant”, IEEE Communications Magazine 29.3, 1991, 68-74.
Sievenpiper, D.F. et al., “Two-dimensional beam steering using an electrically tunable impedance surface”, IEEE Transactions on Antennas and Propagation, vol. 51, No. 10, Nov. 2003, pp. 2713-2722.
Silver, Ralph U. “Local Loop Overview”, National Communications System (NCS), BellSouth Network Training, newnetworks.com, Aug. 2016.
Simons, Rainee N. “Coplanar Waveguide Feeds for Phased Array Antennas”, Solid State Technology Branch of NASA Lewis Research Center Fourth Annual Digest, Conference on Advanced Space Exploration Initiative Technologies cosponsored by AIAA, NASA and OAI, 1992, 1-9.
Singh, Seema M. et al., “Broadband Over Power Lines a White Paper”, State of New Jersey, Division of the Ratepayer Advocate, NJ, Oct. 2016.
Sommerfeld, A. “On the propagation of electrodynamic waves along a wire”, Annals of Physics and Chemistry New Edition, vol. 67, No. 2, 1899, 72 pages.
Souryal, Michael R. et al., “Rapidly Deployable Mesh Network Testbed”, https://pdfs.semanticscholar.org/f914/1ce6999c4095eab3bdea645745761ebe5141.pdf, 2009.
Spencer, D G. “Novel Millimeter ACC Antenna Feed”, IEEE Colloquium on Antennas for Automotives, Mar. 10, 2000.
Stancil, Daniel D. et al., “High-speed internet access via HVAC ducts: a new approach”, Global Telecommunications Conference, IEEE. vol. 6., 2001.
Steatite, “Custom Horn Antennas”, Steatite QPar Antennas, steatiteqparantennas.co.uk, May 21, 2015, 1 page.
Strahler, Olivier “Network Based VPNs”, SANS Institute InfoSec Reading Room, sans.org., Aug. 2002.
Strieby, M.E. et al., “Television transmission over wire lines”, American Institute of Electrical Engineers, Transactions of the 60.12: 1090-1096, Abstract Only, 1941, 2 pages.
Sundqvist, Lassi “Cellular Controlled Drone Experiment: Evaluation of Network Requirements”, 2015.
Sung-Woo, Lee “Mutual Coupling Considerations in the Development of Multi-feed Antenna Systems”, http://ntrs.nasa.gov/archive/nasa/casi.ntrs.nasa.gov/19750003064.pdf, 2008.
Szabó, Csaba A. “European Broadband Initiatives with Public Participation”, Broadband Services: 255, 2005.
Szczys, Mike “Cameras Perch on Power Lines, Steal Electricity”, http://hackaday.com/2010/06/28/cameras-perch-on-power-lines-steal-electricity/, Discloses cameras that clamp on to power lines and use induction as a power source., 2010.
Taboada, John M. et al., “Thermo-optically tuned cascaded polymer waveguide taps”, Applied physics letters 75.2, 1999, 163-165.
Talbot, David “Adapting Old-Style Phone Wires for Superfast Internet”, Adapting Old-Style Phone Wires for Superfast Internet, Jul. 30, 2013.
Tantawi, Sami G. et al., “High-power multimode X-band rf pulse compression system for future linear colliders”, Physical Review Special Topics—Accelerators and Beams, 1098-4402/05/8(4)/042002, 2005, 19 pages.
Templeton, Steven J. et al., “Detecting Spoofed Packets”, DARPA Information Survivability Conference and Exposition, vol. 1, IEEE, 2003.
Teng, Ervin et al., “Aerial Sensing and Characterization of ThreeDimensional RF Fields”, Univ. at Buffalo, cse.buffalo.edu, Sep. 2016.
Theoleyr, Fabrice “Internet of Things and M2M Communications”, books.google.com, ISBN13: 9788792982483, Book—description only, Apr. 17, 2013, 1 page.
Thornton, John et al., “Modern lens antennas for communications engineering”, vol. 39, 2013.
Thota, Saigopal et al., “Computing for Rural Empowerment: Enabled by Last-Mile Telecommunications (Extended Version)”, Technical Report, 2013.
Valladares, Cindy “20 Critical Security Controls: Control 7—Wreless Device Control”, Tripwire—The State of Security, tripwire.com, Mar. 21, 2013.
Vogelgesang, Ralf et al., “Plasmonic nanostructures in aperture-less scanning near-field optical microscopy (aSNOM)”, physica status solidi (b) 245.10: 22552260, 2008.
Volat, C. et al., “De-icing/anti-icing techniques for power lines: current methods and future direction”, Proceedings of the 11th International Workshop on Atmospheric Icing of Structures, Montreal, Canada, 2005.
Wade, Paul “Multiple Reflector Dish Antennas”, http://www.w1ghz.org/antbook/conf/Multiple_reflector_antennas.pdf, 2004.
Wagter, Herman “Fiber-to-the-X: the economics of last-mile fiber”, ARS Technica, arstechnica.com, Mar. 31, 2010.
Wake, David et al., “Radio over fiber link design for next generation wireless systems”, Lightwave Technology, Journal of28.16: 2456-2464., 2010.
Wang, Jing et al., “The influence of optical fiber bundle parameters on the transmission of laser speckle patterns”, Optics express 22.8, 2014, 8908-8918.
Wang, Wei “Optimization Design of an Inductive Energy Harvesting Device for Wireless Power Supply System Overhead High-Voltage Power Lines”, https://pdfs.semanticscholar.org/3941/601af7a21d55e8b57ab0c50d5f1d9f9f6868.pdf, Discloses an induction based energy harvesting device that takes energy from overhead powerlines (Figure 4)., 2016.
Wang, Xingfu et al., “Zigzag coverage scheme algorithm & analysis for wireless sensor networks”, Network Protocols and Algorithms 5.4, 2013, 19-38.
Wenger, N. “The launching of surface waves on an axial-cylindrical reactive surface”, IEEE Transactions on Antennas and Propagation 13.1, 1965, 126-134.
Werner, Louis B. et al., “Operation Greenhouse”, Scientific Director's Report of Atomic Weapon Tests at Eniwetok, Annex 6.7 Contimation-Decontamination Studies Naval Radiological Defense Lab, 1951.
Wilkins, George A. “Fiber Optic Telemetry in Ocean Cable Systems”, Chapter in new edition of Handbook of Oceanographic Winch, Wire and Cable Technology, Alan H. Driscoll, Ed.,(to be published by University of Rhode Island)., 1986.
Wolfe, Victor et al., “Feasibility Study of Utilizing 4G LTE Signals in Combination With Unmanned Aerial Vehicles for the Purpose of Search and Rescue of Avalanche Victims (Increment 1)”, University of Colorado at Boulder, Research Report, 2014, 26 pages.
Wolff, Christian “Phased Array Antenna”, Radar Tutorial, web.archive.org, radartutorial.eu, Oct. 21, 2014, 2 pages.
Wu, Xidong et al., “Design and characterization of singleand multiplebeam mmwave circularly polarized substrate lens antennas for wireless communications”, Microwave Theory and Techniques, IEEE Transactions on 49.3, 2001, 431-441.
Xi, Liu Xiao “Security services in SoftLayer” Sep. 21, 2015.
Xia, Cen et al., “Supermodes for optical transmission”, Optics express 19.17, 2011, 16653-16664.
Yang, “Power Line Sensor Networks for Enhancing Power Line Reliability and Utilization”, Georgia Institute of Technology, https://smartech.gatech.edu/bitstream/handle/1853/41087/Yang_Yi_201108_phd.pdf, Apr. 26, 2011, 264 pages.
Yang, et al., “Power line sensornet—a new concept for power grid monitoring”, IEEE Power Engineering Society General Meeting, Abstract Only, 2006, pp. 8.
Yeh, C. et al., “Ceramic Waveguides”, Interplanetary Network Progress Report 141.26: 1, May 15, 2000.
Yeh, C. et al., “Thin-Ribbon Tapered Coupler for Dielectric Waveguides” 5/151994, 42-48.
Yilmaz, et al., “Self-optimization of coverage and capacity in LTE using adaptive antenna systems”, Aalto University, Feb. 2010.
Yousuf, Muhammad Salman “Power line communications: An Overview Part I”, King Fand University of Petroleum and Minerals, Dhahran, KSA, 2008, 5 pages.
Yu, Shui et al., “Predicted packet padding for anonymous web browsing against traffic analysis attacks”, Information Forensics and Security, IEEE Transactions on 7.4, http://nsp.org.au/syu/papers/tifs12.pdf, 2012, 1381-1393.
Zelby, Leon W. “Propagation Modes on a Dielectric Coated Wire”, Journal of the Franklin Institute, vol. 274(2), Aug. 1962, pp. 85-97.
Zhang, Ming et al., “PlanetSeer: Internet Path Failure Monitoring and Characterization in WideArea Services”, OSDI, vol. 4., 2004.
Zhao, et al., “Energy harvesting for a wireless-monitoring system of overhead high-voltage power lines”, IET Generation, Transmission & Distribution 7, IEEE Xplore Abstract, 2013, 2 pages.
Zheng, Zhu et al., “Efficient coupling of propagating broadband terahertz radial beams to metal wires”, Optics express 21.9: 1064210650, 2013.
Zucker, “Surface-wave antennas”, Antenna engineering handbook 4, 2007, 32 pages.
Zucker, Francis J. “Surface-Wave Antennas”, Antenna Engineering Handbook, Chapter 10, 2007, 32 pages.
Related Publications (1)
Number Date Country
20180077709 A1 Mar 2018 US